Peyronies Society Forums

Surgery date set for the 17th January 2023  with Dr Chris Love (one of Australia's best).

Booked for the Tunica Mesh Expansion procedure and implant (titan). The procedure will also require a circumcision.

My journey with this disease is logged here:

https://www.peyroniesforum.net/index.php/topic,17693.0.html

Will update this journal in due time.

Wish me luck, I am very nervous!

J

If I did an implant, I will do the same procedure, our condition is extremely similar.

Best of luck JJ.

You are going to live the rest of your life without having to worry about this disease ever again.

i wish you the best jj

Good Luck and you will come through this successfully! Keep us all posted.

damn JJ! Quite the news! I can only imagine the emotions you have right now! Fingers crossed for you man!

Good luck JJ we're rooting for you

Thanks everyone!

Will update more as time goes on.

J

These are my final pics before I get the implant, my surgery date was changed to the 7th Feb, I get admitted tomorrow, the 6th Feb, and discharged on the 8th Feb. I have chosen Australia's best surgeon, Dr Chris Love.

I am having the implant, tunica mesh expansion procedure, and scrotal web procedure all done together.

The below pics are the current state of my peyronies, as you can see, most of the dents/scar tissue is on the underside. I have uploaded pics from my whole 4 year journey with peyronies here: https://www.peyroniesforum.net/index.php/topic,17693.0.html You can clearly see how the disease progressed, how it went from just a curve, to dents, curvature, narrowing and twist over the past 4 years.

It does look like RestoreX may have helped a bit with length. I measured at around 6.5inches currently, but what I have learned is that, it is very difficult to get an accurate measurement. Pushing slightly deeper with a ruler, on an angle, having an off day, Erectile Dysfunction etc, you can never really get an accurate measurement in my opinion.

Looking forward to putting this disease past me.

Appreciate everyone and all the advice and support, in particular user OldMan who always gave amazing advice on the VED, StepOne who always gave encouraging advice on the implant, Monty who helped me with a new VED routine, and Morphball who I met on this forum and we have been talking via phone/text, he is also from Australia and has been a great support. Also thank you to Hawk who created this forum, without this forum, I probably would have listened to the first urologist I went to who told me it was all in my head and rushed me out of his office!

Will update soon, with pics and measurements, wish me luck!

Good luck on your surgery jj21! Quite the journey for you. Hopefully with the outcome you deserve!

Quote from: jj21 on December 01, 2022, 04:35:58 AMWill update this journal in due time.

Wish me luck, I am very nervous!

J

Wishing you all the luck in the world! Sounds like you've put things in place for a great outcome, and really hope that you will get that.

Good luck!

Hope everything went well.

Day 2:

I woke up at about 11:30pm yesterday, the surgery was a success, pics attached. We didnt proceed with the scrotal web procedure, but continued with TEP and the implant.

I saw the doctor twice today he advised I either have a 25cm or 26cm titan, he did two patients and will check his notes and confirm. This seems quite large as I was 6.5 inches pre-op, maybe 7-7.5 in my high school days, but I did do the TEP procedure as well. Can anyone confirm if the titans that go over 24cm give extra girth?

The pain isn't too bad, my left leg was numb for a while as they gave some nerve blockers, they removed the bandage and replaced it once, I got to look and it seems like the dents are filled out, will take better pics once the bandage is permanently removed.

Overall, I feel good, my current length is probably 4.75-5 inches, i'm not fully inflated. Feeling happy that peyronies is over and looking forward to the future and having a functional penis. 

I will do a longer post on Dr Chris Love and his team. He was very confident, knowledgeable, kind, and considerate. He even told me he could make an incision lower and deglove most of the penis in which case this wouldnt require a cirumsiscion, however, he may be able to get more length if he circumsized me and saw the whole penis. I opted fr the latter option. In our post implant consult he advised that there was narrowing and fibrosis all throughout my penis, even close to the glands. 

I'm stil a bit drowsy and drugged up, I will post more soon. 

I'm happy to talk to any of the guys who want to know about my journey and need support, especially if theyre in Australia too, I can share my experiences. 

Wishing the best for all you guys, thanks for all the support, may we all heal and put this behind us.

J

Very happy that the surgery went well JJ. It's got to feel kinda surreal to think about this disease everyday for 4 years and now within 24 hrs it's gone from your life forever.

Quote from: Sonic on February 08, 2023, 06:34:57 AMVery happy that the surgery went well JJ. It's got to feel kinda surreal to think about this disease everyday for 4 years and now within 24 hrs it's gone from your life forever.

Thanks a lot Sonic. It is quite difficult to fathom that this disease is over.

In the past, I always carried my peyronies with me somewhere in my mind. Even when I had happy times in my life, I never could feel complete.

So yes, it's an amazing feeling and I am very grateful. Just remember, if your condition doesn't improve, you have this option too. There's always hope!

Quote from: jj21 on February 08, 2023, 10:28:25 AMSo yes, it's an amazing feeling and I am very grateful. Just remember, if your condition doesn't improve, you have this option too. There's always hope!

There is a chance down the road, I might be forced to go down the same path so I am looking forward to following your journal and updates. Fingers crossed all goes well brother!

What a journey this has been for you. I remember so Well our conversations about restorex and now here you are at the final frontier. Happy for you that surgery went well you are optimistic about it.

Fingers crossed on your recovery. Thank you for posting pictures. It means a lot for me and other members that maybe thinking about it.

Day 3:

Discharged from hospital, pain is still there but it is bearable with the medications they give.

Getting from the hospital to the hotel, the nurses suggested wearing two underwears and tight pants to tuck the penis upwards towards the abdomen, I did this okay, although with a lot of pain. It seems crazy how in contrast, with a peyronies erection, you would not want to bend it in any way, I wouldn't even consider bending a normal erection. I felt every bump on the 40m drive lol.

I took the bandages off to shower, you can see my shaft is very swollen, I can't see any of the dents, I'm not sure if that's because they are filled, or if it's because I'm swollen.

The Dr is going to keep me inflatednlike this for maybe 7-10days then he might deflate it a bit so I can get on a plane (I'm interstate) and then start cycling. He put either a 25cm or 26cm Titan, I will confirm with him on our appt. next week. I am also now fully circumsized.

I have been advised to keep the implant upwards, I currently sleep with it pointing straight to the ceiling. They did recommend to push it towards the abdomen, but this is quite painful. Can anyone confirm if this is a better approach?

Question for other implanted guys, did the implant initially affect your urine stream? I just stopped peeing in a bottle and my stream is crazy, its point in multiple directions, up, down, left, backwards. The doctor also performed a cystocopy to look down the urethra, could this be the reason?

J

Quote from: Pfract on February 08, 2023, 09:59:45 PMWhat a journey this has been for you. I remember so Well our conversations about restorex and now here you are at the final frontier. Happy for you that surgery went well you are optimistic about it.

Fingers crossed on your recovery. Thank you for posting pictures. It means a lot for me and other members that maybe thinking about it.

Thanks man, I still remember our skype video call, and you did mention the implant to me then, I was against it at the time, look how things change.

Thanks for the support.

Wow, what progress!

Happy everything went well!

Guys,

I'm peeing and the stream is going backwards spraying into the gauze that my penis is wrapped in.

I do have super glued water proof stitches, I am showering every time I pee, and changing the gauze.

The nurse says that pee is sterile and a little bit on the gauze will be okay. Can anyone confirm this? Or tell me if showering multiple times is not a good idea?

My scrotum is now burning as well, is this a cause for concern?

J

I don't think so. Everything on the pic looks really good. It's natural to burn and have discomfort after surgery, I think the discomfort and pain will be doubled for you versus someone who just did an implant due to the fact that you had a circumcision as well. That in itself is a rather painful and very discomforting procedure.

Can already see a massive difference in your penis. 6 months to a year of inflating and I think you will be very happy with the results.

Quote from: jj21 on February 08, 2023, 10:28:25 AMSo yes, it's an amazing feeling and I am very grateful. Just remember, if your condition doesn't improve, you have this option too. There's always hope!

I'm still figuring out new "channels" or areas of this forum and just found here! Reading your story and seeing this makes me happy. Glad to hear things have worked out for you. Wish you a speedy recovery and thanks a lot for sharing it all here as it's motivating to read - especially if all else fails this could be an option.

Btw I have seen a few vids on youtube of Dr. Chris. Love in the past. Surgeon who definitely knows what he's doing. Very good that he opted for a titan versus let's say an AMS 700 or LGX as titan has been proven to both straighten out and fill out narrowing better.

Onwards and upwards for you from here. Once this whole period of recovery is over and you start cycling and maybe in a year reached the max size you will be super pleased.

T

Quote from: ohnoohno on February 09, 2023, 09:05:28 AMI'm still figuring out new "channels" or areas of this forum and just found here! Reading your story and seeing this makes me happy. Glad to hear things have worked out for you. Wish you a speedy recovery and thanks a lot for sharing it all here as it's motivating to read - especially if all else fails this could be an option.

Thanks a lot man, that's exactly right, don't let your peyronies get you too down, always know that, an implant is an option. This is how I learnt to cope when I stopped seeing results from VED and traction.

Quote from: Sonic on February 09, 2023, 09:10:26 AMBtw I have seen a few vids on youtube of Dr. Chris. Love in the past. Surgeon who definitely knows what he's doing. Very good that he opted for a titan versus let's say an AMS 700 or LGX as titan has been proven to both straighten out and fill out narrowing better.

Onwards and upwards for you from here. Once this whole period of recovery is over and you start cycling and maybe in a year reached the max size you will be super pleased.

Thanks a lot Sonic, appreciate your support, it's been a crazy journey. Chris love is great, he listens, is empathetic, will lay out all the best options for you. When he examined me, you could just tell he is passionate about his craft.

Day 4:

In the hotel room, peeing in a bottle, there is quite a bit of pain and discomfort still. I am mostly just resting in bed, reading books, listening to music.

As you can see, there is still quite a bit of swelling.

Can anyone confirm, is it okay to keep the penis in this position? Should I be pulling it up towards the abdomen ? The nurses said, ideally, pulling it to the abdomen is best, but it is just too painful and uncomfortable to do so at the moment. I am worried in this position it wil heal abnormally or take abnormal shape.

J

Quote removed by administrator for violation of forum rule #7 against quoting entire posts"

I don't know but I would try to follow the staffs direction as best as you can. Wishing you a speedy recovery and great results JJ21!! Please keep us updated.

JJ, congratulations on you your successful surgery.  You have a good start on what could become a very valuable journal that helps thousands of men and couples for many years to come.  If you stick with your journal, I will put it in the journal index so others will always be able to find it quickly, and it won't get hopelessly buried the way journals do on other forums.

Best wishes!

Hawk

Thanks Hawk, will definitely continue this journal and post up all the results.

Looking forward to putting peyronies in the past and helping others with their journey.

J

Hi guys,

I was implanted on the 7th, I just unwrapped my gauze to replace it and noticed that it is yellow, my penis seems to be discharging this yellow fluid.

I have messaged the nurse, just waiting for a response.

Can anyone confirm if this has happened to them ? Is this a sign of infection?

Thank you,
J

Hey JJ21. I don't mean to scare you in any way. I was doing some research. Found this link:

https://drjonlazare.com/penile-implant-infection-symptoms/

It is good that you have messaged the nurse already. I expected none other than that from you. Hopefully she will get back soon.

Quote from: Pfract on February 11, 2023, 03:57:03 PMHey JJ21. I don't mean to scare you in any way. I was doing some research. Found this link:

https://drjonlazare.com/penile-implant-infection-symptoms/

It is good that you have messaged the nurse already. I expected none other than that from you. Hopefully she will get back soon.

Hey Pfract, thnks for the link, I can't open it, the link says forbidden.

The nurse advised that she has shown the doctor and all is good.

Could you please resend the link, or PM it.

Thanks,
J

Jj21, I hope you heard something from your physician.
If you did not, if it were me, I would immediately go to urgent care at the hospital that did the surgery.
Please let us know what has happened.
StepOne

Jj21
I know it is painful to keep your penis in the upright position, but this is important so that your penis will heal and maintain a good angle. If it hurts, take the medications you were prescribed. You have a way to go. When you start inflating the pain may increase quite a bit. Sadly no pain, no gain. Pain is a part of the process.
StepOne

Quote from: Stepone on February 12, 2023, 06:51:44 AMJj21, I hope you heard something from your physician.
If you did not, if it were me, I would immediately go to urgent care at the hospital that did the surgery.
Please let us know what has happened.
StepOne

Thanks, the doctor said all good, the liquid seems to be blood serum.

Thanks StepOne, it's great to hear from you.. I am keeping my penis positioned like this (see pic), but it is quite painful to do so. A lot of pain and strain at the base. I am guessing thsi is ok?? Due to the pain, I feel like I am damaging the device. 8.jpg

Things are looking good don't worry too much about the pain. It will go away, this is looking like the operation went well! Good job JJ sorry you are in pain it will go away over time. If pain meds are not enough to u should call your doctors office they will answer more thorough answers than we can provide hang in there

Unnecessary quote removed by AAdministrator.  (violation of forum rule #7)
7. Limited Use of the Quote Button - Normally, we should use the REPLY button to reply to a post.  We can use the quote button over a member's post only when we want to quote a small portion of another post.  We can also use it when responding to anything that was previously posted BUT NOT when we are responding to the post immediately before our own post in the same topic.  When we do use the quote button we should trim the quote down so entire posts are not repeated. That way, the reader can more easily follow the conversation.   

Thanks brother, appreciate the support.

Day 7:

Not much to update, I probably won't update again until I see the Doctor in 2 days.

As you can see, still very swollen.

I am laying down and keeping the penis in the upright position as shown in the pic, can anyone advise if this is the recommended position? It is quite painful to keep it in this position, but this is what the nurse/doc recommended. There is a lot of pain/strain at the base.

Regrets? None. Prior to this, I could not have a functional penis or a sex life. I accept that, now, I will have a functional penis and sex life. The pain is there, but with medication, it is bearable. If I had waited longer, the disease would most likely have continued to progress. Further, even without peyroneis/ED, as old age comes, so does ED, and as men get older, their penis usually becomes smaller/thinner due to fibrosis and lack of blood flow. So, I see this whole procedure as an inevitable enhancement to have at my age (34).

Size: It is really too early to measure, I am partially inflated and probably 4.75/5 inches. Pre-op I was 6.5, pre Peyronies I was probably 7-7.5 inches. The doctor did confidently say to me, 'you should get an extra cm from the TEP procedure'. I never measured girth, but I was quite girthy pre-peyronies, pre-op, I had lost a lot of girth due to narrowing/dents. I do believe the TEP procedure does provide extra girth. Time will tell.

As you can see in the second pic, the penis looks natural, even at partial inflation, although it is quite swollen. I am eager to see the end result.

I'm getting a bit restless with nothing to do, laying in one position, peeing in a bottle. The circumsision area is quite sore as well. Have read just about every journal on here, and I am so proud of all the members who took this journey and overcome this disease.

Will update again after I see my Doctor in 2 days.

Good news!

Congrats on your first week down! Imagine how you'll feel a month from now?? Not that far away but I bet the improvement will be amazing... Well wishes

Hey jj21, i know i don't have an implant but from all the diaries i have read as well as the literature, there seems to be both doctors that recommend you keep the penis pointing up as well as others that say it does not matter, later on for the erection angle.

Even on some of the diaries that i have read here, (if i am not mistaken) not all members kept their penis up on the first days and the outcome on nearly all of them has been good.

Thanks pfract, by pointing up, do they mean (if laying on a bed on your back), pointing up towards the ceiling, or pointing up towards your abdomen (as I am in my pic).

I was advised by my doc/nurse to point it up towards the abdomen, however, this is proving to be quite painful.

Thanks,
J

I had no idea there was a mesh procedure. That does sound like something that may work for me.

Gratz on getting the procedure done and being free of this disease. I am looking forward to getting an implant as well. I live in Texas and had an appointment with Dr. Clavell. He is awesome in his explanation of everything and asked all the right questions before I could do so. Only thing I am running into is the money piece since he is out of network with my employers insurance, Aetna.

Congrats jj21 you done it, good job and i admire your bravery too and hope for great healing and a good outcome. Because bravery is what this takes. Who knows, maybe one day i will have to go this way too, and maybe and hopefully be happy witht the results too.

I read your other posts (diary/journey). Was flaccid pain / discomfort still a thing for you shortly prior to the surgery now? I would like to know if the implant can help with this. We should be able to tell in a few weeks or months. Wishing you great recovery

Quote from: Clamatoislife on February 13, 2023, 02:29:51 PMI had no idea there was a mesh procedure. That does sound like something that may work for me.

Gratz on getting the procedure done and being free of this disease. I am looking forward to getting an implant as well. I live in Texas and had an appointment with Dr. Clavell. He is awesome in his explanation of everything and asked all the right questions before I could do so. Only thing I am running into is the money piece since he is out of network with my employers insurance, Aetna.

Thanks a lot, with the mesh, I believe, sometimes they insert a mesh, sometimes they don't. With mine, the doc left the incisions in the tunica to heal and inserted only the implant. He did confidently say that, I should receive an extra 1cm in length. They can cut horizontally and vertically, one resulting in girth, the other in length. I had major narrowing, dents, but minor loss of length (about half inch to an inch), so a Titan + TEP was the best option.

I think Dr Clavell does offer the TEP procedure as well, not too sure.

I'll update this regularly so you know how it works out.

All the best,
J

Quote from: orriw on February 13, 2023, 06:17:48 PMCongrats jj21 you done it, good job and i admire your bravery too and hope for great healing and a good outcome. Because bravery is what this takes. Who knows, maybe one day i will have to go this way too, and maybe and hopefully be happy witht the results too.

I read your other posts (diary/journey). Was flaccid pain / discomfort still a thing for you shortly prior to the surgery now? I would like to know if the implant can help with this. We should be able to tell in a few weeks or months. Wishing you great recovery

Thanks a lot my friend, yes, if you get down about peyronies or feel depressed, always remember that there is light at the end of the tunnel, an implant could be a good solution and may restore lost length/girth.

To answer your question, flaccid pain was still prevalent prior to my surgery. I have been advised by my Dr as well as other (including Dr Eid), that usually, peyronies pain disappears after an implant.

I will definitely update and let you know more in a few weeks, at the moment there is significant pain, but a lot may be due to the TEP procedure as well.

All the best,
J

I have to say, one of the cool things about implants is the drastic immediate improvement. JJ has not even began his process of cycling or gotten his final results yet and I can already see such a big improvement on his pics. I know you are swollen atm but curvature and dents seem completely gone already.

Your penis looking like a whole solid smooth unit now.

Day 9 Update:

Just visited my Doctor and nurse, everything is good, no sign of infection, major swelling but expected to go down in a week. Have been prescribed more pain killers.

Now I would really like the advice of implanted members on this:

I asked my Doctor what size he gave me, and he said it was a 22cm Titan + 2.5cm RTTEs. I asked him why he didn't use the 24cm Titan and 0.5cm RTE as he said himself he prefers to use less RTEs. He said that, with the 24cm Titan, it would have caused complications for him putting in the pump? He told me that the RTEs are well placed in the rear, and that I would not feel them.

I was a bit disappointed as, from everything I have researched, the less RTEs the better. Can anyone please advise on whether, using a 24cm Titan with 0.5cm RTE may have been better, or if having 2.5cm RTEs will cause any complications (dog ears, axial rigidity etc).

Thank you,
J

One of the first signs of infection once you get past the first days post IP where you might leak fluid is that you notice you cannot feel the details of your pump as clearly.  Infections almost ALWAYS start in the scrotum. The pump becomes covered with a thick bio-slime for lack of a better term.  For instance, when the swelling goes down and you can feel the concentric circles around the pump bulb.  If they become covered and undetectable it is time to ask questions.

It will have NOTHING to do with dogears.  Dogears are common in the early months with a Titan implant.

It may affect the stability of the penis at the base, affecting the angle. However, it will NOT affect the axial rigidity.  Those inflated Titan cylinders are NOT going to bend. 

It might affect the erect angle, which is more cosmetic than a functional issue.  Think of an implant base like a fence post planted in a hole for stability.  RTEs, like the very base tips of the implant, do not inflate.  If they scar in tight, the base will be stable, but without them, part of the implanted base inflates tight into the capsule giving even more stability.  RTE.s also move the tube connection of the cylinders further forward on the shaft.  If you have a very lean (low fat %) body type, this could mean that the connection where the tubes connect to the cylinders can be more easily palpated at the base of the shaft.  Without RTE, this connection is a little deeper in the body.

Many men with implants have RTEs and are very satisfied with the outcome.  I am sure you will likely be among them.

Here is a link to a post on RTE's. https://www.peyroniesforum.net/index.php/topic,10805.0.html  In this post, here is a link to a very instructive video by Dr. Eid

PS: I merged your six posts about possible infection into your journal so all posts concerning your recovery journey could be easily found in one place.

Hawk, thank you for merging the posts.

Day 11 Update:

I think the swelling has gone down by about 20%. Pain is about the same, painful but bearable with pain killers. Keep in mind I had the TEP procedure done as well, so my recovery may be a little longer and more painful than others.


Now, I'd like to talk about how I have been mentally. I read a lot of journals where people initially regret their implant, they think "what have I done", become stressed about size etc. This wasn't me, I knew what to expect. However, I have been very overcautious and overthinking every little thing. For example, the fact that my surgeon used a titan 22cm +2.5cm RTE had me very disappointed. This is due to all the negative reviews on RTEs as well as the following video by Dr Eid https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oGBMccEQERw the video portrays a man with a 22cm titan +4cm RTE, his erection is wobbly, Dr Eid then installs a 26cm Titan, the end result is a rigid, solid, erection. To note, in the video, the patient has 4cms in RTEs, mine are 2.5cm. I also read somewhere that the 24cm Titans provide additional girth, I have no learnt that this is a myth, I think they expand slightly more than a 22cm but the difference is negligible. My surgeon is probably the highest volume surgeon in Australia, he initially advised that he dislikes using RTEs, thus, I could not understand why he would use 2.5cm RTEs, he said it was because with a 24cm, there would have been pump placement issues. I received this message from a user on FT which helped put things at ease:

"Dog ears happen when the early stiff cylinders bend. Take an empty paper towel cardboard hollow center and bend it. The tube flattens at the bend and there are sharp points on opposite sides. As the cylinders soften with use the dog ears will go away or greatly reduce. The stiffer the cylinders the greater risk of the problem. As far as RTE's it is considered best say some top doctors to use as little as possible. The doctor that did my first surgery and the well-known NY doctor listed above and there are others. The "main" reason for using RTE's is to bridge the gap between the available cylinder sizes. But it is not the only reason. If the proximal corpora cannot be dilated enough for the cylinder and tube from the pump to be inserted or if the doctor wants the location where the tubing from the pump attaches to the cylinder to be at the corporatomy, then RTE's are used.

When I first read OP I thought to myself the explanation given by the doctor was one that sounded like preconnected cylinders were used and the doctor did not want to splice. Not sure about Coloplast but AMS 700 cylinders come in pre-connected tubing and also in cut to fit tubing during surgery. My LGX was cut to fit. But Coloplast has more problems with tubing failures I can see why preconnected tubing would be used. It seems to me that a doctor that dose agree with the published data that less RTE's are better, would use them only for a real need. That need was stated by him as pump placement. The preconnected tubing was too short to use the longer cylinder. It would have resulted in a high pump that would have been very difficult to operate. The tubing could be cut and spliced like my doctor and other doctors do. But that doctor it seems did not want to do so and use the preconnected device. I did go to the web to view an implant surgery by that doctor and sure enough he was using a preconnected device. The RTE's were added so more tubing would exit the corpora and the pump would then be lower and easier to use.

Now for my take on RTE's. Yes less are better. Just like some doctors are better than others. Just like sometimes a doctor dose a better job than others. But not all of us can go to the best doctor. And even the really good doctors have a problem from time to time. No one is perfect even the best doctors. And some are better at different parts of this surgery than others. No need to be concerned about this now as it is already done. And you have not had any problems with it. Now is the time for the recovery process and to get this device up and working.

Best of luck to you."


My new worries have been the following:

- just above my circumsision scar, circumferentially, the skin is swelling, I am worried it will stay like that permanently. User tortao who was also circumsized and had the TEP, had a sort of similar result, he never logged back in to say if it was permanent; and
- on the 28th of Feb, I am being deflated a little bit just for comfort, my Doctor is on holiday, so the nurse will be deflating me. Now, my Doctor is great, and very competent, I can tell he enjoys his work and is passionate about his craft. The nurse, not so much, I am worried she may deflate me too much and compromise the TEP.   

I have learnt that, its normal to worry, these are some natural fears, doubts etc. Especially having peyronies for 4 years. The fact that I may have a fully functional penis and a sex life again seems surreal. What I have been trying to do is, to just put my faith in the process, and reassure myself that I have chose the best surgeon who most likely has performed the best possible procedure, for the best outcome.

It's just a matter of waiting, seeing the results, and going from there.

Perhaps these thoughts, worries etc may help the next person. This implant and in conjunction with TEP, was a really big step, especially at 34 years of age. Sometimes the hardest part is waiting in anticipation for the end result, and dealing with the minor complications along the way.

J

What was the reason the doctor gave for having to circumsize you? My opinion is that you should just enjoy the ride now and look forward to recovery and re-gaining size. I know you have a 100 different thoughts right now but you should relax because everything will turn out good. Try do things that keep your thoughts away from worrying.

Just look forward to the process and have fun with it!

Thanks Sonic, I am trying, it's just can barely move atm and am mostly bedridden on pain killers.

The reason for the circumsision was due to a sub-coronal incision in order to do the TEP procedure. He could've done a lower incision without a circumsision, but would not have been able to fully deglove the penis and perform TEP all the way up, or look at all of the inside of the penis to see if other areas requires remodelling. He offered both approaches, I chose the circumsised with TEP to maximise length/girth restoration.

Atm, the pink shaft skin where my circumsision has been stitched is swelling up. Starting to look the way it did in Tortaos journal, I am worried if it does, and it is permanent, it would look quite unappealing. Tortao never logged in to say whether it was permanent or not.

I guess all I can do is wait and see, and stay positive.

Thanks for the support.

J

The combination of your procedure and your personal tendency to over-think the issues mean that telling you to relax is not going to help.  I have no personal experience with a TEP but.

I am confident it will all heal and look normal.
There is nothing you can do at this point but follow the instructions of your surgeon.  Worry is a waste of time.

3 months from now you will look back at your journal and smile at all your concerns.

Good luck

Thanks Hawk, I appreciate your supportive words, they are reassuring.

Day 12:

Today I feel good, accepting of whatever outcome. I am a little worried about the pink skin swelling up in front of the foreskin, where I have been circumsized (see pic). If anyone has any idea on what this is or how to prevent it, I would appreciate your advice.

As you can see, day 12, but still very swollen.

J

Have you asked your surgeon or his staff?

I didn't have the exact same procedure as you, but it may help you to know that it took me 3-4 months post-surgery for everything to look and feel "normal".
Give it time, healing is a slow process.

Thanks for the support guys, I havent asked the surgeon or his staff, my surgeon is on holidays atm, my next appt with the nurse is in 9 days.

Unfortunately, here in Aus, after the surgery, the after care isn't as great as the USA. I have heard how you guys have access to Dr Eid's 24hr phone. Nothing like that here.

Might text the nurse and ask, I think they will just say to rest and heal.

On a positive note, the pain and swelling finally seems to be subsiding!

J

Congrats with pain and swelling subsiding! Definitely check in on Monday with the doc and leave a message for the surgeon. They will reply in my experience with long wait time for responses. You might as well ask now because you will have to wait and by the time they answer would be the time you probably would be fun to ask. If that makes sense

Day 14 Update

Officially 2 weeks.

The pain and swelling subsided by 20 percent from what it was a week ago. I tried to reduce my pain killers today, but still struggling, can barely walk without pain and discomfort, anything I do causes discomfort, still peeing in a bottle, still inflated I think 60-70% my erection is about 5inches non-bone pressed (estimated). I was about 6.5 inches bone=pressed pre surgery (see pics above).

I imagine a lot of the pain and discomfort is due to having TEP, implant, and circumcision.

Some things I have noticed:

Erection slant
My penis is slanted to the right, not sure why, there seems to be a dent at top right side base, or perhaps there is just less swelling in that area. My erection is becoming a bit wobbly. A part of me is wondering if this is due to the RTEs, although, it could be a number of reasons for now, swelling, partial inflation, etc etc. Best not to think about it until a few more months when healing is over.

Tubing
There is a pic attached which seems to show tubing in my pubic bone area, this could just be due to swelling as well. I have attached a pic. As you can see, I am still a bit swollen.

It was a four hour procedure involving incisions to the tunica (TEP), circumision as well as an implant, so I imagine recovery is going to be rough. I'm a bit worried, they may not extend my pain killers, but I will check in with the doctor tomorrow.

I am also still quite inflated as you can see, the doctor wanted to delate me a bit on our last appointment 6 days ago, but there was just too much swelling, he was not able to do so.

My doctor is on holidays, I have messaged the nurse a few things which she hasn't responded to yet (it's been over a day), I needed to know if I should extend my anti-biotic medication (I am almost out). There is another Doctor at the practice who may speak to me.

Kind of makes me realize, after reading most of the journals on this site (peyronies forum, I will be copy and pasting this post into FT), most members here have been implanted by Dr Eid, or another world renowned high volume implant surgeon, some who give you 24hr access to their mobile phone numbers, I've noticed some of these surgeons will even pay a private visit to you in your hotel room. In contrast, on my day of discharge from the hospital, my surgeon was suppose to come down from his office to the ward (a 2 m walk, in the same ward, of the same complex), he didn.t Although, this was just to tell me what size he had implanted me with, it was important to me. Later, the head nurse who was trying to discharge me (in a rush) told me "he is not coming down jjst to tell you what size you got, we need you to get into the discharge lounge", she said this to me, while not introducing herself as a nurse, and walking in on me naked, in pain, trying to get dressed. One of the only complaints I have, but this too, is more of a hospital care issue, as opposed to the surgeon. One thing I noticed is that some of the male nurses are bit more compassionate than the female nurses (generally), I think this may be due to them being able to empathize more with having any kind of procedure done to the penis.

My surgeon was great, I would definitely say he is competent, kind, a good listener, very skilled, one of the best in Australia, and does not rush you out of his office (I had another high volume implant surgeon in Australia who did rush me out of his office, despite me showing interest in wanting to have the implant done by him). By high implant surgeon in Australia I believe it is around 70 implants a year, as opposed to Dr Eid who does 300 a year (please correct me if I am wrong). The only negative thing I can say about my surgeon is, I wish I had a 24cm titan with 0.5cm RTE as opposed to 22cm titan with 2.5cm RTE. Further understanding into why I have been given 2.5cm RTEs seems to indicate that, the surgeon used pre-connected devices and to use a 24cm with 0.5cm RTE would have meant that he would have to splice the tubing to get the pump to fit optimally, there is a detailed explanation of this in a post above. I also spoke to another member on FT implanted by the same surgeon who received a 24cm titan with 3.5cm RTEs, this confuses me, as the surgeon advised he preferred to use as less RTEs as possible. To me, 3.5cm RTEs is an excessive amount. I could be wrong, and perhaps he made the best decision at the time, but after reading all these journals, I would have to say, would Dr Eid have made the same decision? Dr Eid is a doctor who I believe installed user Merrix with a 22cm titan, then decided there was room for more, so added 1 or 1.5cm RTEs, but then thought there was still room for more, so he did something that not many would have done. Instead of stacking RTEs and giving a lower quality erection (as per merrix journal), he removed the whole thing, threw the 22cm implant and the RTEs in the bin and installed a 24cm implant without RTEs. This is a doctor who can definitely say prides himself in his craft and in patient satisfaction. If necessary, would he have spliced the tubing where required to ensure I had less RTEs? Most likely.

This all brings me to my next point. You might read all the journals on this forum (peyronies forum) and think they are all success stories so, it is likely your implant will also be a success story? But what's important to consider is that, most of these members had access to world renowned surgeons such as Dr Eid, who would (as described above), go above and beyond to ensure patient satisfaction. Further, the majority of these members are 50+ and married, if they receive a sub-par result, it's likely their sex life with, one woman, who they may have been with for most of their life, is able to be accustomed to still result in an above satisfactory sex life. E.g going 3 basic positions, 2/3 times a week at 50 - 70 years of age. As opposed to a 30 year old who may indulge in sex 7 times a week, 7+ positions, threesomes, one night stands, anal/oral, discreet pumping, non-disclosure of the implant etc..

With the above in consideration, I have been thinking a lot about my early days with peyronies, how in the first year, I saw amazing results with VED (my old posts are probably still in the improvement forum, almost 4 years old now I would say). So, I would urge a lot of new members, who may not have access to world renowned surgeons, due to the cost, or travel, etc, or members who are still in their 20s/30s and may not be ready to take those steps, to please start the therapies ASAP, and exhaust all other avenues until you believe an implant is the right choice for you, and you have come to acceptance that, no matter what the result of the implant, it is far better than living life with your peyronies condition. With me, my condition progressed to the point where I could not have sex at all, thus, an implant was the only option, Unfortunately, travelling to see Dr Eid, Hakky, Perito etc was not an option for me due to the costs, currency conversation rates, travel accomodation, etc. My surgeon in Australia cost me about 15k including Aestheticist, implant, TEP, cirumsision, hospital stay, post implant appointments. Rebate is about 3k, so in total I may be about 12k out of pocket. If one was having just the implant, it is around 7-8k, with a $1500 rebate (approx).

This may help put things into perspective for members in Australia, and members who do not have access to Surgeons such as Eid, Hakky, Perito, Ralph etc. There was a member here from Australia, AverageBloke, still in his 20s if I am not mistaken, who I believe mortgaged his house to go see Dr Clavell I think, my heart goes out to him, that is a very big decision and a very expensive debt, especially given currency conversion rates, 1 Australian dollar is about 65 US cents currently, so 30k Surgery would cost close to 50k , and that doesn't include accommodation, food, tickets, etc

Interested in what other members thoughts are as well, especially younger members.

Few more thought provoking things I want to talk about in my next post, but will leave it at this for now.

Nonetheless, will I still have a great result? Time will tell.

J

The issue of it being wobbly should be no problem since you are only partially inflated. Once you get max inflation this issue should go away. Interesting post. Totally agree about the thing you mentioned with Dr Eid. He definitely does have the highest satisfaction rate when it comes to this implant process.

I am also in a spot where it might be my only option in the future and just as you it's impossible for me to travel abroad and have it done due to the cost.

I don't think sweden has any "high volume" surgeons at all. At most they probably do 20 a year. I can't even believe I am in this current position. My curvature is relatively mild, I can have sex with it no doubt, but my ED is a nightmare.

I really don't know what the problem is, only 2 years ago they were rock solid and 100% reliable. I have an appointment in early May for further investigation. If I get told at this appointment that my only solution would be an implant I honestly don't know how I would react. Shock, sadness, confusion.

It is a surgery I am very scared of. I should probably try a VED to see if that could help me regain some erectile function.

Good luck to you, I am in here reading all the updates!

Appreciate it Sonic, I'm not sure if surgery in Australia would be an option for you. But, your currency is euros? I think they would convert to double or more here in AUD? Correct me if I am wrong. If it is an option, see how mine turns out.

I've been thinking a lot and thought I'd do a thought provoking post, a lot more to come.

With the wobbly erection, I'm a bit worried, as a wobbly erection can be a result of RTEs, but only time will tell.

Thanks for reading and for your support.

Do try VED when you get a chance, helped a lot with me in the beginning, and if I stayed consistent with it, and abstained from sex, I think I would've been quite close to being healed, as other members (including old man) had been.

J

Sonic, just to add, have you tried pentox +5mg cialis (to be taken daily) and then 100mg viagra as needed (30m prior to sex), this cocktail allowed me to have a perfectly functional sex life in the early days of peyronies.

QuoteI imagine a lot of the pain and discomfort is due to having TEP, implant, and circumcision.

From  all i have read online, the more you have done in your implant procedure the longer the recovery time and pain you will feel, so your assertion is correct.

QuoteErection slant
My penis is slanted to the right, not sure why, there seems to be a dent at top right side base, or perhaps there is just less swelling in that area. My erection is becoming a bit wobbly. A part of me is wondering if this is due to the RTEs, although, it could be a number of reasons for now, swelling, partial inflation, etc etc. Best not to think about it until a few more months when healing is over.

I would say that it is too soon for you to know how exactly the erection is going to be, in terms of stiffness and wobbliness? Definitely wait for you to be able to inflate fully and then some to get the full picture. 

QuoteIt was a four hour procedure involving incisions to the tunica (TEP), circumision as well as an implant, so I imagine recovery is going to be rough. I'm a bit worried, they may not extend my pain killers, but I will check in with the doctor tomorrow.

Please watch out with the pain killers and advise with your doctor if he has prescribed you with narcotics. They are very, very addictive and that is the last thing that you want to be dealing with later on. If you are not aware, please google about Purdue pharma and "oxycontin".

QuoteKind of makes me realize, after reading most of the journals on this site (peyronies forum, I will be copy and pasting this post into FT), most members here have been implanted by Dr Eid, or another world renowned high volume implant surgeon, some who give you 24hr access to their mobile phone numbers, I've noticed some of these surgeons will even pay a private visit to you in your hotel room. In contrast, on my day of discharge from the hospital, my surgeon was suppose to come down from his office to the ward (a 2 m walk, in the same ward, of the same complex), he didn.t Although, this was just to tell me what size he had implanted me with, it was important to me. Later, the head nurse who was trying to discharge me (in a rush) told me "he is not coming down jjst to tell you what size you got, we need you to get into the discharge lounge", she said this to me, while not introducing herself as a nurse, and walking in on me naked, in pain, trying to get dressed. One of the only complaints I have, but this too, is more of a hospital care issue, as opposed to the surgeon. One thing I noticed is that some of the male nurses are bit more compassionate than the female nurses (generally), I think this may be due to them being able to empathize more with having any kind of procedure done to the penis.

My surgeon was great, I would definitely say he is competent, kind, a good listener, very skilled, one of the best in Australia, and does not rush you out of his office (I had another high volume implant surgeon in Australia who did rush me out of his office, despite me showing interest in wanting to have the implant done by him). By high implant surgeon in Australia I believe it is around 70 implants a year, as opposed to Dr Eid who does 300 a year (please correct me if I am wrong). The only negative thing I can say about my surgeon is, I wish I had a 24cm titan with 0.5cm RTE as opposed to 22cm titan with 2.5cm RTE. Further understanding into why I have been given 2.5cm RTEs seems to indicate that, the surgeon used pre-connected devices and to use a 24cm with 0.5cm RTE would have meant that he would have to splice the tubing to get the pump to fit optimally, there is a detailed explanation of this in a post above. I also spoke to another member on FT implanted by the same surgeon who received a 24cm titan with 3.5cm RTEs, this confuses me, as the surgeon advised he preferred to use as less RTEs as possible. To me, 3.5cm RTEs is an excessive amount. I could be wrong, and perhaps he made the best decision at the time, but after reading all these journals, I would have to say, would Dr Eid have made the same decision? Dr Eid is a doctor who I believe installed user Merrix with a 22cm titan, then decided there was room for more, so added 1 or 1.5cm RTEs, but then thought there was still room for more, so he did something that not many would have done. Instead of stacking RTEs and giving a lower quality erection (as per merrix journal), he removed the whole thing, threw the 22cm implant and the RTEs in the bin and installed a 24cm implant without RTEs. This is a doctor who can definitely say prides himself in his craft and in patient satisfaction. If necessary, would he have spliced the tubing where required to ensure I had less RTEs? Most likely.


This all brings me to my next point. You might read all the journals on this forum (peyronies forum) and think they are all success stories so, it is likely your implant will also be a success story? But what's important to consider is that, most of these members had access to world renowned surgeons such as Dr Eid, who would (as described above), go above and beyond to ensure patient satisfaction. Further, the majority of these members are 50+ and married, if they receive a sub-par result, it's likely their sex life with, one woman, who they may have been with for most of their life, is able to be accustomed to still result in an above satisfactory sex life. E.g going 3 basic positions, 2/3 times a week at 50 - 70 years of age. As opposed to a 30 year old who may indulge in sex 7 times a week, 7+ positions, threesomes, one night stands, anal/oral, discreet pumping, non-disclosure of the implant etc..

I am sorry to read that you felt rushed after your procedure. I did remember reading back in the day when Dr. Kramer was still super popular that even him did it a few times, so it is not that uncommon even by the big names. As for the selection of the implant and RTE's and how patients perceive the doctor's choice and the following outcome, i read an interesting paper a while back. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5583047/ This is not you, by any means but it is related in some ways to your train of thought and sort of highlights how Doctors feel about this.

I would say that there isn't anything that you can do for the moment except letting it heal and then once you are fully healed and have used your implant you can then think about your next step. whether it is saving for a new revision to address the RTE's issue or trying somehow to be content with the outcome you got. A lot of the folks are happy with their result even with bigger RTE's than yours. If it was all BS and the erection was of poor quality because they are in their 60's it is something one can ask, but i did read multiple accounts of that so there is hope for you.

Got my fingers crossed that you will be ok buddy!

Thanks Pfract, that is a reassuring post, I appreciate it.

Yes, the doctors are quite reluctant to continue prescribing oxycontin due to dependency. It's just difficult as there is still a lot of pain present, and I am finding it difficult to function. I have to lay on my back with my penis upright 24 hours a day.

I attempted to get some more pain killers from the doctor at the practice today, but he told me to check in with my GP (who is in another state). Really not sure what to do. I have a plane to catch in about 10-12 days and if things don't improve this is going to prove to be very difficult. My actual surgeon is on holiday so I may just have to deal with the pain.

Quote from: jj21 on February 21, 2023, 07:41:47 PMSonic, just to add, have you tried pentox +5mg cialis (to be taken daily) and then 100mg viagra as needed (30m prior to sex), this cocktail allowed me to have a perfectly functional sex life in the early days of peyronies.

Not pentox sadly. Not available here or at least none of the doctors I visited even mentioned it or prescribe it.

5mg Tadalafil yes, I was prescribed this, insanely expensive I just felt though that the some of the side effects and just the effect overall wasn't worth it. The medication which gave me the best effect was definitely viagra (Sildenafil). I tried 50mg. I might ask for another prescription of this or possibly 100mg as you said.

I have an appointment in early may for further investigation. Hope you are having a good day! I like that other people are chiming in here giving you info and support. Really great stuff from this forum. Also thank you for making this detailed journal to help others get more insight!

Narcotics can be addictive, but it is not much of an issue if they are used responsibly for a month to treat pain.  They work great for acute pain, just not chronic pain.  I once took 5/325 Percocets.  I took the maximum dose allowed due to the Tylenol content.  I took 12 a day for 30 days and still almost went insane from a trapped kidney stone that would not move, even after lithotripsy.  When I finally passed the stone 4 hours before my scheduled surgery, I did have what I believe was some withdrawal.  I lacked motivation and was depressed for 3 - 4 days.  It could have been just crashing from the adrenalin rush and pain, but I don't think so. 

Having said that, the combination of Ibuprophen AND Tylenol should help a lot.  You can take both because they are processed in totally different ways.  You cannot, however, double up with any other medication that could contain Tylenol (acetaminophen) since that could be deadly.  I think Alev (Naproxin Sodium) and Tylenol are an even better combination.  A positive effect is that the Alev or the Advil, whichever you choose, also reduces inflammation which your current pain meds do not.

Keep in mind that you say you were in surgery for 4 hours.  I assume that was the time just in the OR and not recovery.  By contrast, I was in the OR for less than an hour, and the surgical part of that was less than 40 minutes.  You have a lot of healing to go through, so consider yourself as doing great and probably ahead of schedule.

Sonic, there is a generic of cialis available now so should be much cheaper. Although, some people do suffer bad sides, you could consider reducing the dosage. If you're reacting well to viagra, it may help you to have a functional sex life, which may in turn, help you to cope during these tough times.

J

Thanks Hawk, appreciate it. I agree, its all about using narcotics responsibly. I managed to get more scripts from my GP today, and enough to last me to get onto a plane in about 12 days.

Should be deflated a bit next Tuesday.

As for the update, swelling reduced in the slightest bit, pain about the same. I am getting a bit of dribble after peeing which I assume is expected considering im inflated.

As always, appreciate the support from all you guys, I might not be here without you's all, and if the time ever comes, I'll be here to support the rest of you's through your journey.

Excited to see the final result in a few months.

J

jj, that's nice to know! Should take some stress out I hope? :D

Day 17 Update:

Although there isn't really much to update, being locked in a hotel room with nothing to do, on pain killers, writing this journal is somewhat soothing. Letting out my thoughts and expressing myself.

Swelling and pain is down, albeit, in the slightest. In 4 days they are going to deflate me a little so I can get on a plane.

Does anyone have experience with initial deflation? My doctor is on holiday and he has left it up to the nurse to deflate me a bit for comfort, and so I can get on a plane. I think due to TEP, I will still be inflated a little for up to 6 weeks. I am worried that, if the nurse is inexperienced and deflates me too much, it will compromise the TEP.

Mentally I am struggling a bit, I am someone who is in the gym everyday, reading books, working on self-development. At the moment I can barely move, and its difficult to concentrate on reading considering I am on narcotics.

I have been thinking a lot about my decision, realising that every 5-10 years (maybe more, maybe less), I will have to go through this process again, although, quite possibly less painful and a quicker recovery, and less expensive. Risk of infection will still be there each time. I'm 34, if I live till 74, that could be 5-10 revisions required. Something to consider for the younger guys, I think the youngest guy I spoke to was a 20 year old who had peyronies, also from Australia.

Some other things I have been thinking, the trade off between not being able to get a natural erection, the intimacy of a woman touching you and feeling your penis grow, spooning in the morning and having your gf wake up to your hard erection. These things can be a very intimate part of a relationship. This in trade for an erection which can stay up as long as required, which also can have it's benefits. Is it worth it? In my case, yes. I got to a point where I couldn't have sex without the implant. I will till miss that intimate feeling of waking up to a woman touching me and my erection growing, and women themselves love touching you and seeing your erection grow, it reassures them that you're attracted to them, makes them feel sexy, and powerful.

Now, I've been thinking a lot about disclosure. A lot of women that are older 40+ I feel are a lot more understanding to Erectyle dysfunction, they have dated men with ED, some have health complications themselves, they understand. Younger women, in their 20s, some make fun of men who can't get an erection. I know some who, if you told them you have to pump up your penis from your scrotum, would call you an old man. I know some who, if you told them you had a bionic penis, they would laugh and call you a cyborg. Now, these aren't the type of women you want to ever date or be around. But, could this influence the decision of someone in their 20s who wants to get an implant but can still have sex with pills/injections? Possibly. Having one night stands and trying to pump discreetly in itself each time can prove to be difficult and laborious.

I just want the younger guys to realise that, an implant is a good option, but if your peyronies/ED isn't to the point where you can't have sex, consider VED/Traction first perhaps. Especially, if you are not yet in a financial position to afford one of the top surgeons. Consider, the amount of revisions required, the recovery, costs, risks of infections. I myself am a bit worried about my 2.5cm RTEs causing a wobbly erection. I was talking to someone who had 3.5cm RTEs and he does have a bit of a wobbly erection, he can mitigate this by pumping harder, however, that ends up being too hard for sex. Choosing a top surgeon is very vital to receiving a top result, and in Australia we are very limited. After 4 years of peyronies and spending 15k on surgery, the pain of recovery, I would want to have sex without having to worry about a wobbly erection slipping out of a woman's vagina (common in cowgirl position).

Now, I know I am stuck in a hotel room with nothing to do, inflated, only able to lay on my back and my mind may be wondering off into negative thoughts. 4 years of peyronies and I have passed on quite a few attractive females, I am looking forward to getting back out there and exploring the dating scene and sharing intimacy with women. My depression from peyronies affected other areas of my life, my career/study took a hit, general mental health, social life. I became a bit of a recluse, and I am starting to realise that it's time to come out of that isolated shell I put myself in. I have forgotten how to date, make friends, be social again.

Wish there was a group or club here in Australia for us implanted guys where we could get together and share our experiences, discuss dating, doctors, support each other. Mens mental health is already a subject which isn't talked about enough. Not many people can talk about peyronies either, most doctors even rush you out of their office. I can see some men here who are younger and don't have access to all this information, money for surgery, pills, VED/traction etc eventually falling close to suicide.

I received a message from a member today which was quite thought provoking, he told me that, some Australian doctors will use excessive RTEs as, they do not perform implant surgery in high volumes in comparison to Eid, Perito etc, so if they need to throw out an implant to install another one, it is too costly for them. Thus, they will use RTEs where necessary, avoid having to use multiple implants during one surgery.

Some things to think about I guess, when choosing surgeons in Australia.

Keep in mind, this is all written while in a hotel room, barely able to walk, in immense pain. 4 months from now I may write up a post telling you all how this has been an amazing experience and I recommend everyone to do the same. Keep in mind though, that the risks will always still be there.

Very interested in anyone else thoughts, especially younger guys, and members from Australia.

J

Awesome progress JJ!  Glad it's working out!  Looking forward to the rest of your journey and advice.

Be well!

Jj21 you summed it up great, an implant may be an awesome solution but in no way a simple one. The process, the surgery and the embarassing feeligns is one thing. I dont know if u could ever pull it off, to ashamed probably. And then the fact that its not forever, as you mentioned need to repeat / 5-10 years. Wow.
The recovery process would be ok for me i guess, ive become good in letting time pass and just be patiently waiting. But immsense pain despite pain killers is bad ofc. You have good thoughts and i wish you great recovery.
I will soon try ved, something ive been afraid of. But today i had a whole day of chronic pain or discomfort and i just have to do.somrthing about it it wont go away on its own and i dont even know why it is there or causes it.

You had flaccid pain too ( right now you have another source of pain of course, i am sure u cant tell if this is still there // as the stronger, more acute pain blocks the weaker one )  -  was this all over ur penis or on local spots? Bc i try to figure out my puzzle. Much points to hard flaccid/ pudendal neuralgia, but then again the fact its so local points to scar.

Sorry this thread is about you, not me. Good recovery

FrankPD - appreciate the kind words.

Orriw- Have you tried pentox? Cialis daily 5mg tabs? They did help me initially with pain and ED. Regular VED usage also helped mitigate pain as well.

My flaccid pain became quite bad and intermittent, I couldn't sleep in certain positions and wearing tight clothes was always uncomfortable. The implant usually fixes peyronies pain, but I am too early in the healing stages to know yet.

J

I was diagnosed with Peyronies in 11/2022. The first eurologist I went to see told me that there was nothing that could be done about it. I started to experience ED along with loosing girth and about half length of my penis. I went to see another Eurologist who recommended Xiaflex. I started the Xiaflex treatment but it was not having any effect. I then went to see what I would consider the best Eurologist in Southern California at USC Keck. They recommended a Penile Implant. Surgery has been scheduled for March. I will keep everyone posted as to my progress, very excited to have surgery, hopefully I can return to having a great intimate life with my wife as I did prior. My sexual life has been all but no existent for about over a year.   

Quote from: Jmaldo44 on February 26, 2023, 10:21:08 AMI then went to see what I would consider the best Eurologist in Southern California at USC Keck. They recommended a Penile Implant. Surgery has been scheduled for March. I will keep everyone posted as to my progress, very excited to have surgery, hopefully I can return to having a great intimate life with my wife as I did prior. My sexual life has been all but no existent for about over a year.   

Wish you the best of luck but it is concerning to me that this is becoming done more often. It genuinely seems if one has Peyronies + ED the only real solution is the implant. It concerns me because not everyone has access or money for top docs like Eid for example. Many of us are either left in the dark or forced to have the procedure done by less experienced surgeons which can lead to disatrous results.

Sonic, your concerns are very valid, reading some of the posts on FT, you can clearly see patient satisfaction varies where a lot of their members have had implants done by less experienced surgeons. Just to add to your concerns man, I really really recommend you tryin out VED or traction, in my early days, it really helped a lot. My improvement posts from VED are probably stll in the improvement section on this forum. My problem was that I continued to have rough sex and continued to injure myself further. I really believe in the early days there is a good chance of reversing the disease if treated correctly.

Pfract, I tried to reply to your private message but your inbox is full.

Day 20 update:

As usual, there is not much to update, but being alone in a hotel room there is just something soothing about writing in this journal and letting my thoughts out.

I would like to talk about the pics I have uploaded here. Now, see how my penis slants to the right, it will not move to the left, even when forcefully trying to move it with my hand (as shown in one of the pics). I am wondering if this is an issue with th surgery, RTEs or simply just this way due to only being partially inflated.

Tomorrow I will be partially deflated so I can get on a plane soon. I think the nurse will be doing it as my doctor is on holidays, I am just hoping she does not deflate me too much and compromise the TEP but I am sure it will be okay. As you can see, the swelling has gone down quite a bit. I am not sure if my penis is still swollen, I think it is slightly, otherwise this would really be some impressive girth! The pump in my scrotum is very solid, I can feel it but it feels rock hard like a pebble. Will find out tomorrow how the deflation goes.

As for the pain, it is improving now. 3 weeks almost exactly and I can say, I finally am feeling a bit better. Being inflated has been tough but I am sure it will be worth it in the end. I am already feeling positive about the progress.

Mentally, I have been struggling a bit. Now that my peyronies may be over, some other mental health issues I have had have been starting to resurface. I had peyronies for 4 years. During those 4 years, I passed on many relationships, one night stands, and battled a lot of depression and anxiety all while trying to finish uni with two degrees (which I was constantly deferring courses due to mental health issues). I also isolated myself and became a bit of a recluse. What I am trying to say is, to anyone struggling out there, don't let your peyronies control you, have a plan, always know that an implant is an option, try and excel in other aspects of your life (finances, health, social skills, intelligence etc).

If anyone has any advice on whether the slant in these pictures is something to be concerned about, it would really be appreciated. It's confusing that it slants to one side, but not to the other, this was an issue I had with my peyronies. I am hoping eventually I have a rigid enough erection to enjoy sex, I don't want my penis slipping out in cowgirl position, and I don't want to have to pump up to the point where it's uncomfortable to have to find rigidity in my erection.

Just some thoughts for now, in a few months these may prove to be completely invalid.

Time will tell.

Always eager on receiving support and messages from you guys, so any advice is also appreciated!

J

Quote from: jj21 on February 27, 2023, 05:59:28 AMSonic, your concerns are very valid, reading some of the posts on FT, you can clearly see patient satisfaction varies where a lot of their members have had implants done by less experienced surgeons. Just to add to your concerns man, I really really recommend you tryin out VED or traction, in my early days, it really helped a lot. My improvement posts from VED are probably stll in the improvement section on this forum. My problem was that I continued to have rough sex and continued to injure myself further. I really believe in the early days there is a good chance of reversing the disease if treated correctly.

I have always appreciated your advice jj. Time goes by so fast that in June it's already been 3 years with the disease for me. My biggest problem was not taking any action sooner but instead just going the supplement route. I was sitting here all these years contemplating traction or VED and ended up doing nothing because I was afraid of justr aggravating the issue. I was interested in a restorex some time but it does not ship to sweden. The PMP seemed a good option but I have read so many posts on here about issues with slippage etc that I stayed away.

I have the option of ordering a SomaCorrect pump.

The pics you posted look very good imo. Compared to your older pics it's like two completely different penises. I see no signs of dents or curve now, just as you said a bit slanted but this will be solved I think once you start inflating to max.

Thanks Sonic, I always appreciate your support as well. It  reassures me that I am not alone and there's other people out there who can relate to this disease. We as men always suffer in silence, there is not much resources out there for us when it comes mental health, let alone, peyronies.

Appreciate your thoughts on the dents being healed, I am just not yet sure if that is due to swelling or if the dents really are filled.

Sonic, in regards to RestoreX, there is a service I think it's called ParcelX, have a look on this forum and you will find it. It's basically where an authenticated third party, purchases the item (restorex) and couriers it to you. You will find it's legit and some members here have used it with success. About two years ago when I was considering restorex, I was going to use the service but the same day I purchased a somacorrect from a medical company in Australia and they advised that they were just in the early stages of getting restorex stock into Australia (Restorex in Australia is $1500AUD currently, I think to purchase restorex in America it's $525 USD, you guys are lucky there!)

I found the key with restoreX is to go slow, start first with the smaller bars and slowly work your way up. Start with straight traction, you may find that if you have dents in multiple places, curved traction may not be an option as it will aggravate your dents in the opposite areas of the penis. Straight traction with restorex definitely helped with pain for me, the stretch was quite satisfying, I felt that it did help with bloodflow and, if you look through the pics on my journal in my traction diary I feel it did help a bit with length. In saying that, towards the end of my peyronies journey just before my implant, I would say that my peyronies progressed so much that even when seeing some improvement, the narrowing had gotten so far up the penis that even 10% improvement would prove to make minimal difference in erection quality and rigidity. So, my point is, start soon before the disease progresses. My surgeon himself told me after the implant that my penis had significant narrowing all the way up to the glans (he degloved the penis and was able to view everything, this how he performed the TEP). The narrowing was clearly evident in my final pics prior to my implant. Now if you compare them to my early pics (4 years ago) (all in my traction journal), you will see that there wasnt much narrowing but a sight curve (where sex in most positions was still possible). My point being that If I continued VED/Restorex at this point, before my peyronies progressed into severe narrowing and was just a curve, there is a good chance I may have been able to reverse the disease earlier. This would have saved me over 20k in medical costs, device, medications etc as well as a lot of time and mental health issues.

Apologies for the long post, but I just dont want you to make the same mistakes I did. Coincidentally, June this year will also be 5 years of peyronies for me. Mine started June 2018 when I was 29 years old. 

I will be doing an update with how my Doctors appointment went today a bit later. I have some thoughts on modern dating as well which I would like to share, and am very interested in other peoples thoughts.

J

Congratulations on your decision to get an implant, I battled peyronies for many years and yes it plays on your mind, I wish I had of made the decision to get an implant years before I did (2022)


Can I ask why you stayed in a hotel for the 3 x weeks after your operation ?


My surgeon, Dr Clavell, recommended just 2 x days, I stayed 3 x days before flying for over 20 hours to return home to Thailand where I currently live.

Gap, the reason was that I had the TEP procedure done along with the implant which drastically delays recovery, I also was and am still very swollen. I was supposed to be deflated a week after surgery to get on a plane however, there was too much swelling to feel the deflate valve. Today marks three weeks since my surgery, and my swelling still has not gone down. I was supposed to be deflated a bit today again too to get onto a plane but the nurse was not able to feel the deflate valve due to the swelling.

I heard Dr Clavell is a great surgeon, how did you find him, and did you regain your size/girth?

J

An updated I have had which is causing some concern, as you can see here this strip of skin (I am struggling to find informatino on this. this strip of skin was intact on the groove which  I believe was stitched as shown. It has now ripped off, is this normal? Is this th frenulum?

I am very concerned as this is quite painful.

I can't get a hold of my doctor and the nurse is not responding. AFter care here post surgery is pretty bad, anyone with any advice please help.

Quote from: jj21 on February 28, 2023, 08:06:57 AMGap, the reason was that I had the TEP procedure done along with the implant which drastically delays recovery,

J

Ok, fair enough, in my case it was just an implant which Dr Clavell told me was very straight forward, he told me earlier that day he had 2 patients that had complications with fitting thier implants, which delayed my operation.


On the day of my surgury he said he was doing 4 x implants, and 2 different operations, he had a busy day booked.

Quote from: jj21 on February 28, 2023, 08:06:57 AMI heard Dr Clavell is a great surgeon, how did you find him and did you regain your size/girth?

J

I researched the surgeons recommended on this forum and went from there.


My first choice was Dr Eid, I sent 2 emails to his office and got no replies, so I looked for another surgeon.


I read a few reviews about Dr Clavell, and then sent a message on messenger to his office and to my surprise got a reply from Dr Clavell himself within 10mins (it would of been 5am in Houston)..................He advised me contact his office to organise a video appointment and I went forward from there.


After my surgury he wished me luck and said any issues to contact him 24/7, he gave me his personal email and messenger contact, I have only contacted him twice since surgury, once to let him know I had made it home to Thailand safely (3 days travel) and the 2nd time to check if I can start cycling (after 6 weeks)


So including the video consultation and the day of surgury I have only met Dr Clavell those two times, ive never been to his office.


Regards the sizing I havent taken any precise measurments, just happy to have a working penis again and it has been faultless in that regard, I also recieved a 1.5cm RTE which was a surprise after all the information I had read on this forum, Dr Clavell said it was to maximise my sizing with the Titan implant................................its working fine, straight as an arrow, and it doesnt wobble about which I read can happen, not one regret  8)

Gap, sounds like you have had a great result, I am very happy for you.

Dr Clavell seems great, I have seen some of his youtube videos. It's just amazing to see these Doctors offer services where they give you their personal contacts and allow you to message/email them after surgery. We have nothing like that here in Australia.

Having surgery on your penis can be quite devastating, in particular the worry of infection, so that aftercare from your surgeon/their team really makes a difference.

Very happy for you results.

Update Day 22:

I had my appointment yesterday with the nurse, unfortunately I am still too swollen to be deflated a bit. The plan was to deflate me slightly for comfort so I could get on a plane back to my own state. The nurse could not even feel the default valve in my scrotum.

I was told by my GP that sometimes swelling does not go down for 4-6 weeks. This has been taking a toll on my mental health, I am stuck in a hotel room interstate, swollen, in pain.

Not much else to update, just a heads up for some people who travel interstate and have the TEP/Implant procedure done, to be prepare for complicated circumstances.

I have been thinking a lot about other things, the circumcision, the state of modern dating, and the expectations modern women have of men, and the lack of support for men's mental health. I really want to write more about this, too tired today from pain killers, will continue tomorrow.

Am really concerned about the lack of peyronies information/surgeons in Australia. Would love to get a group of guys together more interested in creating a group for support for us.

To anyone reading this, just know that I appreciate your support and really look forward to any messages.

J

Quote from: jj21 on March 01, 2023, 09:10:15 AMThis has been taking a toll on my mental health, I am stuck in a hotel room interstate, swollen, in pain.

Hey bro, no pain no gain!  ;D

I genuinely think 6 months from now you will look back at this time regardless of how painful and annoying it was to be one of the greatest moments in your life after Peyronies. The whole idea behing having to pump your penis everyday for 15 minutes or having your dick entrapped in a device for hours is also very draining on the mental health.

The thing is that for you that's all in the past now. You are gonna come out of this a winner and we are all here for you rooting for a speedy revovery!

Also jj I just wanna say last year in April I had surgery on my elbow, ulnar nerve transposition surgery to be precise. I had been walking around with a misplaced ulnar nerve that kept falling out of it's place snapping over the bone on the inside of the elbow. For 10 years I walked around with this BS knowing surgery was the only thing to fix it and in the end I opted for surgery. It was my first ever surgery and the recovery was a really bad experience.

Everything went well but the pain in the beggnining was horrible. And then I had to wear a bandage for 14 days and fecking hell when it started to itch underneath it and I couldn't do anything about it I wanted to jump out a window!!

2 months later everything had healed so well I had forgotten I even made surgery. I feel like this is how you are going to look at things with a bit time as well. That was surgery on an elbow so I can only imagine how painful it is to have surgery on the penis especially such an advanced surgery as an implant but also combined with a circumcicion which is quite painful procedure on it's own.

Hang in there buddy, everything is gonna be alright!!

Thanks Sonic, really appreciate the support.

Update day 24

Still swollen, in a hotel room. Thinking of waiting until the 14th when my surgeon is back, booking in with him, seeing if he can deflate me and then getting on a plane back to my state.

Very curious about beginning cycling, with TEP, you usually stay inflated for 4-6 weeks before beginning cycling. I'm almost at 4 weeks.

I have mixed feelings, on one hand I am nervous, on the other hand I am excited to put this journey past me. I really wish there was some more journals with TEP. I know user Tortao did a TEP procedure journal, he regained all his peyronies length back, he never came back to report any further details.

I've read so many mixed reviews on circumsision too, some claim they preferred sex with their foreskin, some say sex is more sensitive without foreskin, some say makes no difference.

Time will tell.

Appreciate all you guys messages and support.

J

Update day 25:

While I am still swollen in the hotel room, hitting day 25, I've been thinking a lot. I'd like to talk about some of the depression which peyronies has caused me, as well as modern dating.

Modern Dating for woman
With the advent of social media, women are really spoilt for choice. The average woman who's probably a 6/10, with makeup and a few provocative pics on Instagram (transforming herself into an 8) will most likely have at least 20/30 messages a week from guys wanting to take her out. You can guarantee at least 5 of those are men in the top 10% of the wealth pyramid. I am not saying women are shallow and gold diggers, just that they are naturally hypergamous, and they crave security, protection and a provider, and will most likely prefer to date wealthier men of high status. As you take her out on a date, she's probably got 10 others lined up with guys richer. With this in mind, some younger women can have a low tolerance for erectyle dysfunction (wait till the end before making judgements). Why would she want to deal with average joe earning 60k a year with depression from peyronies who can't keep it up when she could date Tim from Accounting earning 150k a year spoiling her with holidays n fancy gifts, giving her amazing sex in extravagant positions twisting her into a pretzel hitting her G/A/K and whatever other spots there are every night. Unfortunately, a majority of women will only love you on the condition that you can provide financially, give safety, emotional security. It's hardwired into their genetics. In the stone ages when we were hunter gatherers, if a woman did not pair bond with a competent man who could provide resources (shelter, food etc), she would die. So, you can see how women will naturally filter out mem to pair bond with the wealthy, competent, confident. Of course there are always anomalies and exceptions.

Modern Dating for men
Well, we are competing with a huge pool of guys. Go on tinder and you may be lucky to get matches. If you're just an average guy earning 60k a year, average looking with a belly, the woman you're interested in, has probably got dates set up with guys earning 100k+, with fit bodies, etc etc.

Of course this isn't to say that women are shallow. The most important aspect of a relationship is trust, love, emotional connection. Just that dating has changed. 50/60 years ago, a man would court a woman who's only options would be the men in her town that were not related to her and of a similar age group. Any man could provide a decent living for her as the cost of living back then was so low, further, most women were dependent on men. Women were not spoilt for choice, it was rather, the other way around. Contrasting from my points above, when you have been with a woman for 40 years who hasn't had much experience with other males, and you're now 60/70, or dating women over 40 who are used to men in their 50s with Erectile Dysfunction, they are much more understanding and tolerant of Erectile Dysfunction.

Divorce is also currently at an all time high, and in the USA 70% of divorces are initiated by females (google it).

So, I have tried to put into place how dating and peyronies can be different for people in their 20/30s to people n their 60/70s.

Now I want to get to why I am writing all this.

The last 4 years of peyronies for me:

During the last four years of peyronies I was severely depressed. I had anxiety and PTSD previously, and when peyronies hit I also suffered severe depression. I was on and off medications but most anti-depressants cause Erectile Dysfunction and I didn't want the lack of erections/nocturnal erections to have a detrimental effect on my peyronies. My life took a real hit. I was always a gym junkie and thankfully this is the one area of my life I always kept up. Unfortunately after this surgery I am slowly losing my body, but I will much easily gain it back. I was also in uni studying two degrees. I finished them just late last year. That makes me a 34 year old just starting out his career still living with his parents.

Now with the above information in mind, you can imagine, being 34, without my own home, starting a graduate career, dating is going to be rather difficult. It would have been even more difficult with Erectile Dysfunction. Now, I can wait 6 years and build my career up, feel more comfortable where I can provide better financial security for a wife and chlildren etc, but that puts me at 40 years.

I actually should have finished my degrees and started my career 4 years ago but the severe depression from peyronies and other aspects caused a huge hindrance in my life.

The positives:
My plan is to hustle hard, with my career as well as side hustles, I have been reading vigorously, learning about finance, business etc, I have improved my mental health drastically, trying to network and make new friends. Peyronies has actually turned me into a much mentally (and psychically) stronger person. Always turn your disadvantages into advantages, negatives into positives in life. We are also looking at creating a mens health group here in Australia where we can support each other in every way.

When you take everything into consideration, you can clearly see how dating in the modern world with peyronies can really be difficult for some of us younger guys.

My point in all of this is that, as you can see, the 4 years I was depressed, I should have been excelling in all other aspects of my life, focusing on becoming in one of the top 10% males in the wealth pyramid, improving my mental health etc etc finishing my degrees instead of stretching them out for 4 years (I was almost done until peyronies hit, I kept deferring classes).

So, my message to any younger guys out there suffering from Erectile Dysfunction, worrying about what women think, worrying about peyronies is this; excel in every other aspect of your life, go to the gym, diet make your body the replica of a God. Work on your mental health, be so strong minded and happy that you radiate positivity and women are just magnetically attracted to your vibe. Work on your financial situation, business, career etc so that you never lacking anything. Make yourself one of the top 10% of males and peyronies will not even matter to you. Get that implant and overcome everything you're faced with and women will see you as a competent man who can overcome any obstacle that's thrown with him. Turn this period of peyronies, into a period of drastic self-improvement and self-development and come out a stronger, wiser, smarter, wealthier man. Even if you've lost 1-2 inches of size, you're basically in the top 10% of any other aspect of life, your confidence , aura and energy alone will be enough to have women attracted to you.

I wish that for each and every one of you.

Love to hear other peoples thoughts.

(Apologies for any spelling/grammatical errors, I am still on pain killers and dozing off here n there)

J

Very well said jj I am going through something very similar although I haven't had the time or resources to get an implant. That is the best path you can take I think is what you stated. The entire world is hyper competitive right now, and unfortunately that includes seX. 

I am still working on getting the motivation to get back in shape. But this is the path I am trying to take as well

You're damn right, JJ. We let this condition consume us way too much.
God bless and I wish you a continued good recovery.

Most of the failures I see here is people losing the psychological battle of the "disease", which in my experience is at least 50% of it all.

Curvekiller - It's great to see that you're ready to start your fitness journey. Yes, my basic message was that, don't let peyronies get you too far down, focus on improving other aspects of your life and just find happinesss n enjoyment.

Desmond - thanks a lot, wishing you the best with your journey too!

I am not sure if this is already in the forum but under 'choosing a surgeon', it may benefit to add in to ask whether the surgeon uses preconnected devices. I was just talking to a member on FT, he used the same surgeon as me and he has 3.5cm RTEs. Now, if he pumps it up to around 80% which is comfortable for sex, the erection is just too wobbly, if he pumps it up to 100% it is rigid and not wobbly but too uncomfortable for sex. The problem is that, because most surgeons in Australia use preconnected tubing, and as they aren't as high volume as Eid, Perito etc so they can't just throw out a smaller implant and install new ones, they are more likely to use RTEs.

My RTEs are 2.5cm and they may be okay. But, I feel for memmbers who have had this whole procedure and end up with a wobbly erection after years of peyroneis simply because the surgeon uses preconnected devices and does not want to splice tubing with a larger device.

Hope everyone is doing well. My swelling as gone down slightly more. Hoping to be on a plane soon and start cycling as soon as possible to get some length/girth gains.

J

Hey JJ,

You definitely have right attitude man. Just wanna tell you my respect for being almost a month alone in a hotel with all the worries and pain.

It is more than normal that you have these thoughts. But still, you are positive and that's what will make you success in every topic you were writing about above. I am rooting for you and you will be the happiest man in a few month  ;D

Best of luck from Germany - I'll follow you story.

I was looking at the pics you posted on Feb 5th. Look at the pic to the left and then look at your most recent pics from the hotel room. You have gained back significant girth. Some of it may be swelling but still, the difference is massive. Now that you have been implanted looking at that pic from 5th feb really shows how much narrowing there really was!

That's a good message jj keep up the positive attitude!

Hey jj!

I hope you are doing a bit better since the last time you posted. I read the whole thing, and i do understand where you are coming from but i have to disagree with you there on some things. You have a point when you talk about women not settling for a guy that has ED. Some of the ones i dated this year, i could see that being the case.
    But from experience, if you are still functional and can have sex and you are open with the girl about as well as caring for her, giving her pleasure and affection you will not have a problem in being with someone. I used to think that too and i had several partners since 2020. I disclosed that i had pain and could not do certain positions; all of them were fine with it. To two of them, i disclosed my full condition and they also had no problem with it, and reassured me "i was man enough for them".

I can imagine that no matter how much i tell you this, even though we are very close in age, it will not make much of a difference. It is something you have to personally experience. As in, overcoming your fears, shame and anxiety on being open about your condition. And now that you have an implant? you are in a much better spot than before. In the greater picture, what is the big deal with the girl finding the pump in your scrotum when you are confident that you can have sex for hours and not hurt yourself?

You mention tinder too.. I am on the app and again, from experience, what makes a big difference in you getting good matches is having a good profile with great pictures of yourself, a decent bio, and just having a relaxed attitude when swiping away. I had lots more likes and positive feedback once i put effort on the pictures. You do that, you are winning.

QuoteNow with the above information in mind, you can imagine, being 34, without my own home, starting a graduate career, dating is going to be rather difficult. It would have been even more difficult with Erectile Dysfunction. Now, I can wait 6 years and build my career up, feel more comfortable where I can provide better financial security for a wife and chlildren etc, but that puts me at 40 years.

Are you really saying you feel you need to wait 6 years to try to have a relationship because that's when you will be ready?

QuoteSo, my message to any younger guys out there suffering from Erectile Dysfunction, worrying about what women think, worrying about peyronies is this; excel in every other aspect of your life, go to the gym, diet make your body the replica of a God. Work on your mental health, be so strong minded and happy that you radiate positivity and women are just magnetically attracted to your vibe. Work on your financial situation, business, career etc so that you never lacking anything. Make yourself one of the top 10% of males and peyronies will not even matter to you. Get that implant and overcome everything you're faced with and women will see you as a competent man who can overcome any obstacle that's thrown with him. Turn this period of peyronies, into a period of drastic self-improvement and self-development and come out a stronger, wiser, smarter, wealthier man. Even if you've lost 1-2 inches of size, you're basically in the top 10% of any other aspect of life, your confidence , aura and energy alone will be enough to have women attracted to you.

And with this.... i fully agree!  8)

Eaudecologne - thank you, best of luck with your peyronies journey as well!

Sonic - It does seem that way, I am still a bit swollen I think, I'm really not sure, but this morning I saw some crinkles at the top of the shaft, I think that's an indication that the swelling has gone down and the device isn't fully inflated or maybe it was just my imagination, or the way the skin was in the morning. You're right though, the dents and narrowing on the underside in my pic posted before surgery, compared to now, is remarkably different. The surgeon himself said, when he degloved the penis, there was significant narrowing all the way up to the glans. I assume this is what was causing all the pain and Erectile Dysfunction. My curvature itself, was not too bad. This is also the reason why I chose to be circumsized, degloved, and have TEP all the way up the shaft. I had a lot of people on FT comment that getting circumsized was a bad decision, but I chose the fact that, with circumsiscion, the surgeon could deglove the entire penis, see what was going on, and perform TEP all the way up the shaft for maximal girth/length restoration. I believe I made the right choice, but time will really tell.

Pfract - I had a lot of thoughts in that post, but my main message was not to let peyronies get you down, try not to spend 4 years depressed like I did, staying stagnant in life, but rather, excel in every other aspect of your life, and peyronies won't seem like a big deal. Once you overcome it, you will even be in a remarkably better position than before.

Update: Exactly 4 weeks:

Still swollen a little I think, I think almost ready to be deflated. I called the doctors office last week and asked to see another urologist there as my surgeon is on holiday till the 14th, also requested to see my surgeon on the 14th. I called them up today after 2 business days and got told to just wait and they will contact me tomorrow. As you can guess, this is what frustrates me about the service in Australia, as discussing with Pfract via skype the other day, we are just another number to them sometimes. The office doesn't realise that, I am interstate, I was suppose to eb deflated 3 weeks ago and fly back interstate but couldn't due to swelling, the surgeon and nurse has gone on holiday, and I am left here with reception staff who are not very accommodating. I finally feel like the swelling has gone down a bit and request to see a diff urologist at the practice who may be able to deflate me so I can get on a plane and back on with my life, and I get told to wait, after waiting 2 business days already, and 4 weeks in total since surgery.

Apologies for the rant, but I just want people, especially in Australia to know, that aftercare isn't always the best here. To be prepared. It's been 4 weeks now, I am interstate in a hotel room. When comparing aftercare to surgeons in the USA like Hakky or Eid, the difference is remarkable, Dr Eid is even known to come visit patients in their hotel rooms.

Don't get me wrong, my surgeon was still great, and I definitely can say he is skilled, I feel like I have improved and am eager to see the final results.

This morning I woke up, I felt like some of the swelling had gone down and at the top base of the shaft it looked like a bit crinkled - is this a sign that the swelling is down and the device just isn't fully inflated? Or perhaps it was just the way my skin was in the morning. I can also feel more in my penis, I think some of th nerves are healing, I am getting more feeling and I can do a kegel which feels comforting. With my peyronies penis, if I did a kegel, it would result in pain. For anyone else ever going through this same procedure, I read a lot of studies that stated vitamins B12, B-complex and ALCAR can help with nerve regeneration, I have been taking these since the day of my surgery.

Hope everyone is well, if all goes to plan, I will be on a plane back with the next week and should be able to start cycling.

J

jj, when it comes to the circumcision I am incredibly curious to see how you will compare sex now while cut versus being uncut.

I've read about so many guys saying there is less pleasure or sensation when cut due to the nerve endings in the foreskin but at the same time some guys said it feels better when cut!

Sonic, I did some research into it prior to the procedure, all had mixed reviews. I found as many reviews of adult circumsision online as I could find. Some preferred sex with foreskin (more sensations as you said), some say circumsized feels better as there's more feeling when inside the vagina, and some said it made no difference at all. 

The only major issues were the rare number of cases who received a botched circumcision and something else went wrong. 

I spoke to a girl recently who told me that she prefers a circumsized penis because the knob (head) feels better inside her vagina, she said foreskin can feel like a condom. Then I have also heard girls say they enjoy the gliding feeling of foreskin inside them. 

So, it seems either way, there's pros and cons. 

I guess the next few months will tell for me. 

Update Day 29

Uploaded some pics, my scrotum swelling has gone down quite a lot, I can comfortably feel the pump. I should be able to get deflated easily soon. Consider, my scrotum was still the size of a grapefruit about a week ago lol.

Pain: Pain generally has improved, however, I seem to have noticed today that as the swelling has gone down, the pain in my shaft has increased, not sure if this is me getting use to the cylinder or tips perhaps or just results of TEP healing.

My shaft I believe is still a little swollen, I really can't tell. I think there are some crinkles at the top which is an indication that the swelling has gone down and the device isn't fully inflated?

Unfortunately, my surgeon, and nurse are both on holiday. I am still in a hotel room interstate, just waiting it out for now.

Shaft doesn't seem too oval shape either, I am not sure if this is due to still being swollen or just the result of the surgery. Also noticed that my sensitivity is now coming back, I have good sensation on my glans and shaft, it's starting to feel like it did pre-surgery.

The only thing a bit concerning to me is if you can see in front of the bit of foreskin left (where I was circumsized) how the pink shaft skin is swelling, it's looking a bit unattractive. Hoping this isn't permanent, I have been advised this may go down, especially after deflation.

Eager to start cycling and see some gains. I estimate that I am at 5 inches Non-bone pressed, I think this is good considering I was 6.5 Bone pressed pre surgery, plus I am currently not fully inflated and have not started cycling.

I'm feeling excited, grateful, happy, compare these to pics to my pre-surgery pics above and tell me what you think. I think the fact that the dents seem filled out (not sure if this is a result of being swollen or they have actually filled out this well) is a good sign.

Suffered 4 years with peyronies. Starting to feel grateful.

Let me know if you have any opinion on how the healing is going, if you think the swelling has reduced enough to be deflated, if you think the shaft is swollen or not, or on the swelling by the circumsision. Really appreciate the support I receive from all you guys.

J

Pics look great what a massive difference. It is very clear the implant has gotten rid of your dents and narrowing completely, trust me it has nothing to do with the swelling they are just simply gone. I think in 6 months you are going to be ecstatic with the results. Compared to your old pics it's like a completely different penis!

Glad to hear all going well for you JJ! Gives us all a positive reminder seeing people defeat this thing! Thank god for the knowledge of doctors to be able to perform such intricate surgeries. Looks great also btw.

I need to learn what these terms mean "bone pressed / non bone pressed" and I see people use "cycling" a lot... Is this like after surgery you pump it up or something to try get the biggest size possible?

You got a lot to look forward too soon! Take care

Quite the difference from last time you shared pictures! You have a long way to go, but it just looks so promising!  8) Got my fingers crossed for you, still. I hope we can talk again soon!

Sonic - Thanks, it's definitely an improvement. Appreciate the supportive words, its reassuring as sometimes I do second guess myself.

Ohnoohno - Thanks for your support. Don't worry, I had to learn these terms too after getting peyronies, so basically bone pressed is when you measure your erection pressed into the pubic bone, Non-bone pressed,  is measuring just the penile shaft and glans itself. Can make a difference, especially for people with higher body fat. Yes, cycling, is post-implant where you pump the device, leave it pumped for a while, then deflate, it results in the penile tissue stretching and most people eventually end up with the size they had pre-surgery (some more, some less).

Pfract - Thanks a lot man, and I appreciate you calling and checking in on me via skype every now and then. You have a wealth of knowledge when it comes to implants.

Update Day 30

Swelling has definitely gone down on the shaft, but it seems a dent has returned (pic attached). Right side bottom of the base is where the largest dent was pre-surgery. All the journals and people I have spoken to seem to indicate that these dents etc will most likely fill after months of cycling. Anyone have any experience?

Other than that, as the swelling has gone down, I am getting sharp pains along the shaft. These seem to be prominent in the morning when I have some engorgement. I wake up with what would normally be wood, it just kind of feels like blood rushing throughout part of my shaft and then there is this aching pain. I noticed if I get aroused as well, I can feel blood rushing throughout the shaft followed by pain. I'm guessing, as the swelling is going down and the sensitivity and feeling is returning, my body is now adjusting to the device within the shaft, as more feeling is coming back, I am feeling pain in different areas.

I finally got an appt with my surgeon on the 16th, should be deflated and will be able to get on a plane and back to my state. I was suppose to be partially deflated 3 weeks ago but due to the swelling, they could not locate the deflate valve. So, for anyone reading this and considering going through the same procedure, just know that your recovery may not be as long, don't let my journey put you off. If they partially deflated me weeks ago, comfort would have been a lot better, I wouldn't be peeing in a bottle for 4 weeks. I also probably would have gotten onto a plane and back into my state and been home by now.

Will the results be worth it? Time will tell.

Appreciate any feedback from you guys.

J

Update day 4 weeks 4 days

A lot of the swelling has gone down. I am now getting some pain along the shaft and in the scrotum, I am not sure what this is, I am just assuming it's my body adjusting to the device. I am also inflated quite a bit still. I also feel burning feeling on the glans, I am guessing this is the glans being used to being circumsized.

As you can see in the pic, bot right side, the dent is more pronounced now that the swelling has gone down. This is causing the slant to the right. I am expecting this will improve with cycling.

I also have a stitch which has not dissolved, anyone know if this is  common almost 5 weeks post-surgery?

J

Wow you're healing very well it seems. Surgery takes time. I got a hernia surgery and I thought I'd never feel normal. But I did just with time. I think you could be still swollen a bit and that would might be exaggerating the dent. But it seems like you're headed in the right direction — unfortunately I'm unsure about the stitches hang jn there dude this shiz is almost over

Curvekiller - thank you, appreciate the support. I'm in a hotel room on my own, inflated, these messages remind me I am not alone on this journey.

Update day 33

I have been getting pain in the shaft, glans and scrotum lately. It is more prominent after using the bathroom. It's pretty bad and makes it difficult to walk around or do anything as I am also still inflated.

Another dent has showed up, although it's completely insignificant in comparison to how it use to be. I notice that there is pain in this exact area where the dent is. I wish I knew what's going on. Just leaving it for now.

Appt. on thursday with the Doctor to get deflated and hopefully start cycling.

J

No problem, to me the dents don't look bigger to me. But pictures don't always tell the whole story. I'm not a doc, but it is possible that the dents are just stretching as you are more filled out then you have been in along time. Maybe it's pulling the scar tissue considering it is in the place of former dents. Hang in there, glad you get to go in to the doc and hear back soon as well as your swelling coming down also good to hear keep on heeling dude.

Curvekiller - Thanks man, should be okay I think, all the journals seem to indicate that, over time, with cycling, the dents should fill out. In the rare case they dont, the titan is so rigid that, dents will not make any difference in rigidity. A member once told me, if you have a rigid penis with dents, try to think of it as a ribbed condom, it will add pleasure for the female. Kept me kinda positive.

Update 5 weeks

I had an incident where I pushed a little hard when going to the bathroom yesterday. I had some pain a while after, it was pretty bad. Anyway, this morning I was fine, I woke up, moved around a bit, next thing you know the pain is back. The pain was throughout my groin area, shaft, glans, scrotum, upper thighs, perineum. I was also leaking fluid drops out of my urethra (this really worried me). After a long conversation with a doctor he eventually established that I caused inflammation after going to the bathroom. He explained that the fluid is prostatic tubal discretion (I may have got the wording wrong), and there is no infection. I was then prescribed a strong anti-inflammatory and some pain killers, I am okay now.

What's worrying me, is that I have been inflated about 70-80% since surgery (5weeks). I am wondering if there is a risk of auto-inflation (the reservoir not healing with the full amount of saline etc). Big thanks for Pfract for the support and bringing this to my attention (we talk over skype). I told the nurse this today and she just dismissed it. I will have to see what the doc says on Thursday, I think they will just dismiss it until an actually issue arises.

Would anyone know, would the fact that the titan one touch has a lock out valve prevent auto inflation?

Other than that, I would just like to add that, my whole life, ever since I was  a kid, I use to enjoy sleeping on my stomach. Ever since peyronies about 5 years ago, I stopped sleeping on my stomach as it would aggravate my condition. I started sleeping on my sides only to prevent any further injury from nocturnal erections. Even in my sleep peyronies would affect me. I am really looking forward to being able to sleep in peace, without having to worry about nocturnal awkward positioned erection erections causing further damage. I am especially looking forward to being able to sleep on my stomach again after 5 years!

I have included a pic which shows the dent a bit more clearly, you can see it's causing the penis to slant to the side. I am hopeful that with cycling this will either fill out or will not cause any issues. The other issue is, if you look at how the skin is swollen under the glans where I have been circumsized, I really don't like the look, it almost looks a bit like large genital warts. Hoping this subsides.

Appreciate any feedback.

J

I wouldn't worry about that thing you have highlighted on the pic. I've seen similar stuff on other forums with implant patients and they pretty much all were resolved with the cycling process.

Sonic - I appreciate the encouraging words, literally been in a hotel room, interstate for 5 weeks, inflated, peeing in a bottle, on my own. Your messages really give me encouragement and reassure me I am not alone. Thank you.

Update 5 weeks 1 day

I have quite an interesting update today. Last night I took some painkillers and finally got tired of this erection. I have been inflated the same since surgery 5 weeks ago, was suppose to be partially deflated 2-3 weeks ago but never happened due to swelling and my doctor being on holiday. The TEP procedure I had done requires 4-6 weeks of inflation.

I tried to find the deflate button, I just could not, no matter what I tried. I found the keychain (thanks to Pfract for making me realise that this keychain was actually with my aftercare package) and practiced but just could not find the valve and groove. At least when I thought I had, I squeezed, nothing happened. I squeezed and pressed my penis, nothing happened. I thought maybe if I pull down on the pump it will help, I pressed the pump, it was hard like a marble, I pressed it twice thinking it would do nothing, my penis inflated a bit!!! Lol.

Now after two minor pumps, there is good news and bad news.

The good new is that girth seems to have really improved, pic attached. Look at the top view and side view pics and you can definitely compare it to the pics in the above posts, the girth has improved just in two pumps which is great! It is now more stable and less wobbly too!

The bad news is that firstly, there's a dent on the left side which I have circled, there seem to be more slight dents popping up. These are definitely not significant and I don't think they would effect sex in any way, I also think they may resolve after cycling. Secondly, now this part worries me a bit, the penis is now significantly flatter and oval shaped. I hold it in my hand and it feels like I am holding something wide and flat? I love the extra girth but it is very flat n oval. I am wondering how this will effect women for sex, most dildos etc are all shaped round? Can anyone advise on whether the penis becomes rounder over time, or with natural engorgement, or how an oval shaped penis affects sex?

What I did next was went into the shower and sort of touched myself to see how the sensitivity was. The penis was significantly less sensitive than pre-surgery. However, this may be expected as I had the T.E.P procedure which requires nerve healing (may take 6-9 months). I was also circumsiezd. I noticed that the part behind the glans (frenulum I think) is rather numb, this use to be the most sensitive part of my penis before when I was uncircmsized. Is anyone able to comment on whether this sensitivity here may return or is this just part of a circumsizion?

If anyone is able to give any tips on deflating, I would really appreciate it. I have tried everything, when I feel like I locate the groove and button, I squeeze but nothing happens, I squeeze then squeeze the penis too and nothing happens. It started to get painful so I stopped.

Doctors appointment tomorrow, looking forward to having this thing deflated.

Appreciate any feedback from you guys. The support is reassuring.

J

Have posted a before and after, the difference is quite remarkable. The amount of narowing on my peyronies penis was just crazy. You can clearly see how that's been fixed and the girth I have now, I am confused if it will actually be this girthy or if it's just swelling.

Looking at that after pic, I feel like a porn star HAHA!.

Either way, definitely a big improvement, has me very happy and hopeful.

Wishing the same for any of you's still suffering.

J

I hope this gives you some comfort but even if after the cycling process there are "dents" left they will only be a purely cosmetic/visual thing however you want to put it. They would basically be there but they will not have any negativeme effects at all.

Fully inflated you will be extremely hard and stable whereas dents in a peyronies dick causes softer erections and wobblyness.. You have gotten from severe narrowing to a donkey kong level thickness of cock, lmao!!!

Thanks Sonic, ya Dr Eid did say that with a titan, even with dents, it doesn't affect rigidity of the penis.

Donkey kong lmao.. Man honestly,  has to be swelling right? Im flabbergasted lol

Hawk could probably tell you more accurately. But I don't think it's all due to swelling. Definitely partially but usually Titan implants make patients gain significant girth.

That's amazing if this is the girth lol. I did have the TEP done as well, and the surgeon made incisions to increase length/girth. I feel like a porn star  8) lol

There's hope out there for us all man.

J

lmao, I can say for certain based on those pics you have definitely gotten an alien/monster type cock now!  ;D

Probably most women are going to be in pain when you take them to poundtown lol!!

It's great to see the progress you are making.

Thanks Sonic, feels good to see the difference. I wish the same for you. I actually saw my doctor today and he did say there is some swelling still in the penis, so this could be why it looks so girthy lol

Update 5 weeks 2 days - First Deflate

Finally deflated today! The deflate valve is behind my scrotum, it isn't directly above the pump. My scrotum is very small and compact now. It was quite painful being deflated. The doctor advised that there is still some swelling in my penis and scrotum (perhaps the reason why my penis is so girthy). I was able to pump and deflate myself.

I am going to start cycling from tonight, thinking of taking some pain killers, pumping as much as possible, then leaving it as long as I can and deflating. I think deflating may be the hardest part.

Any deflating tips? Atm, I press the deflate valve then squeeze the penis, it takes both hands and some skill, time and effort to do.

Something I was not entirely prepared for is that when flaccid and deflated, the cylinders are very noticeable. I can feel them in my penis whenever it moves. I can feel it with my hands if I touch my flaccid. I know this will just take adapting/getting use to.

I have also gotten some more pain now within the shaft and scrotum, probably just my body adapting to being deflated.

The doctor and nurse were very apologetic for leaving me on my own while they were on holiday, and for the fact that a diff nurse/doc could have partially deflated me 2 weeks ago. Overall my experience with them has been good and I am very pleased with the result.

Overall I am happy, seeing my comparison pic above, major difference.

Might update again tonight when I try to cycle for the first time. Will try to measure as well.

J

Update 5 weeks 2 days - First Cycle

Okay, I took some pain killers and decided to cycle for the first time. I pressed the bulb, it was tough, the skin gets sore from so much pumping (eventually I pumped with a tissue over my scrotum for anyone else reading this and starting cycling). Used both hands, helped. I probably squeezed it 50 times, with some being half squeezes.

I left it fully inflated for 45 minutes, the pain was mostly in the glans, it was pretty bad but I just didn't move around much. I can feel the stretch that people talk about.

My biggest issue is deflating, it is so difficult to locate that deflate button and groove. My deflate valve is behind the scrotum which is still a bit swollen and the doctor said there is a sac of blood still in there. It's a bit difficult to tell when I am fully deflated at this stage, I have just been estimating. I am guessing I have to wait for the cylinders etc to soften over time.

Now, fully inflated (see pics), the penis is rigid, I estimate it's about 6 inches bone pressed, or maybe 5.75. I was 6.5 inches bone pressed pre-surgery and about 7 inches pre-peyronies.

I have a lot of pain now when deflated, I am guessing this is normal? Any tips on deflating, or knowing when you're fully deflated at this stage?

J

5 Weeks 3 Days

I made a before and after with my fully pumped penis, you can really see the difference and how remarkable it is. Doesn't look like there is too much length lost atm. I am very pleased with the result, eager to see the length I end up with. I am also very grateful. The narrowing I had, especially at the base has been fixed. My peyronies penis was very narrow, with dents causing major hinges and a very unstable erection. I am very girthy atm, I think some of this could be due to swelling.

I wanted to talk about the mental aspect of peyronies. In the past, I use to always have my peyronies in the back of my mind. I just always felt incomplete by the fact that, my male sexual organ was damaged and I could not have sex. I use to get attention from girls but I always knew, I would not be able to do much, this use to get me so down. This feeling of incompleteness and depression seeped into other aspects of my life. I could never fully enjoy social settings, time with my family, happy moments with my nieces n nephews, cousins etc. Peyronies was just always in the back of my mind, where other people around me would be happy in social settings, enjoying their time, I would be down, just not being able to feel any happiness. I would reject girls that were into me, and then I would feel so down after.

Now, this depression and feeling of incompleteness is slowly leaving me. I feel empowered, comfortable, happy. I know I can pursue women, and I can perform sexually, and I feel comfortable dating soon. I feel that slowly, a newfound confidence will also come. The dark feelings of the past, are in the past. This peyronies journey has been empowering, I am now more disciplined than ever, and a much better, wiser, calmer, more grateful and open minded person.

Feeling grateful and Looking forward to the future.

J

Yes, that before and after is astonishing. Truly a massive difference no pun intended. It is absolutely unbelievable that a penis can just decide to basically eat itself up and become so narrow like it had in the first pic.

Your journal is a great read. Very happy for you J.

jj!!!! i am so happy for you man! these last updates are so reassuring.... The pain you describe, everybody says it's normal so you seem to be on track for a good recovery like you have been told. But what's really striking is the last comparison picture and seeing the old and new side by side. damn! The narrowing is completely gone, and i can only imagine that the curvature will fix itself once you start cycling on the regular.

 
Have they given you a ball park estimate on when sex will be possible for you?

Thanks heaps guys. Pfract - No, my surgeon was great, very skilled and competent, I am pleased with the result so far. However, their aftercare is not very good at all. Haven't been advised on a cycling routine, or when I can have sex at all. Was rushed out by the nurse in my last appointment while I was still trying to deflate for the second time.

Update 5 Weeks 3 days

This is my second day cycling. I did 1 x 45m session and 1 x 30m session. The pain is pretty excruciating but I am putting up with it. I can feel so much pain in my glans when fully inflated.

If anyone has any cycling routine recommendations, please share. I am very interested. I Haven't been advised on a cycling routine, or when I can have sex at all. Was rushed out by the nurse in my last appointment while I was still trying to deflate for the second time.

A new thing that happened today was, the second time inflating, my pump started to squeak. I have a titan one touch, I thought squeaking was more common with the classic? Can anyone advise if the squeak gets better over time as the cylinders/pump softens.

Appreciate all the support here, either way, looking at the comparison pic above, I am pleased with the result and very grateful to be putting this chapter of my life to an end and moving forward.

J

Great news JJ, I too had the issue deflating and took a few weeks to master the operation..................Dr Clavell has a good video on Youtube regarding deflating and I watched it numerous times, and yes that key ring is a big help.................btw it takes me about 20 pumps to get rock hard


I would email your doctor asking when you can have sex, I was 6 weeks, but your operation was more complicated so will probably be longer.

Gap, Thanks a lot, you're also from Australia? I have heard nothing but good things about Dr Clavell. Did you have any appts with Aus docs?

Update 5 weeks 4 days

Getting used to cycling, I changed to 2 x 30m sessions. I pump to pain, and then pump more. It is so excruciating, feels like the tips of the cylinders are going to burst out of my glans. The dents are still there, they're no where near as significant as pre-op, I am guessing they will fill and even if they don't, I can't see them causing any issue for sex. When even 85% pumped, the erection is very rigid.

I slept last night and when I woke up, my penis looked erect. I am not sure if this was morning wood or if the device auto-inflated in the night some how. It felt more round, so I thought this may be some natural engorgement, but then it didn't go down much. I am worried as I was about 70-80% erect for 5 weeks and have been wondering if the reservoir healed with scar tissue around it without the full amount of saline, whether auto-inflation is a risk, as now when deflated, it wont be able to accommodate for all the extra saline. I was suppose to be partially deflated on week 3 but my doc and nurse were away on holiday and I wasn't able to get another appt. I didn't even realise this could be a risk of being inflated for so long, for anyone else reading this, going through this procedure, just remember to be aware of this risk as well.

One thing I did want to talk about is peyronies pain. Pre-op, moving a certain way, sleeping (I would have to sleep in certain positions to avoid awkward nocturnal erection risking more damage) etc would all result in pain. Sometimes, just driving I would randomly get pain in my penis related to peyronies. This would happen randomly, when flaccid and erect. Sometimes I would be scared playing with my niece n nephew and jumping around etc ,worried I might cause further damage. I can say now, that the peyronies pain I had has disappeared. The pain I have now is kind of different, it's like I know there's cylinders in my penis and it's trying to adapt. It feels good to know that these feelings that once haunted me, will now be part of the past. I am grateful.

My surgeon was great, but I have not been very happy with the aftercare I received. I will be back in my state in a few days and am thinking of booking in with a surgeon there. There is one who is a professor and has the most publications on peyronies in Australia, would be good to get a second opinion.

The squeak when pumping is still there, if anyone has any advice, experience or tips on this, please share. I have the OTR and squeaking was suppose to be less common.

Looking forward to one day being able to sleep properly on my stomach again after 5 years.

Hope you all are well, anyone reading this still on their peyronies journey, just remember, it does get better and there is hope out there.

J

Hey jj... Not sure you have seen this video, but: https://youtu.be/vTV7Dazv6gI

Thanks Pfract, I have seen that video, it is very informative. It's great you guys have access to these Doctors in the U.S, they seem very understanding and knowledgeable, and their aftercare practices are amazing. Eid, Hakky, Levine, Clavell (in no particular order) seem to be the best of the best. The plan is to get rich and never have to worry about a revision as I would just come to the U.S and go with one of the top surgeons there. With the currency conversion and accomodation etc, it would probably cost us 60k AUD to do the procedure in the U.S.

Update 5 weeks and 5 days

I have been cycling consistently for the last 3 days. First day  I did 2 x 45m sessions (with painkillers), second day I did 2 x 30m sessions (no painkillers), 3rd day was just 1 x 30m session... Today, I will try for 2 x 30m sessions. The pain is quite excruciating, but if it means I will regain length/girth, I will put up with it.

I am finding deflating very difficult, the valve is behind my scrotum and difficult to access but I manage to do it. I can half deflate easily, then after that, it seems to deflate very very slowly or not at all. In my sleep, I feel like it auto-inflates itself a little (perhaps triggered by nocturnal erections?).

The titan flaccid at this point is very difficult to conceal, It hurts to point it down, and it hurts to point it up. It naturally points out, almost like an erection and still looks like an erection. I know this will change over time, but makes things like going to the gym very difficult. I also have to get on a plane in a few days and I will have to endure an uncomfortable few hours with my flaccid titan pointing up secured with tight clothes and a long jumper.

If anyone has any advice on deflation, or whether I should be worried about the device auto inflating in my sleep, I would appreciate it. I am going to see another surgeon for a second opinion when I am back in my state. I also get pain and burning in the perinium area post-cycling.


As for the circumsision, the doc told me after surgery that the foreskin would cover half my glans when flaccid. The foreskin does not move or change when flaccid or erect. I really am not sure if this is due to it not being fully healed, still healing from being stitched, or what. If anyone has any advice, I would appreciate it. On a positive, I think my glans is finally becoming accustomed to being exposed.

Another positive is that my natural engorgement seems to be improving, when flaccid, I wake up with some wood and my penis just looks round and full.

I do feel less sensitivity in the glans and shaft, but this is expected with the tunica expansion procedure, it may take 6-9 months for the nerves to heal.

As always, appreciate all the support from you guys.

J

Jj that's great to hear your Peyronies pain seems to be resolved. Can you touch back about what type of pain you had and when the pain was a problem etc ?

I know it's hard to describe. But I have a pain that seems to get worse with activity and get better without. It is almost like a sore muscle pain but it is a bit of sensation loss as well, but I would be thrilled if it fixed any of my pain.

Curvekiller94 - My first two years of peyronies was pain free, after that, I would get pain that would sometimes be random, like a sharp sting.. Sometimes if I moved my penis a particular way. I could not sleep on my stomach as that would result in pain. It is kind of hard to describe man, especially now that it's gone. I know tight clothing would get uncomfortable due to pain as well. Sometimes doing leg raises in the gym would cause pain (my penis would be forced to move up). VED and Restorex did always help with this. Sex/Masturbation would always aggravate and result in more pain. This is what actually made getting an implant a lot easier for me.

My surgeon and Dr Eid, both stated that usually with an implant, peyronies pain disappears.

I am still only about 6 weeks out, just started cycling, so things should get better.

Hope this helps.

J

Update 5 weeks 6 days

Almost 6 weeks, cycling has become a bit easier. Today is my fifth day cycling. I now go in the shower, let warm water run down my scrotum, then I will pump to 90%, leave it like that for 10m, go back to the bed and pump to 100%, leave it like that for 20m. Total of 30m per session, 2 sessions a day. This has become a bit more comfortable, the first few cycling sessions were quite excruciating. The skin does start to hurt as well. To anyone reading this, remember it does get better, just hang in there.

I decided to pump to max and use my iphone to get some kind of estimate of where my size is. I bone pressed my iphone 14 pro into my pubic bone, about the same place I did pre-op,  it just so happens that the tip of my penis is about exactly at the end of my iphone. So, I am almost exactly 5.81 inches (height of an iphone 14) bone pressed, with no glans engorgement. I can't imagine getting my glans engorged at this point, it just seems painful. I have also lost some sensation and sensitivity which is normal with TEP, it may take 6 months for this to come back. Considering I was 6.5 inches pre-op fully engorged, I am happy to be 5.81 inches now with no engorgement. This as well, only after 5 days of cycling.

Another great thing is, the dent's seem to be filling when fully inflated, I have attached two pics. If you compare them to the pics above, it seems like on the left side of the shaft and bottom right, the dent's have filled a bit or at least are filling when fully pumped. They are still quite prominent when flaccid.

Some issues I have been having:

1. Peeing, it is still difficult to pee. My flaccid is still pointing out, I still pee in a urinary bottle. I am guessing this will improve as the cylinders soften. I also get a lot of dribble which I trust will improve over time, if anyone has any experience with this please share.

2. Auto-inflation. In my sleep, I kind of feel like the device auto-inflates a bit. Am going to book in with another surgeon. I was left inflated for 5 weeks so I am worried that the reservoir has healed with a smaller amount of saline and does not accommodate for a full deflation.

3. Shape. My penis is still very oval, when inflated even to a comfortable level of inflated, the bottom of my penis is almost completely flat. This would make blowjobs and some sex quite difficult I presume. Again, I can't really get engorged atm so this could improve. If anyone has any experience please share.

4. Pain. I am getting pain in the scrotum, perinium area, and in the shaft. It is worse after cycling. I am guessing this is just my body adapting. Unfortunately, I do not want to contact my doctors office as, the nurse there will just tell me I am being too anxious. I will book in to see another surgeon when I am back in my state and get a second opinion.

5. Deflating. I am still finding it very difficult to deflate. I press the deflate valve then squeeze. Now, when my penis is fully inflated, it's easy to tell that it's deflating. I get to a point where it just won't deflate more or deflates then inflates again. It is very difficult to tell at this point as my flaccid is like a semi-erection. I squeeze quite hard but at the same time, am worried about causing damage. Also worried about the reservoir not being able to accommodate the full amount of saline as described in point 2. If anyone has any experience, please share.

Some advice to anyone reading this is to have a good GP. About a week ago, I strained myself when in the bathroom and caused quite a bit of pain through my shaft and scrotum. I waited overnight before calling my surgeons office. The nurse just brushed it aside and told me I was panicking and everything was fine despite the fact, the pain persisted for a long period of time. I spoke to my GP over the phone (he's back in my state) who is very good with men's health and is knowledgeable with implants, he asked for all my symptoms (even asked if I had dribble of post peeing etc), and told me it's likely that I caused inflammation after going to the bathroom. He then prescribed me a very strong anti-inflammatory, and after 1 hour of taking this, all the pain was gone and I felt so much better.

Finally, I would like to talk about how peyronies actually has made me such a better person. I am so much more logical and methodical, so much stronger and wiser. When peyronies first hit, as a 28 year old, I was very destroyed. Now, I have grown to be so much better. I have learnt so much about myself, mental health, life, relationships etc.. Most importantly, learning that, when life throws a problem at you, to handle it appropriately. Control your emotions, look at things logically, weigh up pros and cons. I know I have become a much better person today.

Appreciate all the support and any feedback.

J

Hey jj21... Sorry for not being able to address the whole post, but are you squeezing your penis as well or just hitting the deflate button and letting it be? Because to fully deflate, you should squeeze the penis too. So I read,but there's some videos about it too, I think.

Pfract, yes I am squeezing the penis, quite tightly too, worried about causing damage. My scrotum is very small and the valve and button are in the back area, I also still hav some swelling and a pool of blood in there I believe (as per what the surgeon said).

Quote from: jj21 on March 20, 2023, 01:36:54 AMFinally, I would like to talk about how peyronies actually has made me such a better person. I am so much more logical and methodical, so much stronger and wiser. When peyronies first hit, as a 28 year old, I was very destroyed. Now, I have grown to be so much better. I have learnt so much about myself, mental health, life, relationships etc.. Most importantly, learning that, when life throws a problem at you, to handle it appropriately. Control your emotions, look at things logically, weigh up pros and cons. I know I have become a much better person today.

This is great to hear. Hope I can reach this stage with time.

@Sonic, you definitely will man. Just hang in there, try out all the treatements, stay positives and focus on improving other aspects of your life. Always here if you need to talk.

Did anyone's one touch squeak in the early days? I am exactly 1 week into cycling (6 weeks post implant) and a few days ago, my one touch started squeaking when pumping.

This is the only thing I dislike about the implant so far.

I chose the one touch over the classic for this reason. I am hoping that, as everything softens, the squeak will stop. Currently, the bulb etc is still very hard.

Any thoughts?

J

Update 6 weeks 2 days

I am finally back in my state. The plane ride was very painful, I had to tuck my penis up tightly, I had sharp pains all throughout the plane ride.

I cycled today, switched to 2 x 40m sessions instead of 30. It does get easier and more bearable. I am now exactly 1 week into cycling.

I am starting to get the hang of deflating, today I deflated for about 10s, waited, then deflated again. I did it 3 times. Waited 5s then pressed the bulb to lock out. It still points out, is hard like a semi-erection, the only way to conceal it is pointing it up which causes pain. I don't want to push down on it, so, I am kind of waiting it out until the flaccid starts to hang lower.

Some issues I have been having include:

- I am getting burning and pain in my scrotum and shaft, my scrotum is very small and it is almost like it's rejecting the pump.

- The pump squeaks when inflating, I have the one touch and squeaking is uncommon. This is one of the only things I dislike about the implant so far. Hoping as everything softens (the pump etc is still very hard), the squeak will stop as well. Please let me know if you guys have any experience with this.

- The penis when inflated is very oval and flat. I just started taking daily cialis again to help with natural engorgement.

- Behind the glans is completely numb. I am guessing this is due to being circumsized. I was told it can take months for the nerves to heal.

I measured today (pic attached) with the same ruler I used to measure my pre-peyronies penis. You can find the original post where I was 6.5 inches BP here https://www.peyroniesforum.net/index.php/topic,17693.50.html . Today I measured just under 6 inches BP fully inflated with no engorgement. I tried to measure exactly the same way I did originally.

Other than that, it feels good to be back home. I use to do restorex for 1 hour, VED for 30-40m a day. It feels good to know that I no longer have to do these. I also feel happy and relieved, like a huge burden is off my shoulders, before I use to be in my room, depressed about my condition at times. I use to stop myself from pursuing girls who were interested in me because my peyronies got to the point where I could not have sex. I feel happy and relieved now, knowing that all this is behind me, I can move forward.

Appreciate all the support and feedback.

J

While maybe not typical, an occasional squeak is not rare, especially when the pump is new.  It can be minimized or eliminated by squeezing slowly or doing half pumps rather than a full-blown rapid pump.

Thanks Hawk, mine is very new, I am only 1 week into cycling.

Hope it settles as everything softens.

I really dislike the squeak, other than that, the implant is great so far.

J

There is an error in the above post, where it says I measured "pre-peyronies penis", it is suppose to be "pre-surgery penis". The 6.5 I measured was pre-op, with peyronies, as per my traction journal.

I think the "squeak" is much fainter than you imagine because you can actually feel the vibration that is associated with the "squeak.  Experiment pumping slowly, releasing slowly, doing half pumps, etc.  I promise you that even now, you could pump it up even if receiving oral sex without anyone noticing.  It just takes technique and practice.  With healing and breaking in the equipment, it will be fine.

You are pretty much almost the same lenght already while at the same time having gained significant girth. Visually the results are mind blowing. Probably in a year you will be even longer than pre Peyronies is my guess. If I had access and money to any surgeon who could do that on me I would literally do it right now lol!! Your penis right before surgery was bent, severely narrowed and damaged. Now you have pretty much straight as an arrow perfect dick and super girthy. I am jealous and also stoked about your progress!

Thanks Sonic,

Give it 6 months and we'll see. I just started cycling 2 x 60 minute sessions today.

I'm sure you could save up and find a doctor who performs the same procedure.

J

Update 5 weeks 4 days

9 days into Cycling, it has become considerably easier, I am now doing 2 x 1 hour sessions daily. I pump to the point of pain, where it feels like the tips of the cylinders might burst out of the glans and my perineum area is hurting. I am not sure if I am over doing it? Some say, pumping to discomfort rather than pain will have the same effect?

I have been having a lot of flaccid pain, sleeping is uncomfortable still, moving in certain positions I get burning and pain in my scrotum and shaft. I can just assume that, it is the body adjusting to the device.

Anyone reading this, recovery is quite long with TEP.

On a positive, my sensitivity is very slowly returning each day. I now have considerable sensitivity along the shaft and glans. It's only behind the glans that is quite numb atm, I assume due to having a sub-coronal implant and circumsision.

With the squeak, I took Hawks advice and, if you pump slower, or do half pumps, it does not squeak. Although, at this rate, it can take 80 pumps to get an erection. Im confident that this will improve as things soften and break in.

Any feedback is appreciated.

J

I had an issue just now, as I was finishing my second cycle session, I deflated. For some reason, I was only able to deflate down to about 80% of what I usually deflate too. Didn't think much of it, left it for about 30m, then tried to deflate again.

No matter what, I just could not deflate. I thought, maybe the pump has repositioned? Because it's easier to know when the device is deflating once it's pumped up, I pumped it up to about 90% erection. Now, I still can't deflate it. I am pressing where the deflate valve is, squeezing the penis, nothing is happening. I have done this twice a day for the last 9 days without any issues.

At this point, I am a bit worried, it's late on a Saturday night here, my only option would be to go to the Emergency Hospital with a pretty much 6 inch unnaturally hard erection and wait for a urologist.

I tried one last thing, I pressed the deflate valve and the pump at the same time, after this I deflated as usual, pressing the valve and squeezing the penis. It worked! Well, somewhat, I managed to deflate again to about 80% of what I normally deflate too. No matter what, it will not deflate more. I can tell it's about 80% as, it is pointing out more, and when I go to pee, I have to lean forward a bit more.

I have no idea what has happened? Now I am about 80% deflated, I will have to sleep like this and try and figure something out in the morning. My surgeon is in another state, so, my only option is to try again in the morning, failing that, maybe go to emergency or try an appointment with a urologist here on Monday.

Really getting tired of this. I've had flaccid pain in my shaft, scrotum and perinium. I have to tuck it up to walk around which just causes more pain. I can't really go anywhere or do anything.

Really not sure what to do about this deflate issue. I have no idea what could be wrong.

Hopefully someone with experience can give you advice on this.

I hope the issue resolves.

The same thing happened this morning as I finished my cycling routine. This time nothing worked, I was inflated for probably 2 hours freaking out. I tried pressing the deflate valve and the bulb at the same time, it just would not deflate.

I eventually tried to squeeze the deflate valve extremely hard, this seemed to work! Instantly, my penis started to deflate! I then squeezed the penis a bit while squeezing the deflate valve and managed to get down to a reasonable flaccid.

Of the 9 days of cycling, this has never happened before, I really want to know what happened. I was definitely doing everything correctly, I cycled and deflated twice a day for 9 days and had no issues.

I am really worried about cycling again tonight and if the deflate doesn't work again.

On a positive, while inflated for so long, I calmed myself down and got myself naturally engorged, the shape is much more round and girth is really nice.

On one hand I don't want to cycle again until seeing a Uro incase I get stuck inflated, on the other hand, I want to keep cycling to make progress.

Any feedback would be really appreciated. 

J

Happy to report that I cycled today and everything went smoothly. I was worried about deflating, but I just squeezed the valve slightly harder than normal and everything deflated as per usual. Really not sure what happened before, seems like the valve was stuck or something and needed to be squeezed very hard to unlock.

Also, very happy to report that I pumped to about 90% and checked my natural engorgement, when engorged, the penis is round and the girth is very impressive.

One question I do have is, is it necessary to pump up to excruciating pain when cycling? I pump up to the point where it feels like the tips are going to burst out of the glans. Then I leave it for 1 hour (twice a day), as painful as this is, I am just putting up with it. Is this necessary? will pumping up to just some discomfort do?

J

Man! Happy that it turned out to be nothing, but I can imagine the stress you have. As for the cycling, that's what everybody and every website says. Soldier through the pain at least for 6 months. But you may see growth up to a year.

Update 7 weeks

I think this will be my last update for a while.

This journey has been tough, I will write some things in detail below.

Circumcision

I received a lot of criticism on FT for choosing to be circumcised. For anyone considering this procedure in the future, remember that, there are different types of circumcisions. Each cut may produce a different result, and different sensitivity. It's impractical to compare someone who was circumcised at birth, as an adult due to hygiene/aesthetics, due to infections (ballantis etc), due to stuck forekin etc. Each cut will be different and can result in a different outcome.

I asked my surgeon to keep as much foreskin as possible, which I believe he did. The only other journal I have found who went through this procedure, is Tortao. Tortao states that, over time, sensitivity is returned, and sex is just as pleasurable as before.

So, if you receive criticism for choosing this procedure and getting circumcised, just remember, the circumcision you go through, may not even be the same cut as other circumcised males.

I did a lot of research and asked a lot of people. Most say that sex is the same just different, some say there's less sensitivity, of course handjobs and masturbating is different. It was only a small number of cases who absolutely hated their decision, and most of these were the result of a botched circumcision.

You can get the TEP without circumcision.

TEP without circumcision

In this procedure, the surgeon will make an incision just above the scrotum and turn the penis inside out, he will be able to perform TEP along 3/4 of the penis. This will not require a circumcision, however, the doctor will not be able to perform TEP throughout the entire shaft. So, it is more likely that there will be better length/girth restoration when circumcised and the entire penis is degloved.

I chose the circumcised method and I am glad I did as the surgeon stated that there was narrowing in my penis all the way up to the glans. The surgeon was able to rectify this with incisions to the tunica, had I chosen the inverted TEP, he would not have been able to see that far up the penis. I am now 7 weeks from surgery and am already 6 inches bone pressed (6.5 pre-surgery) and my girth is better than pre-peyronies. I attribute this to having a titan, as well as the doctor performing length/girth restoration incisions in the tunica (TEP).

Cycling

Cycling was tough at first. I got ahead of myself and started doing long sessions very early, I do not recommend this!

Because I started cycling late, at about 5 weeks post op, I would endure long sessions (45m to 1hr) and I would pump to excruciating pain, twice a day. I think it's important to work your way up to this. Start with 1 x 10m, then each week, gradually increase.

Today, I cycled for 1 hour, I then decided to do my second session just 30m later. This was a mistake, it resulted in a lot of pain.

So, remember to keep some time before sessions and gradually work your way up to longer sessions. It does get easier and less painful.

Pain

The pain of this procedure was not too bad. It was not until I was deflated and started cycling that I actually feel like the pain was an inconvenience. TEP does require a longer recovery. I would say, the pain is bad, but with the nerve blockers and pain killers they give you, it is definitely bearable.

I have pain now, 7 weeks out. I am assuming that this is the body still recovering from TEP. I have pain when flaccid along the shaft, mostly where my peyronies dents were. I also get pain in the scrotum and in the perinium area. Also, some burning sensation.

All I can do is wait this out for now.

Auto-inflation

I had no idea what auto-inflation was until Pfract brought it to my attention. I was inflated for 5 weeks, I should have been deflated at least partially on week 3, however, my surgeon and nurse went on holiday. I have been worried that the reservoir will heal without the full amount of saline in it, resulting in a partially inflated flaccid as the reservoir will not be able to accommodate the full amount of saline when deflating. I have been able to deflate. I do seem to get some auto-inflation, I know this as my flaccid is not wrinkly and the cylinders cannot be easily felt. I think this is common with titans as it is and from what I have read, leaving the flaccid partially inflated, does not cause any harm.

In saying this, this is a real risk that people should be aware of. If I was aware of it, I would have ensured I saw another doctor and was partially deflated at the correct time.

Sensitivity

My sensitivity is slowly coming back. I am definitely less sensitive. This is expected considering I was circumcised, I think the surgeon may have used a graft as well, TEP also requires moving of the neurovascular bundle which results in some numbness. User Tortao gained back all his sensitivity with this procedure. I believe I will too as time goes on. I can definitely say that each week I do feel more sensations.

I have read studies on vitamin B12 and Acetyl L Carnitine which promote nerve regeneration. I have been taking a moderate dose of these.

Stitch

The stitch which was not dissolving, has finally 90% dissolved. Something to remember as well, if a stitch does not dissolve within 8 weeks, it can pose a risk of infection etc.

Deflate issue

Not sure what happened the other day. After 9 days of successfully deflating while cycling, my deflate valve was kind of stuck. I had an erection which would not deflate. I managed to fix this by squeezing the deflate valve extremely hard, instantly, the penis went soft and started deflating. I then squeezed the penis and deflate valve and deflated as I normally would.

My guess is that the valve was stuck perhaps. If this ever happens, just remember, squeezing the deflate valve really hard may help, squeezing the deflate valve and pump at the same time may also help.

Size

Pre-peyronies I was around 7-7.2 inches BP. Pre-surgery I was 6.5 inches BP. When I started cycling, I was 5.8 inches. I just measured today and after 11 days of cycling I am 6 inches BP (pic attached). My girth is impressive, it is girthier than my pre-peyronies penis. As stated above, I attribute this to TEP and having a titan.

Dents

My major dents from peyronies are prominent when flaccid. They are nowhere near as bad. They seem to be filling. When I cycle and my penis is inflated, the dents seem to fill. This seems to be improving with each session. It would be great if the dents filled completely when erect and flaccid.

Shape

When inflating, the penis is very oval. However, if I try to get naturally engorged, it does become round. It is difficult to get engorged or even think about sex atm considering the pain.

Just know that, you may start with an oval penis, this will improve with time and with engorgement.

Squeak

I was disappointed that, from day 2, my titan OTR started squeaking when pumping. This is suppose to be common with the Titan classic. After talking to Hawk, he advised that, pumping slowly or doing half-pumps will result in a lot less of a 'squeak'. I tried this and it is true. If I pump slowly or half pump, the device does not squeak. I also think that over time as everything breaks in and softens it may get better.

Getting used to the implant

When I had my natural penis, it was difficult to imagine getting an erection through a pump and an inflatable device. 7 weeks post op, I have barely done much, but my body is slowly getting used to it. I can now pump and deflate a lot easier. When I inflate the device, it does seem just as good as a natural erection. Mentally, I feel that, sex may be different, but just as enjoyable.

Thoughts on TEP

User Tortao states that, if he had the choice to have just an implant done by Dr Eid or go through the TEP, he would choose an implant with Dr Eid. I half agree with him. I think if your narrowing and length loss isn't too bad, just the implant from a high volume surgeon should suffice. I think age and marital status can play a factor in deciding this.

In my case, I chose TEP as I wanted to restore as much length/girth as possible. Bein 34, single, I think TEP was the best decision for me. You can already see from the pics, I am only 11 days into cycling, have already gained to close to my pre-op length, and my girth is better than pre-peyronies.

The recovery is tough, there are higher risks, but I do believe it is worth it.

High volume surgeons in Australia

In Australia, we are really limited in choice for high volume surgeons. If I had the money, I would have flown to the U.S and seen one of the best. I paid 15k out of pocket for my surgery, with probably Australia's best surgeon, he has over 30 years experience. I believe he is the only surgeon in Australia offering TEP.

Last thoughts

My advice to anyone considering this in the future is to be prepared. Weigh up how bad your peyronies is. If it's causing you serious mental health issues, if you cannot have sex at all, then it is probably time for an implant. I know this decision is a lot more difficult for younger guys to make. We have to consider the multiple revisions, extra risk of infections, the pool of women we are dealing with who are not all familiar or as accepting when it comes to an unnatural erection. Some of these factors can influence your decision in whether to get the implant or wait, especially if you can still have sex with your current penis. 

I believe that, if you have severe deformity/Erectile Dysfunction and cannot have sex, you must accept in your mind that you no longer want to live with peyronies or a dysfunctional sex life. Then, you must accept whatever outcome the implant brings, and you are ready for surgery.

I was prepared to come out of the operation with a 5inch penis with loss of girth, I was also prepared for the event that an infection occurred or something went wrong. I accepted any/every outcome. I think this is the true indicator that one is ready to be implanted and will have no regrets.

My mental state

I feel grateful, and happy. I feel like a huge burden has been lifted off my shoulders. In the past, my peyronies would get me down, there were constant reminders, feelings of not being adequate, pain etc. The fact that I could not have sex at all, was like a dark cloud over me.

Today, I feel good, I am happy. I am talking to girls, I have no worries that I would not be able to have sex, or that sex will result in further injury.

I feel like this newfound happiness is exactly what I needed. Being happy and successful with overcoming peyronies, I am now able to focus my energy and prosper in other areas of life.

Final words

I would like to thank Hawk, StepOne, Pfract, Monty and OldMan (not sure if OldMan is still around). These guys really helped me on my journey, prayed for me, checked in every now and then, and gave me some solid advice.

Don't let your condition get you down, there is so much more to life, try the therapies, stay positive, and remember that there is hope out there and it does get better!

Wishing you all the best.

J

JJ,

That was yet another great post.  I am beyond happy for you.

A couple of quick comments.  I read your dilemma with the pump.  I cannot be certain what is going on but do not be too concerned.  There are times when the pump can act in a non typical fashion, especially when new.  For starters, I could NEVER get the rerelease valve to set in deflate mode and I have very good grip strength.  Some men never get that to work.  they always just depress and hold the valve with one hand and squeeze their penis with the other hand.

I know your problem might have been a little different but I have even on a few occasions not been able to pump up.  Every pump was as hard as the first pump required to reset the valve and little fluid would pump.  Like you I was a little panicked that my pump was shot.  I just alternated a pump then pressed the valve, alternating back and forth a few times and it was fine.  Coloplast actually has a document on trouble-shooting the pump.  It is on  their site and I am certain it is here on the forum but I would have to search to find it.

I am looking forward to more updates, at least on a weekly basis.  Don't have so much fun with your implant that you forget to check in :)

PS: I added your journal to the Implant board index so it will never get burred.

Congratulations on your journey jj21. Thanks for the detailed journal. Extremely useful for all of us.
It was a tough journey, but you made it through.
I hope you can have a happy, peaceful and worry-free sex life.
God bless

Congrats JJ! Glad you're healing up well and happy. Enjoy the new freedom of the mind and enjoy the new machine haha...

Jj! Loved your last update. I am hoping even more good things come your way as you put this behind and finally start having sex again.

Please update us when you do. I cannot thank you enough for sharing your ordeal in such great details and for sharing so many pictures. Gives a totally different perspective and reassures others who may be thinking about it. Glad I could offer encouragement. Thanks for the shoutout.

Anyone able to tell me if this is this a kink in my flaccid titan? It seems to hurt there and cause issues when sleeping towards the side.

This is only prevalent when flaccid.

If you can fully inflate and deflate, you don't have a kink. And it is very unlikely that you would develop a kink if you didn't have one when it was initially installed.

It is, however, almost certain that you will have dog ears, meaning sharp corners just like you would have if you flattened a water bottle and folded it in half. Two things will happen over time. First, the cylinders will naturally soften.  Next, because they are Hydrophilic they actually absorb body fat, which binds to the cylinders, making them softer.  They will gradually soften for well over a year. 

I developed a habit when I was laying in bed of squeezing the points of those dog ears together from each side.  I think this softens the cylinders up at that point. I don't have any research to prove that.  It is just my opinion. I squeezed them a 100 times a minute probably for a couple minutes off and on.

PS: JJ, I deleted the duplicate post in the other topic which was completely unnecessary. The post should be in your journal as it currently is. Making duplicate posts is a violation of Forum rules and we can't make exceptions. If we did, the form would be a total mess.

Thanks Hawk,

What can I expect over the future in regards to these dog ears? Will they eventually take normal shape?

Atm, it is very painful and uncomfortable, if I lean to one side it causes pressure on the dog ear, which causes pain and discomfort.

I was actually thinking that this was the result of one of my peyronies dents not being filled completely as it is in the exact same area.

Thanks,
J

Dogears are usually, at the most, a little annoying until you are healed.  As you know, with a TEP, that will be a much longer period than with a standard implant procedure.  All you can do is work around it by positioning yourself at the most comfortable angle.  It is very individual, and you can try anything that is not harmful, like maybe wrapping a couple of wraps of Coban around that area to hold yourself straight, etc.  You can put in a few pumps to fill the tubes a little, but that is not advised 24/7  Your reservoir needs to be COMPLETELY full for several hours a day to stretch out the scar capsule that will surround it.  Also, staying partially pumped 24/7 can contribute to erosion, although that is not common.

Hang in there JJ thank you for the updated posts. You're doing good man soon this will all be behind you I know you are still in the healing process. Fingers crossed for you bro 🤞 I'm sure it will turn out just fine.

@hawk how low to the base do the dog ears usually sit? just curious

Guessing where dogears will form is like sitting an empty water bottle on a table without the cap, then pushing down on it from the top and guessing where it will buckle.  Titan cylinders only slightly expand and contract lengthwise. If they are long enough for your erect penis, when your penis contracts on empty cylinders, there is no option.  They have to bend.  If they are new and stiff, that means dogears somewhere.  Each cylinder could bend at different points.

It's been a week since my last update, and almost 8 weeks post surgery. I have had ups and downs which I will explain below.

Girth/Size/Engorgement

I am very happy and grateful for the way my penis is going size wise. Today, before cycling, I pumped to about 90%, I tried to get engorged, and it worked. My girth is very impressive and much girthier than pre-peyronies, so, girthier than ever! I need to invest in a tape measure so I can measure for you guys, and also to track if the girth improves over time. Lengthwise, I have not measured, I estimate it's the same as my last update, I think there is an extra half inch length when engorged. The glans swell and the penis becomes round when engorged. Without engorgement, the glans is a little smaller, and the shape of the shaft is very oval and flat. It is difficult to stay engorged as I am still in pain and sensitivity is still down.

I am very happy with the girth, I will invest in a tape measure and measure it soon. I do attribute this to TEP and having a titan.

Pain

I still have flaccid pain, there are times where I have done something and caused extreme pain. For example, I tucked everything upwards and went downstairs to play with my niece, 5 minutes later, I was in excruciating pain. I really am not sure what happened but I almost went to the emergency department. About an hour later, the pain subsided. This seems to be intermittent and aggravated by certain movements. I have booked in to see my GP in 3 days. My scrotum is still adjusting to having the pump in it as well, I still have pain in my scrotum too. I think this may just take time. I do get pain and burning behind the glans at times as well, though this may be due to cycling.

Deflating

Deflating is easier, I can find the valve easily. Now, today, I deflated by putting my fingers in an ok position and squeezing down the penis while holding the deflate valve. Almost like a jelq I think? This seemed to give me the best deflate ever. My penis is now very flaccid, looks like a flaccid, is pointing straight, and the dog ear has disappeared (for now). I have been this way for about 3 hours and the device has not auto-inflated, and the dog ear has not appeared. However, I suspect things may change when I sleep and lay on my side.

It still takes a lot of effort to deflate, and also about 1-2 minutes to fully deflate. This would be difficult to conceal if one were to choose not to disclose the implant to a partner. In saying that, I am not against disclosing the implant, I do however, believe that some things are personal and I may only disclose to a long-term/casual partner.

I have noticed that, being deflated more, seems to be causing more flaccid pain.


Dog Ears

The dog ear was/is very uncomfortable. It makes sleeping to the side very uncomfortable. However, as explained above, after deflating a certain way, it seems to have disappeared for now.

My dog ear is on the right side base, when erect, my penis is slanted slightly to the right. Almost like a little twist. Now, I am wondering, if I was shorter on the right side due to peyronies, and this is what is causing the dog ear. Perhaps, as everything stretches out, the slant and dog ear will heal itself.

Burning sensation

At times I get a burning sensation within the shaft, and behind the glans. My anxiety is saying this is erosion or an infection, but I think the more likely reasoning is that it is simply the coating from the cylinders or stretching from cycling. I will confirm with my GP in 3 days.

Cycling

An important thing to note, and please correct me if I am wrong, but for some of us who have been aggressively sized, does it make sense to go easy on the cycling? I was sized an extra 1cm, and then another 1cm for TEP, so 2cm extra. Now, I am thinking, if I cycle to excruciating pain, I could be overstretching the tissue and causing more damage.

I was doing 2 x 1 hour sessions to excruciating pain. I now do 1 x 40m session and work my way up, I'll pump to 90% for 10m, then 95% for 10m then 99% for 20m. This is less painful. However, generally, I have gotten a lot more used to cycling, and it is less painful than before. I may bump it up to 2 x 40m sessions after seeing my GP.

Sensitivity

Sensitivity is very slowly coming back. I still have numbness in the shaft, and in particular, behind the glans is almost completely numb. I assume this will improve as time goes on. Regular implant surgery takes time for sensitivity to return, with TEP and circumcision, I assume it may take a few months. I believe my surgeon also did some grafting which can cause temporary numbness as well. I will find out when I get the surgical notes from my GP in 3 days.

Flaccid Angle

Today I got a great deflate in, and my flaccid looks like a normal flaccid, it is thinner and shorter. However, it is now pointing more out, maybe at 3:30. I am guessing this is due to the cylinders still being very stiff. This makes doing anything very difficult, if I point my flaccid up to walk around, it results in pain, same if I point it down. I can't walk around naked or have it pointing out all the time. This has left me mostly in my room.

Some Final Thoughts

I have really been struggling, I am almost 8 weeks out and I am still mostly bed ridden and pain is a constant. I really don't know if this is due to TEP. I think I just need to rest and wait it out.

For people considering this procedure, weigh it up. I think if I had just the implant surgery, I may have been healed by now. I also would have been more sensitive, and I would have had my foreskin. However, I may not have the increased girth, and length which seems to be improving slowly with cycling. Was it worth it? I think so. However, if I was 60 years old, married, only having sex with one woman, I don't think going from 6 inches to 7 inches or even 8 inches length would make a big difference to the one woman I am having sex with 2-3 times a week. In my case, I believe the extra girth/length I seem to be slowly gaining is worth it, especially after 5 years of peyronies. Time will tell.

Feedback is always appreciated, I've been pretty immobile and reclused to my room. Hearing from you guys really gives me support, hope and brightens up my day.

J

Hello, sorry to hear about your news, to me it sounds so far you are not very happy with the results as there is still a lot of problems. But 8 weeks is in relation really not much just wait more and it will get better. Think about what a massive surgery this was, this needs time.

Can i ask which aspects bothers you the most? I suspect flaccid pain, at least for me.
Deformity, width, errection quality,  length and all these things just matter for sex, which is spent around 1% of time in life. But flaccid pain that bothers you when just peacefully watching a movie, working or going to the toilet is extremly annoying. You should aim for that to better the most.

Right now i am on a water fast, day 5 of 10. Maybe i will do more days but food cravings are strong lol. I just think all the time about what joy it is to eat burgers, fries, soup, bread, ...

Also when completed i will try a 12 week programm of 1.5h daily trainings, stretches and meditation that is said to help with Pudendal Neuralgia, CPPS and Prostatis at the same time. I am very curious how it will work, a good 30% pain reduction in intensity and frequency would be a massive success.

I am a guy with injury but probably no real Peyronies Disease as there was nothing in ultrasound or MRI. Having a congenital downward curvature i would probably benefit from real Peyronies Disease, it may just make my P straight lol. ;D

Can i ask did your friends and family know about the surgery?

Quote from: orriw on April 03, 2023, 06:48:57 AMCan i ask which aspects bothers you the most?

Can i ask did your friends and family know about the surgery?

Hey O, the part which bothers me the most atm is definitely the flaccid pain and flaccid angle/stiffness. I cam mostly bedridden still at 8 weeks. I'm usually someone who is in the gym, active, doing things, and this is becoming a real inconvenience for me. I assume that all other aspects, such as sensitivity, will return in due time. However, being immobile for so long, and in pain, is taking a toll on me. Sleeping can also be an issue each day.

My family new I had a surgery, they did not know the specific details, just that I had surgery in my private areas, so they have been supportive. I have some friends that know the specific surgery I have done.

Good luck with the water fast, I tried it, I did 3 days at a time, it was great for health and fitness and discipline (controlling hunger cravings). But, I can't say it did anything for peyronies. However, there was a member here who healed himself with a 5 day water fast. I think it takes 5 days before autophagy starts to  take place. Have lack coffee when you get hungry during your fast, its 0 calories so won't break your fast, and will suppress your appetite.

I also did strict keto for about 8-9 months. Was great for health and fitness, didn't do much for peyronies/ED. Although, other people have said it helps.

Everyone seems to react differently. I highly recommend VED, if you haven't already started.

Hope that helps.

J

There is no doubt if you only had an implant, at least by Dr. Eid, you would've been having intercourse since week three. The TEP there's an entirely different procedure.

If I have done this image correctly, my flaccid angle is at 4 o clock. This is an improvement, but still very very difficult to conceal given how stiff, girthy and big it is. It still points out like an erection.

8 weeks post surgery, about 2 and a half weeks of cycling.

Ideally, I would want a 5:30/6:00 o clock flaccid.

J

I have no doubt it is inconvenient. That is a small price to pay for what is becoming a perfect, unstoppable penis.

Keep in mind, at this point, the more your deflated angle drops that your inflated angle will drop with it.  I recommend keeping it pointed up at an angle into the crease between leg and groin or bending the shaft down very near the base.  This prevents you from putting downward torque where the cylinders enter the body.  You want to minimize torque on that forming scar capsule that gives upward stability to the implant.

Quote from: Hawk on April 04, 2023, 08:35:53 AMYou want to minimize torque on that forming scar capsule that gives upward stability to the implant.

Really can't thank you enough for advising this. My surgeon told me it would be fine to point my flaccid down (this was 3 weeks ago when he deflated me). However, pointing down caused pain, so I never really took his advice.

I've just been letting it point out naturally for now.

We really need to create more awareness about these small issues. I would hate to have gone through this whole process and ended up with a downwards angle erection due to a simple error such as tucking my penis down to conceal it. This also, from my surgeons advice.

Any tips on getting a 5:30 flaccid? without affecting erection angle? Just wait it out I am assuming?
J

"We really need to create more awareness about these small issues. I would hate to have gone through this whole process and ended up with a downwards angle erection due to a simple error such as tucking my penis down to conceal it. This also, from my surgeons advice."

Is there many places speaking about downward erection from all this? I have been trying to google this but haven't found anything.

Since I've been doing VED/Cialis my erect penis is now point downwards, I feel like it's cause of the VED.

I want to be very clear.  Everyone here knows I am not a medical professional.  My statement about affecting the erect angle of your penis is my opinion based on the experiences of myself and several other men with implants and by applying what seems to me to be sound logic.  If you keep a close record of your inflated and deflated angles in the first four months (with a standard implant procedure), I am pretty sure you will see that a decrease in the angle of one will correspond to a reduction in the angle of the other.  Based on that data, I conclude that the main determining factor in erect angle is the firmness of the crus scar capsule that grasps the implant's uninflatable base.  An analogy would be putting stress on a fence post in a newly dug fence post hole.  If you widen the hole or capsule, the post will wobble.

Regarding how to deal with your 5:00 O'clock deflated penis, I am certain that the angle will decrease on its own.  You have to be patient and creative until the angle improves.  Again, as it drops, I think your inflated angle will also drop some.  Please keep track and let us know if you find that to be true in your case.

Quote from: ohnoohno on April 05, 2023, 07:44:13 AMSince I've been doing VED/Cialis, my erect penis is now point downwards, I feel like it's cause of the VED.

There is no logic by which you can associate the two.  A VED erection and an erection from an oral ED drug are both nothing more than filling your penile chambers with your blood.  In that respect, it is like every other erection.  No penile structure is altered.  If you are using Cialis, then you likely have some level of ED.  Any time you have a slightly less erect penis, it will naturally have less of an angle.  That is just the nature of a penis that is not as hard. You might have some progressive ED or simply a variation in erection but your erection angle is not caused by the VED or Cialis.

Keep in mind, if you are using a band or ring with a VED you are only filling the penis between the band and the tip.  The portion of the penis that is inside of your body is not engorged so that naturally has a temporary effect on your angle.

Girth

Measured close to 5.5 inches, first time I have ever measured girth in my entire life. I hope I have done it correctly. I have measured the girthiest part of the penis, it does get narrower towards the base.

This is with no engorgement. I'm not sure how much girth being engorged may add, I just know that when engorged there is a bit more of a round shape (as opposed to oval).

This is after 3 weeks of cycling.

Although, I have never measured girth, I do believe this is the girthiest I have ever been, this includes pre-peyronies.

J

Things are looking good.
Some people measure at the base, half way, and then right where you measure, but it's no big deal.
Looks like you have a good girth and as your healing/stretching progresses, you will gain more girth and more length.
Congratulations and stay in touch.
StepOne

Quote from: jj21 on April 06, 2023, 04:33:52 AMGirth

Measured close to 5.5 inches, first time I have ever measured girth in my entire life. J

Not to quibble over numbers but you cannot track progress by estimating.  Each mark on that tape is 1/16th of an inch. That clearly reads as 5 5/16" to me.  You will increase by small increments and you cannot track that by rounding to "about 5.5 inches".

I think engorgement will add about 1/4" but you should measure so you know exactly what it adds.

StepOne - Thanks a lot, I just went through your journal again recently and noticed you gained girth over a period of almost a year.

Hawk - I will take note, we use the metric system in Australia (Centimeters).

Girth Comparison

Left pic is just few days before surgery, right pic is just recent pumped to about 95% I think.

J

JJ the girth difference looks massively promising, happy for you!

That is the biggest girth gain I've seen on any forum.

Legitimately even thicker than many porn stars..

Update 8 Weeks 4 days

I can't believe that it's April already. I remember, New Years 2023, waiting for my surgery on the 7th Feb 2023, wondering if this would be the year that Peyronies would be over for me. I haven't been able to enjoy a New Years or my birthday for the past 5 years, Peyronies just seemed to undermine everything. It was just like a dark cloud over me. There have been times where I have felt like giving up.

It's just over 2 months since my surgery, and although I still have pain from the operation, I can say that, the undermining dark cloud of Peyronies is almost fully gone.

Some updates below:

Squeak

The pump seems to have broken in, the squeak is no longer present, the pump is soft. The only time the pump squeaks is if I try really hard to get in extra pumps after 20m of cycling.

This is a really good improvement.

Girth/Length

As pointed out above in a previous post, I measured the girth in inches incorrectly, the correct measurement is 5.3 inches. It gets slightly narrower towards the base, although, this would probably be unnoticeable to anyone else. It does look really girthy in the pics, I am not sure if this is due to it being more oval/flat, but it is definitely girthier than ever. It does get a bit girthier and more of a round shape if I am naturally engorged, I have not measured while engorged.

Length is the same as my last post, 6 inches bone pressed. This does improve slightly when engorged, I have not measured while engorged.  I don't have it in me atm to try and get engorged, measure and take a picture. But, considering it's 6 inch BP without engorgement, I would estimate that, length is very close to pre-op of 6.5 inch BP.

Cycling

It's been 3 weeks and 2 days since I started cycling. The pain has reduced significantly but is still there. I now try to do 2 x 40m sessions per day. In a week I will increase this to 2 x 60m sessions.

I noticed some pain post-cycling, this seems to vary each day.

Pain

I still get random sharp pains and a burning sensation throughout my shaft and glans. There have been times where something has triggered an episode leaving me in pain for about an hour. This has been after going to the bathroom, tucking my penis up towards my belly button to walk around, and sometimes from pushing down on the glans. When this happens, I usually wait it out, and the pain eventually subsides.

I have asked my GP what he thinks of this, he said he wasn't too familiar with this whole operation (TEP etc), and referred me to a urologist.

Dog ears

There is a dog ear on the right and left base, this is also where the dents are. It is a little painful and only present when flaccid. When erect/inflated the dog ears are not present at all.

Dents

If you look back at my original pics with peyronies, most of my dents were on the underside and the most prominent narrowing was at the base of the penis. Most of the dents are no longer present. However, when flaccid there are 2 dents at the base of the penis. When erect these are almost completely filled.

Flaccid

My flaccid points at 4 o clock, it is stiff, tender, and still sore. This has been a very big inconvenience for me, I am unable to point it up or down, both result in pain. I also don't want to have a negative impact on the erection angle by pointing it down.

I still get flaccid pain, the pain/burning sensation I described above were all while flaccid.

Graft

I received my surgeons notes from my GP, it turns out that the incisions to the tunica were covered with a TachoSil graft. This may be what is delaying my recovery.

Deflating

Deflating has become significantly easier, I can locate the deflate valve very easily. I press the valve and squeeze gently on the penis, I found squeezing top and bottom of the penis or in an ok position to work best. Squeezing left/right seems to cause discomfort. It takes about 1-2 minutes to deflate. I then press the pump once to lock.

If I just squeeze the valve and hold it, the penis does seem to deflate a little on its own.

Important to note that, squeezing too hard can result in pain post-cycling.

Peeing

Peeing has definitely improved, I still have to either sit down or lean forward due to my flaccid angle, however, my stream is straight. There is also a lot less dribble after peeing. I believe this will improve as I continue to heal. Straight after surgery, peeing was difficult, stream was in different angles, sometimes it could be painful. This improves with time.

Sensitivity

My sensitivity is definitely returning. Each week, I feel my sensitivity is getting better. The procedure was long, complex, there was also grafting done. I have seen people on FT say that it took 6 months to fully recover from just implant surgery. I expect, with TEP/circumcision, it may take just over 6 months for sensitivity to return to normal

Engorgement

I can get engorged, it is a bit difficult considering I am still in pain and my body is adjusting. When engorged my penis looks and feels like a natural erection. The shape is more round, and it does increase in length/girth.

Interstate Procedure

I did this procedure interstate, mainly because, the most experienced high volume implant surgeon was interstate, and he is the only surgeon (I know of) that does TEP in Australia.

Something to consider is that, an interstate procedure means you do not have regular access to your surgeon. During the healing phase, this can be very important. Last week, I was in pain, I went to my GP, he did not feel that he was knowledgeable enough on the device to give me an accurate assessment on what may be going on. I then got a referral for a high volume implant surgeon in my state, and I also contacted a previous high volume implant surgeon in my state. One was booked out for 2 months, the other may get back to me in a week. Both these surgeons in my state may not be familiar with TEP either. Considering that, a local urologist may not even be familiar with IPP, or TEP, I do not have many options.

If I was in the same state as my surgeon, I am sure I could have gotten an appointment to see him within a week to confirm why I am still in pain. Even if it is unlikely something has gone wrong, reassurance and peace of mind at this stage can be very important. Going through 5 years of peyronies, then the complex procedure, the last thing you want, is to have endured that much only for something to have gone wrong.

It can be in your benefit to choose a surgeon in your state, the surgeon who performs the procedure is in the best position to give you advice/assessment if you feel something may be wrong or recovery is delayed. Something to consider when choosing a surgeon interstate.

Mental state

It has been tough being mostly immobile for 8 weeks, the constant flaccid pain, being stuck with my thoughts and just feeling like life isn't progressing. On the other hand, I am feeling positive about getting my sex life back, and feeling more like myself once again.

This procedure is tough, anyone considering it in the future, be prepared for a long healing journey. I estimate at 4 months, I will probably feel normal and active again. In saying that, the girth/length restoration does seem promising.

J

I love your posts, thank you very much for sharing with us. Your penis now looks great

Wow, great detailed write up.
It looks like you are on track, thanks for your honest and open details.
Stay in touch...and yes your penis looks good.
Stay patient and time will be in your side to a great reward.
You will eventually be amazed with all the things your new penis can do.
StepOne

jj21:

Those dog ears are a clear sign that you were sized correctly! Read all your updates and I couldn't be happier for you. All you have been through so far and seeing that dramatic picture comparing girth and even the straightning.... Wow!

I have experienced some improvement, so decided to do an update. I would also like to give a very honest, impartial review on everything.

I think I will make this my final update until I see some progress or I will try to do monthly updates now.

9 Weeks

Intermittent Pain Issue

The symptoms included, severe to moderate pain in the glans and shaft which lasted an hour or two. This usually occurred after the following:

- going to the bathroom;
- pressing down on the glans;
- tucking penis up or down; and
- random movements.

This would occur 1-3 times a day and was very uncomfortable. Imagine randomly moving or going to the bathroom then being in extreme pain for 1-2 hours.

This started about a week after being deflated (week 6/7). Prior to this, the pain had mostly subsided, I could tuck my penis up towards the belly button and walk around, albeit with some discomfort.

My thoughts on what may have contributed to this:

One evening, the deflate valve seemed to have been stuck and I could not deflate. I was fully inflated for about 2 hours, eventually I pressed the deflate valve extremely hard and that seemed to work. However, at times, while trying to deflate I would have squeezed the erect penis (expecting it to deflate) quite hard. I think this may have contributed to what left me having intermittent pain for the next week.

The only other thing I can think of that may have contributed, is that I started cycling a week earlier to this incident. As I had been inflated for 5 weeks, I rushed into a cycling routine and started aggressively cycling for 2 x 60m sessions, leaving myself in excruciating pain each session, to the point where it felt like the tips of the cylinders may burst out of the glans. I started to cycle for shorter periods with less intensity.

This became quite an issue for me, it stopped me from cycling as I was constantly in pain.

How it is now:

For the past 3-4 days, I noticed that this intermittent pain has subsided. I do still get some pain when squeezing the glans, even if I squeeze it lightly to wipe excess pee. However, it is nothing like before.

I am really not sure what happened, perhaps I aggravated something or had caused some inflammation. I am grateful that this has improved.

I think being cautious and gentle is important here. Also, gradually increasing cycling intensity.

Flaccid Movement

One great improvement I would like to report is my flaccid penis can move left to right! My peyronies penis would not move this way, it would have to kind of move in a circular motion, I would have to point it up and sway it to the right if I wanted it to point to the right. I would usually be in pain if I tried to just move my flaccid peyronies penis to the right.  This use to make sleeping very uncomfortable for me. I would sleep to lean my penis to the left, if I wanted to move it to the right to turn around I would have to get up and sort of push my penis up then sway it to the right, then lean to my right and sleep. This could also make walking in tight clothes very uncomfortable, sometimes if I was walking or in the gym and my penis started to move to the right, it would cause some pain and discomfort. This was still the same up until a few days ago.

In the past 3 days, I noticed my penis will move left or right without any pain. I can roll over to the right while sleeping and my penis will just move without pain. There is still a dent to the right which causes some discomfort, I intend for this to improve as I continue cycling.

I am grateful that this has improved, I can actually walk around, and sleep in peace without being reminded of peyronies every day.


Scar

One thing I have not spoken about is the sub-coronal scar. This is due to the fact that, I have dark skin, so, the scar is very difficult to notice. There is clearly a vertical cut down the underside of my penis, it is sensitive at the moment, but not very noticeable. This causes no issues for me. However, if someone were to undertake this procedure and had very light skin, their scar may be more noticeable.

Orgasm

I don't think I could have sex at the moment, still a lot of healing to do. I decided to masturbate, my mind needed assurance that everything will work when the time comes. Orgasm is enjoyable, sensitivity is returning, behind the glans and shaft was much more numb a few weeks ago.

One thing which happened is that the semen seems to be clogged when coming out. I note that user Tortao who had TEP as well, noted this. My peyronies penis would usually dribble out the semen, although it did not seem clogged. My pre-peyronies penis would squirt out the semen during orgasm. I really don't know what caused the semen to go from squirting to dribbling out, one doctor theorized that it could be due to the erection being less strong due to peyronies. He advised that a strong erection results in strong ejaculation, and a weak erection results in weak ejaculation (causing semen to dribble out as opposed to squirt out). I know this isn't a big issue but it was always something that bothered me on top of peyronies.

I believe doing kegels and reverse kegels can improve the strength which semen comes out. I may try this once I am healed and report back.

Nonetheless, orgasm is possible, and is enjoyable. I do not have the worry of feeling like I would damage my penis more. This was a constant worry with peyronies and was one of the reasons why I stopped having sex. I can see myself having sex now and not worrying about causing any further damage, this does feel alleviating.

The other thing is, being completely hard after orgasm. I thought this would be strange, or uncomfortable. There wasn't really much discomfort, I can see how someone could orgasm during sex and still continue. I think this is one of the great benefits of having an implant.

Post-orgasm, I had a lot of pain. Clearly, a lot of healing left and the implant is not ready to be used yet.

How circumcision effects orgasm:

I do not notice a major difference. I am a bit less sensitive, at the same time, I am recovering from TEP as well. Obviously, masturbating/handjobs will now require lube. I don't think there is a major difference for me, I still feel pleasure, and the sensitivity is slowly returning. I will miss receiving handjobs during foreplay. While I would have preferred to keep my foreskin, it just takes some adjusting too. I think I would still choose the circumcised TEP if I had to do this procedure again as it is promising for girth/length restoration.

Hardness

At 100% inflated, the penis is unnaturally hard, you can feel the cylinders. At about 80%, I feel like the penis is still a bit too squishy, although, when engorged, at this level of inflation, it does seem to take more of a round shape. I think going from 80-90% there is some girth gain. 90-95% seems to mimic a strong erection, although, at this level of inflation the penis takes more of an oval shape, even when engorged.

It's difficult to know what would be the most comfortable for sex. 90-95% would seem best, but at 80-85% it's more round.

I think that, it is too early to comment on these features of the implant. I think there is still time for the cylinders to soften and healing to occur, and these may play a factor in the idea level of inflation and shape. I remember reading on FT that, for some people, it can take a few months for the penis to take more of a round shape. Others, seem to keep the oval shape.

I would be very interested to know other members experiences with level of hardness, shape, girth and partner preference. Also, whether the device became softer over time resulting in a more round shape erection. Or if the cylinders softening had any effect on the inflated erection used for sex (e.g could you pump up more without losing glans engorgement).

Cycling

Currently cycling 2 x 40m sessions a day, I will be increasing this soon to 2 x 60m sessions a day. As advised above, I think it is important to work your way up. When I first started cycling and would sit through excruciating pain, I think I was doing more harm to the penile tissue.

Cycling now is a lot easier and less painful. I feel like cycling does improve the feel of the penis, it may have contributed to my flaccid being more movable.

The pump also broke in about a week ago.

Dents

There are two prominent dents with dog ears on the left and right side while flaccid. Upon a good examination of my erect penis, the dents are still there when erect but much less prominent. They seem to be less noticeable the more inflated/erect I am. I intend for this to improve over the next few months. Some members on FT stated that it can take six months for dents to fill.

If they do not improve, the only issue I can see, is that when erect, part of the cylinder sticks out in front of the dent, almost like a kink. This could cause issues/pain for a woman when inside her vagina. The cylinders softening may improve this, I will be reporting back in a few months to see.

Girth

The girth looks impressive in the pics and I think that is because it is oval/flat. It may look girthier than it is. I do think it is girthier than my pre-pryoneis penis, but on the other hand, I never measured my pre-peyronies girth. My pre-peyronies penis was more round, so it is difficult to compare just from thinking back/looking/feeling.

Nonetheless, it is still a great improvement compared to my peyronies penis. I had significant narrowing/dents which have all improved. I am grateful for this. There is no hinge and the erection is strong.

Travelling to have your procedure

I would just like to reiterate that there are some disadvantages when travelling to have your procedure. I would firstly like to state that this mainly effects us in Australia as we are limited for high volume surgeons. Further, we do not have access to personal phone numbers etc where we can contact the surgeon post-surgery. I note, it is common for some high volume surgeons in America to give out personal phone numbers to their patients post-surgery.

When faced with issues, I have to wait in my state to see another high volume surgeon and this can take weeks. I could go to a general local urologist but the chances that they are knowledgeable on implants is slim, being knowledgeable on TEP is even less likely.

I think having access to your surgeon where you can send pictures and text symptoms is a great service and can really provide reassurance. It also helps to quickly identify any issues in the event that something does go wrong. I think it's important to take all the necessary precautions in the early stages. You don't want to have to endure the complications of surgery, after having to suffer through peyronies for years, only for something to go wrong. So, keep this in mind when choosing a surgeon.

Recovery (TEP, implant and circumcision)

Recovery has been long and tough. However, this could be due to the fact that I was inflated for 5 weeks. I also may have caused some damage from squeezing the inflated penis when I had a deflate issue, and also from aggressive cycling in the beginning.

I do miss my foreskin but it just takes some adjusting to.

I estimate another 2 months before things start to feel a bit normal. My flaccid is still very uncomfortable and difficult to conceal. For anyone else considering this, be prepared for a good 3 months recovery with an uncomfortable flaccid.

Final thoughts

I am quite happy that I could probably perform very well during sex. This has not been possible for almost 5 years. It is a huge burden off my shoulders. Yes, I would have to pump discreetly or disclose the implant to my partner, but I think in the grand scheme of things, that's a small price to pay to have your sex life back. Especially since, I was not able to have sex at all with my peyronies penis.

I do have some thoughts which I believe are just things that will take some getting used to. The device at the moment feels very unnatural. It is still a mechanical device, and having a mechanical penis can take some time to accept. I do think this can be harder to accept for younger guys (no disrespect to the older members out there). We are just less accustomed to Erectile Dysfunction, our age group, the women we interact with, friends etc are all less familiar with Erectile Dysfunction. Nonetheless, the key here is acceptance. Also have to remember that, I may need 5+ revisions in my lifetime. That's 5 more surgeries and 5 risks of infection. These factors can make a difference for someone in their early 30s who can still have sex with their peyronies penis. In my case, I could not have sex at all with my peyronies penis, so, an implant was the only option.

One thing I keep doing is comparing my current penis to my pre-peyronies penis. I think it's important to accept that, nothing is ever going to give you your pre-peyronies penis. I have to remember that, going from a narrowed, dented, curved penis which was not functional for sex, to the current penis I have, is a great improvement.

I have to say, I am grateful for this forum. The first few doctors I saw told me it was "all in my head" and one even told me I had body dysmorphia. We really need to spread more awareness for peyronies and Erectile Dysfunction, especially in younger guys.

I  would like to leave with a quote from a book by Napolean Hill called 'Outwitting the Devil', the quote is:

"Within every adversity is an equal or greater benefit.
Within every problem is an opportunity.
Even in the knocks of life, we can find great gifts."



J

Jj great update I really appreciate the thorough updates. Glad to hear everything is working out! It's a process for sure you got this!

Curve killer 

Hey guys,

When deflating the device I leak one to two drops of a clear fluid. It is not pee as I take B-vitamins and my pee is fluro yellow.

The liquid is clear, a little bit stickyish. I can't see how it could be semen as I am not sexually active or doing anything with the device. This has happened a few times.

The fluid does not have any smell.

The nurse advised that it may be an infection and I am trying to get a swab test and start anti-biotics.

I have tried to feel the pump to see if I can feel the ridges, my scrotum skin is just too thick to tell. Only other symptoms I have is pain and burning sensations.

I am very worried, any advice would really help.

J

Hawk, I noticed you merged my infection post into my journal.

Can I request that you leave it on the implant forum as a separate post for now, this will get it more views, more responses from members as they are more likely to respond to an infection post than go through my journal. This is a bit of a serious issue to me and I would appreciate all the support an responses I can get at the moment.

Can we please merge them once this issue is over.

I hope you can understand.
J

JJ,

Having run the forum for 20 years, I am not at all sure what makes you think it gets more exposure as a separate topic.  All of the implant guys who are qualified even to have any opinion on an implant infection read all the posts in the implant section.  If posts are made on both topics, it makes for a confusing read when it is merged.  If it is not merged, then you don't have a journal because critical information is scattered across several posts all of which will be buried in time.

Hawk

There is not much advice we can give.  First, because few, if any, of us have had an infection, and certainly, you are not going to find a TEP patient who had an infection.

With a typical implant, I am told by Dr. Eid that the infection always manifests in the pump area first.  That would NOT result in clear fluid in the urethra.  There is no entrance to the urethra from the scrotum or the penis, for that matter.

If you can sit in a tub of hot water, that will relax your scrotum so you can feel your pump.  Dry heat will likely do the same.

The urethra is a closed tube from the bladder and the prostate to the tip of the penis. So the fluid would have to originate from one of those sources or within the urethra itself.  I think there is a high probability that what you saw was what is referred to as precum.  It is made in the Cowper's glands.  It is usually clear (unlike semen).  This is the nutrient-rich fluid that is released before semen.  Since it also serves as a lubricant, it is very slippery, much like a drop of KY jelly.

In any case, rather than guesses from non-medical people on the internet, you need a medical consultation with your surgeon or a very good doctor who is in direct contact with your surgeon.  He can give your doctor signs and specific things to look for. 

Hawk

Quote from: Hawk on April 10, 2023, 10:32:03 PMThe urethra is a closed tube from the bladder and the prostate to the tip of the penis. So the fluid would have to originate from one of those sources or within the urethra itself.  I think there is a high probability that what you saw was what is referred to as precum.  It is made in the Cowper's glands.  It is usually clear (unlike semen).  This is the nutrient-rich fluid that is released before semen.  Since it also serves as a lubricant, it is very slippery, much like a drop of KY jelly.

In any case, rather than guesses from non-medical people on the internet, you need a medical consultation with your surgeon or a very good doctor who is in direct contact with your surgeon.  He can give your doctor signs and specific things to look for. 

Thanks, I haven't been sexually active or used the implant or anything like that, so, I didn't think it could be pre-cum. But, sometimes leaking/discharge is possible I suppose.

I just did blood and urine tests, currently waiting for a surgeon and my GP right now.

Will update here.

J

Quote from: Hawk on April 10, 2023, 10:10:49 PMJJ,

Having run the forum for 20 years, I am not at all sure what makes you think it gets more exposure as a separate topic.  All of the implant guys who are qualified even to have any opinion on an implant infection read all the posts in the implant section.  If posts are made on both topics, it makes for a confusing read when it is merged.  If it is not merged, then you don't have a journal because critical information is scattered across several posts all of which will be buried in time.

Hawk

Hawk,

With respect, please consider the following:

- Lets be honest here, the only people 'qualified' to give advice on an implant infection, are doctors. i.e people come to to these forums to seek support from members, some who have been in similar situations, and some who have overcome the same situations. The only people reading EVERY single post in the forums/dedicated sections are moderators, and that is a limited number of people, some who do not even have implants.

- It's obvious, when people log onto the forum, they are more likely to view a post which states 'INFECTION PLS HELP' (indicating immediate assistance is required) as opposed to "34 year old implant journal", the latter having over 30 posts to get through and does not indicate immediate assistance.

- more views =  more responses and more support, that's what we as members seek from the forum.

- my post about infection was self-explanatory, it leaves no confusing read. Simply states symptoms, and asks for advice, in the section of the forum, which is dedicated to implants i.e viewers who are familiar with implants (not confusing at all). I am aware it is unlikely a qualified doctor will respond, but obviously out of thousands of members, there may be some who can give some advice and offer reassurance or a good route to take, or someone who has experienced a similar scenario. I know very well only a doctor may be able to help, but support and comfort is what we seek from the forum.

Think back to the fear of infection, now think back to if your doctor was not available on text 24/7. These forums, with thousands of members, would be your only source of knowledge/comfort as you waited for your doctors appointment.

I would have really appreciated if you left my topic in the implant forum, it is obvious it would have received more exposure.

I highly doubt an infection with TEP, would differ much to an infection with an implant. Accordingly, seeking support from implanted members seems logical.

I also understand that keeping these journals and journal related posts creates a good source of information for future members, and this is what is beneficial to the forum - perhaps this is your main priority. Thus, you want to keep all journal related posts in the same journal. I respect that, as it is a valuable source of information for future members in devastating situations. However, please consider my current devastating situation, I am a 34 year old fearing infection, leaking fluid. If I do have an infection, it would be devastating and life changing. Accordingly, I made the post seeking as much support as possible, now it is buried in a journal with over 30 post (approximately).

Too much policing just dissuades people from these forums.

J

The liquid is clear and had no smell? That definitely dot not sound as an infection. Usual signs are foul smell and yellow/pus colored discharge. How does your general health feel JJ? No fever? No headaches or symptoms of fatigue?

Obviously I am not a doctor but it would be extremely rare for the discharge of an infection to be clear with no smell and also very strange indeed to catch an infection at this stage!

We will see once you get checked. Best of luck.

JJ,

I would have preferred to discuss this privately, but I now have to respond here so everyone understands the issue you presented.

I respectfully disagree with you.  I routinely monitor what topics members look at and have done so for 20 years.  I do NOT believe for a minute that more people would read your post if left in a new topic on the implant board instead of making it part of your journal where it fits.  All implanted members read your journal when they log on.  Men without knowledge of implants would not read your post in either place and even if they did, they would have no clue about implants or infection and would not comment.  So you did NOT get fewer comments or less support.

What is beneficial to the forum is exactly the same thing that is beneficial to the members.  The members are the forum.  It is not two slightly different things.  Anyone with decades of experience building a usable forum understands what it takes. So I politely ask you to trust the judgment that built the most extensive Peyronies database and the largest support forum in the world so we can give men the voice they never had.

When you fracture your journal like that, you put an additional workload on administrators to spot that and merge it.  It is a bit tricky, and I have to manage 90% of all merges.  That makes more work on top of the hours we already donate to members to keep the forum organized and usable.  We cannot make special rules for one person on a forum where we moderate over 14,000 topics and half a million posts.  If just 5% of members fractured topics, the workload would be OVERWHELMING.  The forum would be a mess for those needing support and education.  No one has ever asked us to do this in the forum's history.

If you still don't see the dilemma and desire to scatter your journal over several topics, I will reluctantly allow you to do that.  I will, however, have to unlink your journal from the index of complete journals.  I also cannot return later to try to round up the pieces and assemble them.  That means in 6-12 months, your journal and all the lost segments would get hopelessly pushed down like on every other forum.  They will likely never be seen again.  That would render an excellent journal useless.  Rather than giving back to others, your work would be lost.  I, for one, would be very disappointed.

Respectfully,

Hawk
Founder/Administrator

Hawk,

This forum has been a great resource and I am appreciative of everything you and the moderators do. While I do disagree, I will respect and adhere to the forum rules and keep all implant related posts, including urgent ones, in this journal.

Cheers,
J

update on leaking fluid issue

Did a urine, blood and swab test for the leak.

I will have results in 1-2 days.

Starting anti-biotics as well.

J

JJ21,

I hope to hear about what they said is the reason for the fluid.
But seriously, when you described it, I thought of precum too, as one other person mentioned.
I seem to remember when I received my implant, that one morning I woke up and had some fluid coming out of my penis. I just assumed it was precum, as it seemed to have some slippery feeling and a little sticky. It happened to me a few times after that. It was inconsistent and not regularly occurring either.
I know you said you were not thinking anything sexual, but just thought I would add my two cents.
Have the emissions been constant?
Prayers for a speedy recovery and stay well.
StepOne

Hi JJ,

Apologies if you have mentioned this already, but roughly how long does it take for you to inflate to full erection? And roughly how many pumps? Also, do you reckon it is possible to do it discretely such that your partner wouldn't notice?

Cheers brother

jon,

I know you asked JJ, but if you read the journals, you will find that everyone seems to have different numbers for inflating. Some people do small pumps, some do full pumps. When I pump, it ranges anywhere between 16 to 24 pumps. Sometimes after engaging in intercourse, I may be able to get a couple more pumps in.
Therefore it can take maybe up to a minute or so, I am estimating.
As far as pumping being discrete, if you are performing oral sex on your partner, you can easily pump with one hand. I am married, so my spouse knows I have a Titan, but many times, I will start pumping as I get undressed or when we are making out. So yes, you can do it discreetly. Sometimes my pump will make a noise, I never know when this will happen, but it is what it is. LOL
Hope this helps,
StepOne

I will also jump in since I have had my implant for 4 1/2 years.  I too am married but I am certain I could conceal it if I were dating.  You can comfortably half inflate to a semi-erect (chub) state and from there it only takes 4-5 pumps to make it usable and maybe another 3-4 to make it rock hard.  this is easy to do:

1. In the dark
2. As you are undressing (facing in either direction
3. When performing oral sex or other foreplay
4. Even when receiving oral sex if you have any imagination or creativity  :D

Keep in mind these pumps can be spread out or all at once.  They can be full pumps or partial pumps.
Many men with implants date and do not tell their partners on first encounters.  Once the partner has experienced their performance most opt to tell their partners who are thrilled to know they never have to worry about timing or IF you can perform.  I have NEVER read a report of a GF considering it as a negative and certainly not as a deal breaker.  If you look at the journals, in the index at the top of this board, you can read about single men who have implants.

Jon - roughly 40-50 pumps for full inflation, some are half pumps. I can put in about 22 full pumps, my penis is about 80% inflated, I will get good glans engorgement and a nice round shape at this level. However, it could be a little harder. At 25 pumps, it's about 90% inflated, maybe slightly too hard for sex or just right (depending on the woman's preference), a bit more girth than 80%, but more of an oval shaped erection. Anything above 25 pumps is just for cycling and probably too hard for sex, however, a little increased girth, but very flat oval shape.

When I first started cycling, it didn't seem it would be possible to discreetly pump. Now, 9 weeks post-op and about 4 weeks post-cycling, I think you could easily squeeze the pump without anyone noticing. Deflating discreetly, is a bit more of an issue. It can take quite some time and effort to deflate.

Update -- Fluid leak issue

Just got off the phone with my GP, there was no infection. All tests came back as clear.

Really appreciate all the support from you guys. We don't get access to our surgeons private number or anything like that here. This forum is sometimes the only source of knowledge and comfort. Really helps, especially during distressful times.

Other Updates

Pain seems to be improving. I feel  like the more I cycle, the better everything gets. I now cycle for 50 mins each session. I will pump to max then do 20m, after that 20m I can get in about 2-3 more pumps, then after another 20m,  I will get in an extra 2-3 more pumps and do 10m. 50m total. By that final 10m, the penis is really stretched to it's limit, it is quite painful.

The squeak issue now is almost totally irrelevant. The pump is very quiet, and I think discreet pumping would be quite easy. This makes me very happy.

Getting the device to the right level of inflation can be tricky. Pumping to 80% provides good glans engorgement and a nice round shape. However, could be a little harder. At 90%, it seems really hard, almost to the point where, if you press the sides of the penis, it feels like a hard stick, but at this level there is extra girth and lots of rigidity. Perhaps, over time, as the cylinders soften and engorgement improves, it will be easier to find an ideal level of inflation.

Really have to thank all you guys, and this forum for all the support. Our greatest fear with an implant, is getting an infection. It feels great to be cleared, and feels great to have the support of members of the forum.

I may only do monthly updates now, but I will check in regularly to help and support other members.

J

Jj21 thanks for sharing.
I usually pump to max for sex, but I agree it's a personal thing.
Getting an infection should not be your biggest fear, but maybe you didn't mean it that way.
Now that you are past the surgery and have no infection, you should not worry about infection.
Poor hygiene may cause a UTI, but that's no different whether you have an implant or not.
Enjoy your new penis.
Stepone

Great to hear JJ and honestly kinda expected. I thought it was strange that the nurse came to the conclusion of an infection even though the fluid was clear, without any smell and your overall health seemed fine, perhaps she just wanted to be safe and not risk anything??

Congratulations JJ.  Now that you are past that scare, I will explain something I did not want to explain while you were worrying. 

According to Dr. Eid, a penile infection from an implant is NEVER treatable with antibiotics. Instead, it requires removing the implant as soon as possible, irrigation, healing, and another implant (months later).  Sometimes a malleable implant is put in to prevent size loss until the new inflatable implant is placed.

I think I will probably split out all of those posts on "How many pumps" and "Is pumping concealable" since it was a general question not specific to you.  That topic probably requires some in-depth discussion.  In fact, It should be indexed in the board index since it is a frequent question by those who have not read the journals.  However, I will defer to you if you do not want them split out, and I will start a new topic to address it.

Thanks guys, I think the nurse was just being extra cautious. Better to be safe I guess. I did know that an infection on the actual device would require surgery for it to be removed, and usually would result in a few inches length loss (I presume). If the infection was in the blood, then anti-biotics would work. This is what is so stressful, going through an infected device, really can be devastating, my heart goes out to the guys who had an infection.

Hawk, I trust you know what's best. Whichever you believe is best to have the journal as a resource for future members. I think splitting it up as you suggested makes sense. I think it's great that we can provide this resource for future members, this journey really is not easy. Thanks for all your support during this infection issue as well, appreciate it.

Clarification on Squeak

I think I need to clarify, today when pumping, if I pump quickly, the pump squeaks quite loudly. If I pump slowly, it does not squeak. This is a little disheartening, if one were trying to discreetly sneak in a few pumps. Perhaps it will change over time. Nonetheless, if you pump slowly but with force it does not squeak.

Other than that, I can say that sensitivity it slowly returning.

Will update in a month or so.

J

Hey guys,

Just wanted to post a few things as it would be interesting to reflect back on it in a few months. I also think that anyone else going through this procedure may benefit from reading about these issues.

Glans

The tips of the cylinder go about 3/4 into the glans. When flaccid the tips seem really hard. If I press down on the glans, it feels almost like a solid rock in there. This causes some pain. I am wondering if this is normal or do they soften over time? The cylinders in my deflated shaft feel like plastic, it is strange that the tips in the glans feel hard like a rock? It's not really a big issue, but I am worried if I am not deflating properly and that's why the tips are still hard.

Maybe it's normal and will stay like that, or maybe they will soften over time.

Auto Inflation

The strangest thing happened, I fell asleep last night, when I woke up the penis was probably 70% inflated. I have no idea how this happened. I highly doubt I would have pumped the device in my sleep. I know sometimes  if  I sleep after deflating, the device inflates maybe 20% in my sleep. This time was very different. I will wait and see if it happens again.

Sensitivity

On a positive note, my sensitivity is returning very quickly. My glans and shaft are sensitive, behind the glans is slowly becoming more sensitive as well. These use to be very numb just a few weeks ago. I do take B Vitamins and Acetyl L Carnitine which are suppose to regenerate nerves, perhaps these are helping.

I haven't said much about circumcision as a lot of people say it makes you less sensitive. In my case, I am currently less sensitive, but it is slowly returning. I can see sex etc would be very different. 

I'll write down some pros and cons of TEP circumcision, circumcision was one of the only things that made me hesitant to proceed with TEP.

Pros:

- may regain all your length lost to peyronies;
- may regain some girth;
- TEP is permanent, if you gain any length/girth, you will keep it for life.

Keep in mind that the urethra is not touched during this procedure, so the length gain you make is limited to the neurovascular bundle I believe. So, it is unlikely that you will gain 1-2cm over your pre-peyronies penis, it is more likely that you may gain back the 1-2cm which you lost to peyronies.

My surgeon confidently told me I would get 1cm length gain from TEP, his surgical notes stated approximately 1.5cm. User Tortao  who did the same procedure gained back 2cm he had lost from peyronies and was back to his pre-peyronies length.

So, you may gain back some length and girth, but at what cost?

Cons:

- Circumcision, you may lose your foreskin. Whether circumcision causes less sensitivity on the penis is debatable. There are studies which state it results in less sensitivity, and some studies that state it makes no difference. You just have to be prepared to adapt to the difference. For me, it took some time, but I can see sex being just as pleasurable as before. User tortao who went through the same procedure also states that sex is just as good, just different. He also states that all his sensitivity returned over time.

- Increased risk of infection. The TEP is quite a long procedure, and this can increase the risk of infection.

- Risk of permanent damage to nerves. The neurovascular bundle is move as this procedure is done. There is a small risk that you can end up with permanent nerve damage.

- Longer recovery. I am certain if I went through with just the implant surgery, I would have been fully recovered by now and walking around normally. I am at 9 weeks. I estimate at around 12-14 weeks I may start to feel normal again and be able to function. So, keep in mind, you may not be able to comfortably go to your job, gym etc for 3-4 months.

I did a lot of research on adult circumcision, most males said that sex was just as good, some said they lost some sensitivity, some said they gained sensitivity. You will find mixed reviews online, and it is also difficult to find someone who was circumcised as an adult and can give a good review and comparison of what sex was like with foreskin and without. It is quite rare for someone to go through an adult circumcision.

Most women do not care if you are circumcised or not, and the ones that do are very shallow, these aren't the types of women you want to date. Online you will find mixed reviews, most women say they don't care, some prefer circumcised, some prefer uncircumcised but they will usually say, that it is not a deal breaker.

I personally asked some women that I know and I received mixed reviews, some prefer uncircumcised as it is more fun to play with and they like the gliding feeling of foreskin inside them. Others, said the opposite, that the gliding feeling of foreskin felt like a condom inside them, they said they preferred circumcised because the head feels better inside them. One thing to note is that, with foreskin, it helps maintain lubrication as the woman's 'wetness' (for lack of a better term) will stay on the foreskin. A circumcised penis may require more lubrication, as over time, the head will become dry.

So, basically, it's important to weigh up, you may gain back your length/girth you lost from peyronies, but you may have to adapt to sex with a circumcised  penis, have a longer recovery and have a slightly higher risk of infection.

I have typed all this here as I wish I knew some of these things when going in for the procedure. I still would have made the same decision, but it definitely would have helped being prepared and knowing what to expect.

J

Seems to be this bulge. It is a little hard, and may cause issues when inside a vagina. Although, it is more prominent when fully inflated. Less prominent at about 80-90%.

Would love some feedback. If anyone thinks it will soften up, straighten out, if the dent will fill.

J

Quote from: jj21 on April 14, 2023, 11:13:34 PMI did know that an infection on the actual device would require surgery for it to be removed, and usually would result in a few inches of length loss (I presume). If the infection was in the blood, then antibiotics would work. This is what is so stressful, going through an infected device, really can be devastating, my heart goes out to the guys who had an infection.

You would be wrong to assume you would lose a few inches.  That is incorrect.  A few inches would be more than half of most men's penis length. If handled properly by a great implant specialist you would lose nothing.  In no case would you lose a few inches.  Also, antibiotics would combat an infection that spread to the blood but if the infection started with the implant it would have to be removed very soon. Oral or IV antibiotics will NEVER clear up the infection surrounding the device.

Thanks Hawk, that's good to know. I do know that they usually put a malleable in there to preserve size, wait 6 months then put in the 3 piece. It would be a very daunting process to have to go through.

The problem here in Australia is, I would have to go to emergency then risk doing the removal by an inexperienced urologist, who may not even have a malleable to install. I would then have to wait 3-4 weeks for a high volume implant surgeon to see me. Or, possibly, fly back interstate to see my surgeon, who also, may be unavailable for weeks.

This really makes me appreciate surgeons like Eid, Hakky, Clavell, who give you their personal phone numbers, and keep in contact and understand what you are going through.

As always, thanks for the support.

J

Update

Just today, I seemed to be getting much better engorgement, even at higher levels of inflation. I inflated to maybe 90% and still get engorgement and have a bit more of a round shape (although still predominantly oval). Previously, I could only pump to 80% to get good engorgement with a round shape. The cylinders do start to become stiff, so the sides are slightly harder than the top and bottom of the shaft. If I pump any more, it would probably be unnatural as it becomes unnaturally hard, the cylinders start to feel like a hard stick.

This is some great improvement!

Other

Length is about 6.2 inches BP. This is an improvement from my post-surgery length of 5.8, and of my BP length of 6 inches 2 weeks ago. This is with no engorgement. I am not convinced that engorgement makes a big difference atm, the glans just swells a little, and the underside of the shaft fills slightly giving a bit more of a round shape. I don't think this makes a major difference to length/girth, at least not now. As time goes on, engorgement may improve, and things may change.

Pain after orgasm

If I orgasm, I am left in pretty severe pain for about 1-2 hours. I know this probably isn't permanent, but I would really like to know when I can expect this to improve.

cycling

Doing the same, pump to max for 20m, then pump more for another 20m, then pump more for 10m. 50m total. By the time I reach that last 10m, I am in excruciating pain. I feel like cycling has helped a lot. I feel like after each cycling session, my flaccid pain is reduced, and my penis just feels more normal.

I've really come to realise that, recovering from this procedure is a marathon. Just have to be patient. It can be difficult as, there isn't many journals out there on TEP, you just don't know what to expect.

J

Hey jj! i read all your updates and it is very exciting to see that you keep recovering at a steady pace. It was surprising to read that you experience pain after orgasm? i recall reading on diaries that folks have pain during or post intercourse, but don't remember reading that they experienced this... not sure what to make of it, but i hope it goes away too!

Quote from: jj21 on April 18, 2023, 09:24:36 PMUpdate

1. Just today, I seemed to be getting much better engorgement, even at higher levels of inflation. I inflated to maybe 90% and still get engorgement and have a bit more of a round shape (although still predominantly oval). Previously, I could only pump to 80% to get good engorgement with a round shape. The cylinders do start to become stiff, so the sides are slightly harder than the top and bottom of the shaft. If I pump any more, it would probably be unnatural as it becomes unnaturally hard, the cylinders start to feel like a hard stick.

2. I am not convinced that engorgement makes a big difference atm, the glans just swells a little, and the underside of the shaft fills slightly giving a bit more of a round shape. I don't think this makes a major difference to length/girth, at least not now. As time goes on, engorgement may improve, and things may change.

3. Pain after orgasm

If I orgasm, I am left in pretty severe pain for about 1-2 hours. I know this probably isn't permanent, but I would really like to know when I can expect this to improve.

cycling

4. Doing the same, pump to max for 20m, then pump more for another 20m, then pump more for 10m. 50m total. By the time I reach that last 10m, I am in excruciating pain. I feel like cycling has helped a lot. I feel like after each cycling session, my flaccid pain is reduced, and my penis just feels more normal.

I want to briefly address the points that I numbered.

1. Are you getting engorged and then inflating or inflating and then trying to get engorged.? I think you will find it works better getting engorged first.

2. This makes me smile because it doesn't matter at all how you feel about your size. A ruler and a tape measure give an objective answer to the question.  Then we will read what you know, not what you feel.  ;)

3. Pain where?  I do not understand what your surgery would have to do with that pain.  It might make more sense if you were more specific.

4. Pain, when inflated, is evidence of tissue expansion.  Don't wish it away.

Finally, I read somewhere that if you had to have your implant removed because of an infection, a non-implant specialist would probably have to remove it. Maybe you could let the local nurse do some exploratory brain surgery at the same time  ???  My point is that letting some general surgeon remove an implant is the most bizarre thing I ever heard.  It would not be much better than just having him cut your dick off and spray some antiseptic on the nub. I hate to be so blunt, but I doubt any surgeon could even be talked into removing an implant if they did not install implants.  Don't ever even let such an idea cross your mind again.  You do not let general surgeons chop on your only penis.

Oh, one more "finally."  I doubt you have an implant infection, but it is important to know that a blood test would only pick up an infection if the infection spread to the blood, which becomes a very serious health risk. That is not typical of an infection. 

Quote from: Hawk on April 19, 2023, 10:57:31 PM1. Are you getting engorged and then inflating or inflating and then trying to get engorged.? I think you will find it works better getting engorged first.

2. This makes me smile because it doesn't matter at all how you feel about your size. A ruler and a tape measure give an objective answer to the question.  Then we will read what you know, not what you feel.  ;)

3. Pain where?  I do not understand what your surgery would have to do with that pain.  It might make more sense if you were more specific.

4. Pain, when inflated, is evidence of tissue expansion.  Don't wish it away.

My point is that letting some general surgeon remove an implant is the most bizarre thing I ever heard.  It would not be much better than just having him cut your dick off and spray some antiseptic on the nub. I hate to be so blunt, but I doubt any surgeon could even be talked into removing an implant if they did not install implants.  Don't ever even let such an idea cross your mind again.  You do not let general surgeons chop on your only penis.

Oh, one more "finally."  I doubt you have an implant infection,

1. Good to know. I guess that's where foreplay is beneficial.

2. I agree, I have to stop thinking about things like size etc. Take measurements and be patient.

3. Pain in shaft and glans, just a sharp pain. Quite severe, does not subside for 1-2 hours. I think Tortao also spoke of it (I may have mixed it up with another journal).

4.Patience is key.

I am not sure if you're referring to my post above? But my point was that, if I had an infection (on the device, thus the leaking fluid issue), my option would be to wait 3-4 weeks to get an appt with a high volume implant specialist, or go to the ER and have a  non-implant or low volume implant urologist remove the device. I never mentioned a general surgeon. In this case, I would be worried if 3-4 weeks with an infection, would cause more complications. I am not sure how it works in the USA, but I assume, as you guys have access to private numbers of your surgeons, you could have the device removed a lot quicker.

I am confident I do not have an infection, I have passed the blood test, but also, the swab test from the fluid leaking from my urethra was cleared. I was advised that, if the fluid leaking from my urethra was infected, there is most likely an infection on the device.

J

Something to note, for future members considering this procedure, is what you would do if you have complications 7-8 weeks post surgery. Being in Australia, we are very limited for high volume surgeons. Further, surgeons here will not give out their personal phone numbers, it can take weeks to get an appointment with them. If you're having the procedure done interstate (which in my case was the best option), can be even longer.

Before doing this procedure, I expected that, if I make it back to my state in 6 -7 weeks, all should be fine. However, it may be important to consider that, in rare circumstances, you can have issues 8-9 weeks post surgery. If your surgeon is in another state, and you don't have access to a high volume implant surgeon in your state, you could be waiting a month just for an appointment.

I knew TEP would have a longer recovery, how long, I wasn't sure of.

Sometimes, I am just writing my thoughts in this journal, and also trying to include things I didn't think of pre-surgery for future members. For example, the pros and cons of having this procedure done interstate. I specifically stayed interstate where my surgeon was for 6 weeks, to ensure he could see me in the event that there were any complications. I wasn't prepared on what to do, if I had complications 8 weeks post surgery back in my home state.

J

JJ,

Do you mean if you went back to your state, it would involve a long travel time to see your surgeon? 

It sounds like you are saying there is some other added restriction that would become an issue in delaying your appointment if you went back home.

JJ
IF you would have a serious problem with your implant, I would think your surgeon would not make you wait 8 weeks.
By the way, all of us perceive pain differently and we all have different bodies and penises and surgeries.
Perhaps you have increased pain from the "expansion" surgery. I don't know as all I had was an implant.
As far as girth, when I am pumped a lot, my penis becomes more oval and very hard. But let me be clear, when I was young, my penis became just as hard.
Like vaginas, penises come in various shapes, sizes, colors, etc., so you may want to reconsider what you term "natural".
I luckily have never been to a penis inspector, but my spouse loves it!
Good luck and keep on pumping.
No pain is no gain.
PS, give it time, I still had pain at 1 year, considerably less, but it was still there. Things will get better, be patient.
StepOne

Hawk - I am back home now, I have been for about 4 weeks. My surgeon is interstate.

StepOne - Thanks a lot, really appreciate the messages and support.

J

I am really struggling today, I might just use this post to vent/rant. Please feel free to ignore. I really apologize in advance as this may be a negative post, I've tried really hard to stay positive for you all and only bring inspiration here, but I can't do it today.

Exactly 11 weeks post surgery

Some issues that have been bothering me:

Squeak

The squeak is really loud, I noticed it happens more when pumping on a certain angle, or holding the bulb in a certain way (hope that makes sense). But, if I am to pump quickly, the squeak is very loud and noticeable. I can just see this killing the mood and being embarrassing. This also makes quick discreet pumping a lot more difficult. I wanted the OTR specifically because its known not to squeak. Imagine picking up a 22 yr old girl and you go to show her your penis and pump it and it squeaks and inflates. She would laugh, the next day she'd probably tell all her friends about the squeaky inflatable penis. I know, I know, these aren't the types of girls you want to sleep with, but lets face it, if we could sleep with hot 22 year old girls, we would. We all want to.

Picture getting a girl to pump, and she pumps it and it squeaks loudly as your penis inflates. It's a bit of a mood killer. In a long term relationship, maybe this would be okay.

Auto-inflation

The device is auto-inflating in my sleep. Sometimes just randomly. This itself is frustrating, I am now deflating 2-3 times a day. Is this just going to be for life? Is it going to aut-inflate when in clothes and point out?

Flaccid

I am struggling here, my flaccid is still at 4:00 clock, I really want to point it down so I can walk around, but I don't want to affect the erection angle. This has really gotten to me. I can't go anywhere for long periods. If I point my penis up, it eventually results in a lot of pain. It basically looks like a semi-erection pointing out.

Intermittent pain

There is pain sometimes, usually after using the bathroom. I don't know why this happens.

Pain after orgasm

I wouldn't even consider having sex, the pain after orgasm is really excruciating and lasts 2 hours. I noticed to orgasm, I have to kegel a bit, what does this means? It is quite uncomfortable.

Sensitivity

Sensitivity is there but still hasn't returned fully. I know there's guys on FT with just implant surgery where it took 6 months. It's is difficult being this patient, and having all these other issues to deal with.

Circumcision

I am still adapting to circumcision. There is keloids or raised skin that looks like genital warts just where the foreskin finishes and the pink skin starts. I don't know if this will improve but it is quite unattractive and does look like genital warts. I think it's less prevalent when erect. My glans are still adapting to having no foreskin.

I kind of didn't think this through when deciding on circumcision with TEP, but I use to find it really intimate getting a handjob and kissing and fingering. This wouldn't really be possible anymore without lube which would just get messy. I will always miss that part of foreplay.

Some guys say that they permanently became less sensitive after circumcision, although they went through adult circumcision for different reasons. I don't know how true this is, I am worried about it. Ideally, I would have loved to save my foreskin, but my hourglassing and narrowing was so bad, the best option was for the doc to deglove the penis and see what was going on throughout the whole penis. He did say there was narrowing all the way to the top, he could only see this due to circumcising me, and he was able to make incisions in the tunica to fix the narrowing.

girth

The girth looks impressive in pics, but the girthiest part of my penis is 5.3 inches, which I think is above average but not impressive? The penis is very flat and oval, giving it the illusion that it is girthier than it is. This is still a great improvement to my peyronies penis which had thinned out completely (see pics in previous posts). But, to go through TEP for just slightly above average girth? I don't know if it was worth it. I don't like the flat oval shape. Maybe when I can use it more, and I get engorged naturally it will have more of a round shape. It is just so difficult to tell. This is just another thing on my mind, at 11 weeks, I didn't think I would have these issues.

Guys on FT do say that an oval shaped penis works just like a round one, but the guys who say that are 70 years old and  having sex with 1 female they've married to for 30 years. Their wives are probably just happy they can get an erection at 72 years of age.

I never measured my pre-peyronies girth, I know girls told me it was above average, but I know it wasn't massive. So, I can't really compare the difference. The reason why I want to be able to compare, is to know if TEP was really worth it.

I pump to about 80%, I can get engorged, my penis is round, but it is still a bit squishy. I pump to about 85-90%, my penis is nice and hard, still get a big engorged, but the penis is a bit oval (but not flat, if that makes sense), still rigid. Anything above 90% and the penis becomes completely flat and rectangular. I am confused what would be ideal for sex.


One great positive

One great positive I have noticed recently, is the improvement of post urinary dribble! After peyronies, I use to get a bit of dribble. This use to be embarrassing. No matter how much I would squeeze, shake, squeeze my perinium, afterwards, I would get a few drops of dribble, sometimes even a small squirt. I remember in the early days, this use to improve with VED. None of the urologists could explain why this was happening. My surgeon even did a cystoscopy to ensure there was no blockage in the urethra etc. There wasn't.

I remember being with an ex gf, we were naked, I went to pee, did everything I could to squeeze every last drop. We were both naked after, and fooling around, I kind of grabbed her n went close to her, my flaccid penis slapped her leg and some dribble dripped onto her leg. She noticed it straight away, she was funny about it and was like "you got your dick juice all over me". It was embarrassing, nonetheless. Dribbling pee over your gfs leg is not an attractive thing, especially at 30 years old when urinary incontinence and Erectile Dysfunction aren't common at all.

Today, I go to the bathroom, when done, I might have 1-2 small drops after. This is a massive improvement. I am happy about this. I don't have foreskin either so it would get inside the skin and smell. This improved over the last few weeks. Straight after surgery I had a lot of dribble still. Compared to when I had peyronies, this is one thing that is almost a miracle for me.

Imagine being naked with girls, going to pee, coming back and worrying that you'll drip onto them. At 60+ where urinary incontinence for both men and women are more common, this may be more acceptable. At 34, it's just very embarrassing.

I am glad that these days may finally be over!

General thoughts

I don't know, I am really negative atm. I have been immobile mostly, I can't gym, I'm not back at work, it's really taking a toll on me. Sleeping can be difficult as my flaccid is so large, I am still getting accustomed to circumcision. I don't know why my recovery is so much longer than others.

People say an implant is godsend. I don't know. I think for guys under 50, Godsend would be a cure to peyronies where we have our natural penises back. We don't have this unnatural flaccid, and this plastic in our dicks, and a mechanical squeaky erection.

Merrix writes this in his journal as an example of a young alpha guy with an implant who picks up two 22 year olds:

"Back home, our guy sits back at the edge of his sofa, the two babes kneeling in front of him, starting their dual oral. One is working on the dick and one on his balls. Only there are three of them and one is hard as a rock. He's in for an embarrassing situation when asked what it is, and he just hates it. Sure, he can do them both really good for a couple of hours, but that thorn in his side is there, and he knows those two 22-year-old babes will have a funny story to discuss tomorrow. Maybe they will share it with someone who knows one of his buddies. He doesn't want the guys in his gym to know. Neither the guys in his downhill MTB team."

I have to agree with him. I really don't want to think this way. I haven't even used the implant yet, and I can't, it's just too painful. But I think it is important to note that, being implanted at under 40, single, is different to being implanted at 60+ married.

I'm really sorry guys, I wanted to stay positive, I wanted to come back with good news and give you all inspiration. I am just not feeling well. Maybe it's from being immobile for so long, with my life on hold. I know I took some medication last week for about a week, it was called 'Tramadol", it was a pain killer, I had some leftover and decided to take it to help me sleep. I looked it up and it turns out it's an opiate and SNRI, maybe I am just having withdrawals from the medication? I don't know if that's likely after only 1 week of use.

I miss being able to walk around. Even with my peyronies penis, I could walk around comfortably, go for walks by the river, go out to bars, go for drives, go to the gym daily. I can't do any of that atm.

I typed this up then was going to delete it, but I decided to keep it here to reflect back on in a few months.

I know  I have to keep remembering that, despite all these negatives, I am still in a far better position than I was with my peyronies penis. I could not even have sex with my peyronies penis. I mean, I still can't have sex with my implanted penis, but this should change over the next few months, I think, I hope. It's just very difficult to stay positive at the moment. 

Please don't let this post discourage you, I think I am just going through a bad phase.

J

I really appreciate your honesty on your posts, having an implant probably has its cons and pros like anything else.

Thanks for your post and expressing your raw emotions. Could you please tell us where exactly in your penis do you feel pain after orgasm.I am asking out of curiosity only. I know this will get better and better with time, you are not even at the 6 month mark and given you had TEP, you can't compare your recovery time to others.

Your thorough, honest posts are appreciated but as you pointed out, todays post was from a negative perspective and attitude.

You opted for an extreme increase in healing time with the hopes of getting a little bit of an increase in size. This is just part of that choice.  It is an extra-long marathon. If you had gotten a standard implant, you would've been having sex three months ago (three weeks after surgery). Also, keep in mind that Merrix's post was a thought, not a real event. And, I believe he posted that before having sex with at least a couple of single women in which she was pretty happy with the results.

Thanks guys, appreciate it. Really struggling lately.

Quote from: GaussRifle on April 25, 2023, 01:26:39 AMCould you please tell us where exactly in your penis do you feel pain after orgasm.I am asking out of curiosity only.

Gaus - the pain after orgasm is mostly in the glans, some in the shaft. Maybe where my plaque was/is? I am really not sure, its just an aching pain in glans and shaft, hard to describe. This happens even if I leak out semen sometimes, which happens when going to the bathroom, and sometimes happens randomly. Wish I knew what was going on.

Can anyone comment on what would happen if I tuck my flaccid downwards in tight clothes to conceal it, how likely is it that it will affect my erection angle?

Some seem to believe that, up to 4 months post surgery, any downwards pressure on your flaccid, will result in a downwards erection angle.

Then I've read about guys wearing tight clothes and tuck their flaccid down at 8 weeks and have completely fine erection angles. Merrix is one example. Also, seen guys that have downwards erection angles on FT.

Can someone please comment? I'm going a bit insane being so immobile not being able to walk, drive, go out. I really want to just put clothes on, conceal my flaccid and go out. It's been 11 weeks exactly.

Thank you,
J

I just felt like releasing some thoughts, so I might vent here. This may have nothing to do with the implant, but maybe just some history of my peyronies and relationships.

I was 29 years old when peyronies hit, June 2018

Never in my life did I think such a disease would even exist. Until this event, my greatest health problem was probably allergies. I had some general anxiety, but never any physical health issues. Maybe asthma when I was a kid, which I grew out of it.

It started randomly, there was no particular incident or event. Some people recall having really rough sex and being sore, then developing peyronies symptoms the next day. Mine just showed up one day. The only thing I can put it down to is, when I was younger, I was in relationships where we were addicted to sex. We use to have sex maybe 2-3 times a day. Sometimes, all day, we would just take breaks for food and water. One of my relationships was just very passionate, there was a lot of attraction, she was addicted to sex, it was her outlet and so was I. So, perhaps what caused my peyronies was micro-trauma over a prolonged period of time.

My first symptom was a semi-erect curve, with what looked like 2 large veins around the sides of my flaccid penis which were never there before. When erect, there was just minimal curvature of maybe 10 degrees, maybe even less. It definitely was not severe at all, and one may have even mistaken it for congenital curvature. I don't think at this point I had lost any length or girth. My very first reaction was actually to laugh, I thought hmm this is funny and interesting, what's happening. I then started researching, learnt about peyronies disease but also penile mondors disease and I think its called genital lymphedema (Mondors and genital lymphedema are known to mimic peyronies disease). The latter two, are easily reversible. Peyronies was not. Now, I was no longer laughing, but worried. My first reaction was denial. I thought, this is nothing, do nothing, it will go away soon. It didn't go away. Now, mentally, I was devastated, the thing about damaging your penis is, it's the one organ that makes you feel like a man, damaging it, is like damaging your masculinity and manhood.

This hit me hard, I am a reasonably attractive guy, of mixed east Indian and Fijian origin, born and raised in Australia. I have been in the gym for years and have a great physique. I have had women comment how they think I am exotic and should be a stripper or a model. I had somewhere around a 7-7.2 inch penis, with above average girth. I had women comment on how big my dick was and how it made them feel, and how addicted they were. So, getting peyronies really took a toll on my mental health.

I let it slide and did nothing for probably 3 months. The first urologist I saw, told me it was normal, said he dealt with a lot of dicks and there was nothing wrong with mine. At this point, I started having sex with one of my ex's, the first two times, is when I realized that I had erectile dysfunction. She would be on top of me and if she stopped for just 10 seconds, I would start going soft. She wanted anal one day, I couldn't keep my dick hard enough to enter her a$$hole. I couldn't understand what was happening, I had never dealt with Erectile Dysfunction in my life, and never thought it would be possible at 29. So, I went back to the same urologist, explained my situation and he prescribed me 20mg as needed cialis. I took the pill, had sex, the sex was great, I was rock hard, and could keep going.

Weeks past, I continued having sex too. Pretty rough. I realised things, for example in doggy position, when my ex would push back, my penis would slip out. This had never happened before peyronies. I figured now, the curvature is increasing and my erection is not as rigid. I started to panic, but continued having sex (my mistake).

I got referred to a urologist who specialises in transgender surgery. He advised that I do in fact have peyronies or what you would consider pre-peyronies and he can feel some fibrosis in the penis. He prescribed me the 5mg cialis daily, Pentox (called trental in Australia), and 100mg viagra as needed. Bout 6 months I lost here, I should have seen a urologist who specialised in peyronies and received the pentox, cialis, viagra straight away. He also recommended VED, said it improves about 30% of cases.

On this concoction of pentox, 5mg daily cialis and 100mg viagra, I had some amazing sex. I could pull out, orgasm, put back in to her vagina and keep going. Basically, very minimal refractory period. I was however, limited to 3 positions, doggy, missionary, cowgirl. If my ex tried to do reverse cowgirl, my penis would slip out. I would always be hesitant when she was on top too, if my penis slipped out and she hit it, game over! Doggy was okay, but couldnt go too hard, if it slipped out, game over again!

This ex is someone I have had sex with since I was 19, so now being 29, she knew my penis very well. I could make her orgasm 6+ times in one session. She commented that she could notice significant loss of girth but not length. But, that it was fine, as I could still make her orgasm.

Eventually, I went in for the ultrasound, no abnormalities were found. However, the urologist explained that this didn't mean there was no fibrosis int he penis, it just meant it was subtle or would not show on the ultrasound. They did however, confirm that I did not have a venous leak. They injected me with something similar to trimix, I think it was it started with an A (may just be a generic brand in Australia). After the ultrasound, my erection would not go down. I went straight to my ex's house and had some crazy sex with her. She was very satisfied and exhausted after it and commented on how much girthier I felt, she said it felt kind of like a didlo. I think the injection made the penis feel a bit more rubbery. Women love girth, they love that feeling of being filled up, when you leave, they will say they feel empty. I have had this said to me from women after I slept with them and left. They feel empty and long for you, it's a nice feeling to know you can do that to a woman.

Fast forward a few months, I stopped seeing this ex. I started using VED regularly and would see results. I have posted in the improvement forum somewhere in 2018/2019 with my VED improvements in curvature and girth. I started seeing another girl, I would use viagra to have sex with her. She was a squirter, so I knew every time I was making her orgasm, even with my peyronies penis. There was a time when she was in my state for a few months, then moved back to her home state. So, I saw her after 1 month. During that month I was alone, I did a lot of VED and continued with cialis daily and pentox. When I saw her in her state a month later, she commented that my girth had increased. And it continued to be that way for the week I was with her, despite the fact I was not continuing VED. So, I think in some cases, VED really can be beneficial.

I stopped seeing this girl and continued with VED. I would see results, the funny thing is, the results would always come about 2-3 months after using the VED. This was a sex shop VED, I was using it 15m a day with the protocol found on this site. I really believe at this point, if I didn't continue to have sex, I may have been on my way to being healed. I eventually purchased the medical grade 3 cylinder VED for $500. I remember, 3 months after using this, my erectile dysfunction greatly improved. I had nocturnal erections that would point straight up in my sleep, I would move around and accidently slap it! This was a clear sign that everything was improving! Now, my stupid self, continued having rough sex, and what happens? What seems to be another injury or micro-tear. Something just went backwards, my penis lost some girth and gained some curvature. I tried again with VED, this time 2 x 15m sessions a day. At some point, I left my penis in the chamber for slightly too long and I didn't realise that my penis had inflated upwards and penis was hitting the chamber in the VED. I released and took my penis out and straight away there is a new dent on the right side and some pain. This pain did not stop for about a year.

This incident was the beginning of the end.

Ever since then, I could not do VED, it would just result in my penis inflating upwards and causing pain. Now, I was confused what to do, how will I conquer this disease. An implant did not even cross my mind. I bought a restorex for $1250 here in Australia.

Started restorex, used the smaller rods and was seeing improvements. My Erectile Dysfunction was improving. Changed to the longer rods, I couldn't see too much improvement. Tried stretching against the curve, just caused more pain. Stuck to straight traction.

Now, during this year, which was probably year 3 with peyronies. I was stuck, no VED, no Restorex. How will I see improvement. I felt helpless, lost, worthless, emasculated. I was struggling in uni, struggling with my mental health. I hesitated talking to girls. My peyronies continued to progress, I saw increased hourglassing, new dents, narrowing. All these were not there for the first 2 years of peyronies.

Somewhere here, I had a message from Pfract, he wanted to skype for me to show him how to use restorex. I still remember, he was in his truck, using the restorex, but over the foreskin. I showed how I would pull my foreskin back, clamp the device, and release the lever. He tried it, and he liked it, it gave him a satisfying stretch. He thanked me, then asked me about implants. He said, why not just get an implant, it solves everything. I said to him, I don't really want one as I intend for restorex and VED to cure me, implants are more suitable for older people (that was my understanding at the time). He said, I am not trying to discourage you, just giving options.

At this point, my penis had narrowed quite a bit, dents were more prominent, length was a little less, and girth was substantially less.

I tried the shockwave therapy. Didn't do anything. Not sure if it made things worse, I just know I did not see any improvement.

At this point, I was passing on a lot of girls. I had girls that came from overseas and wanted to meet up, some from interstate that wanted to meet up. I would just make excuses for them. My penis looked so narrowed, that I just couldn't try to have sex. I also knew, sex/masturbation, was making things worse. This really took a toll on me, passing on girls that I liked, some wanted sex, some wanted relationships, I just made excuses for not seeing them.

At some point, I purchased the XL Cylinder and started VED again. My penis would inflate and if being careful, would not hit the top of the chamber. This was good. I continued this, 2 sessions a day. I did notice, that some of my pain decreased.

After that one conversation with Pfract, I started researching implants a lot more. I learnt that, yes, you can't get a natural erection, but you can keep an erection for as long as you want. Seemed like a reasonable trade off. I read that, you may gain back some length, but almost always, all girth. I thought, this is the best option to have. I found the two best implant surgeons in Australia. I had my first consult with one, he was in my state, he rushed me a little, but he was confident, and competent. He is known to be a skilled surgeon, he's a professor, and he has the most publications on peyronies in Australia. He also knows Dr Eid. He also offered to give me young guys numbers who he had operated on. The appointment with the second  surgeon was a few months later, I thought, I will wait and talk to him and decide who to go with. The second surgeon was in a different state but had a lot more experience.

The day I had my zoom call with the second surgeon interstate, I just felt like he emanated an air of competence. He explained all my options, and he also offered TEP, told me the risks, and directed me to where I could find the studies on it. He explained it may need a circumcision. He also explained that, nothing is going to bring my pre-pryonies penis back, but it may get close to there. As I explained above, I use to have a nice penis, was good looking, never had issues with getting girls. Peyronies took so much out of me, it just made sense to do TEP and gain back as much size as possible. Almost like compensation for the past few years of having this disease.

My surgery was booked for 7th Feb 2023.

As I waited for the 7th of feb, I had about 4 months. During that 4 months I did 2 x 30m restorex sessions (straight traction), and 2 x 20m VED sessions, with the XL cylinder. I only used the XL cylinder as my penis would inflate upwards and I didn't want it to hit the top chamber and cause more damage. In the XL cylinder, there was more space to accommodate for my penis inflating upwards.  At this point, I don't think  VED was making much difference. It's just strange how at the beginning of this disease, VED sessions would make a noticeable difference. Now, made barely any difference in Erectile Dysfunction, girth or deformity. I can't tell if the restorex made much difference either, I know the stretch was very satisfying. I feel it may have increased length a little. If you are interested, have a look at the pics in my traction journal then compare it to the pics I posted in my implant journal just before surgery. It looks like I may have slightly gained some length, but I can never be sure now as I didn't really measure. I just stuck with my measurement of 6.5 inches I had made few months before my surgery. I also think that, the slightest change in angle when measuring can obscure your measurement by 1-2cms. Further, erection quality can differ on different days. So, you may never get an accurate measurement. 

Something Merrix talks about in his journal (I've been reading his journal out of boredom these past few days), is diminishing impact. How, over time, the impact of something diminishes. This is so true, when I first got peyronies I was destroyed, and it wasn't even that bad! Over time, I learnt to accept it, the impact of peyronies diminished quite a bit. 

I do truly believe, if I had stuck with VED in the very beginning, and just didn't have any sex, there is a good chance I may have healed myself. Unfortunately, I will never know.

What made the implant decision a bit easier for me, was that, I could not have sex at all. My penis was so narrowed, it had multiple hinge points, any form of sex, would result in more injury. My only option to having a sex life again was the implant.

The rest is where my implant journal begins.

J

I think a very important aspect for people who are reading this journal and just people who are thinking about implants in general is to first let your pshycological issues be delt with before having the procedure done so that you don't fall down the same pattern of thoughts as JJ.

To you, J, I can only say, thinking about the past or what could have been is just a waste of time that will drag you down a pit of negativity. You have gotten implanted on now, it's game over, no way back, therefore it is crucial that you just live in the now, look at where you are right now and only think forward from there.

You are suffering right now and we are all with you, your recovery process will take longer than usual due to the advanced procedure you had done. I read both your posts fully, of course any man would prefer his natural penis to be working at a 100% that's just a fact, but another fact is your penis was severely damaged, you had tried literally everything without long term success, you had only one option left and you went for it. Trust me in the future you will be rewarded for it, your sex life will most likely be at it's absolute best, short term pain for long term gain.

Ride through this tough period and on the way please try find a way to implement a more positive attitude take every day as it comes, live in the now, do not dwell about the past, or think about the future with revision etc, it's a waste of time and will make things miserable.

Hello,
I am younger to you and can assure you I have been dealing with this since 2020 and can tell you I have never once been able to have penetrative sex in my life. I am considered a attractive person and get hit on by girls at clubs and I know the feeling of forcing yourself to avoid the opposite sex and repress all sexual thoughts. Looking to forward to things working out for you. Because you serve as an inspiration for me and many here.

Quote from: Sonic on April 25, 2023, 09:14:54 AMI think a very important aspect for people who are reading this journal and just people who are thinking about implants in general is to first let your pshycological issues be delt with before having the procedure done so that you don't fall down the same pattern of thoughts as JJ.

Thanks Sonic, I appreciate what you're saying. Generally, I have been quite positive about everything. I really think it's just the toll of being immobile for 11 weeks, having my life on hold, not being able to gym, go out, be active. This has just taken a toll on me and I was just having a negative episode yesterday.

I do know that, this is 100% a great improvement compared to my peyronies penis, I could not even have sex with my peyronies penis. My current penis is girthy, and very rigid, definitely be able to have sex with it, probably amazing sex in multiple various positions too! And I am sure women would love the girth and rigidity of it.

You'll understand when you get an implant. We go through a phase in the beginning where we think, "what have I done". Most implant journals have this phase. Usually, it subsides with time and healing, as your body adapts to having the device in you. It is different for us younger guys.

It is very true what you said, you need to be psychologically prepared. There were some things I was not prepared for. For example, the unnatural flaccid, the increased recovery time, the prolonged period of pain, the prolonged period of being immobile. Most people implanted are ready for sex by week 3 (but they only had the implant surgery). Tortao who did TEP, was only in discomfort at week 11 I believe.

So, I think I may also have a unique case of perhaps prolonged healing. I am not sure.

Appreciate your response Sonic, and I know you're considering an implant for the future, so read through these journals and be prepared too!

Wishing you the best in your journey brother!

J

Quote from: GaussRifle on April 25, 2023, 03:44:46 PMLooking to forward to things working out for you. Because you serve as an inspiration for me and many here.

Thanks brother, I am very sorry you have to deal with this disease at such a younger age. I know exactly what it's like getting hit on by girls then having to make excuses. Everyday you just feel incomplete and emasculated. Honestly, sometimes I would just feel like crying.

If you're looking into an implant, all I can say is, read the journals, especially the ones of younger guys and be prepared. Im sure you already know to use a high volume surgeon.

I hope you overcome all this soon, keep in touch.

Always here if you need any advice.

J

Quote from: GaussRifle on April 25, 2023, 01:26:39 AMCould you please tell us where exactly in your penis do you feel pain after orgasm.I am asking out of curiosity only.

Gaus, just to add to this. Last night, I went to pee, leaked out semen after (I am guessing because I have not done anything in a while). I had the pain, I would describe it as burning in the glans, especially where the tips are. And, some pain in the shaft, I think where my dents use to be, and where the dog ears are.

Perhaps, its from the glans swelling? I know I was oversized, maybe this could be a reason. Really not sure.

Will update if/when it improves.

J

Can you book an appointment with your surgeon even if it is several weeks out?  I do not understand and pain after leaking "semen."  Why would a few drops of semen hurt your penis, and passing a stream of urine would not?  If your prostate hurt, it might make some sense.  Nothing going on inside of your urethra should be affected by this surgery, especially this far out.

I assume you had a urine test for a urinary tract infection.

Quote from: Hawk on April 25, 2023, 08:43:19 PMCan you book an appointment with your surgeon even if it is several weeks out? 

Thanks Hawk, seeing a high implant surgeon tomororw.

Hawk, can I get your advice on what you think about wearing tight clothes and pointing the flaccid down? It's been 11 weeks, I really want to walk around and get out, but don't want to affect erection angle.

I noticed Merrix was wearing tight suits and pointing his flaccid down at week 8 I think, and it didn't affect his erection angle.

Appreciate your advice.

J

Update - Saw Implant surgeon in my state

I saw an implant surgeon in my state, he also does the Tunica Expansion Procedure. He advised that, it may take another 1-2 months to heal completely. Said everything is normal and I just need to wait it out. He also advised to keep the penis pointing up.

Unfortunately, he couldn't continue to see me as a patient, and advised that I need to go back to my surgeon interstate for any other issues.

He also advised that I hadn't deflated fully. This was a bit of a shock as I had deflated as much as I could prior to going there. He advised that auto-inflation was rare. But, it seems that I am getting some auto-inflation, especially when waking up. I asked him if I should deflate the device a few times a day, he agreed.

In regards to the pain after leaking pre-seminal fluid, he said it would be unrelated to the implant. But, this only started happening after I got the implant. I have leaked pre-seminal fluid before when doing nofap and was not in any bad pain.

In regards to the pain after orgasm, he said that it should improve over the next few months.

I think I will just have to wait it out. The pain is improving a bit, but it is very difficult tucking the penis up and walking around. I wouldn't be able to gym or go for long drives or even back to work at this point.

J

If you are not totally deflating, it will, of course, be very difficult to comfortably position your penis. It is CRUCIAL you totally deflate, or you may never be able to do so without surgery.  I would literally use a rolling pin if needed.  Once totally deflated, If you are auto-inflating, once I deflated, I would wrap my penis snugly with Coban wrap that sticks to itself, especially at night, to see if you can still stretch the reservoir scar capsule at this late stage.

I think you know my position on pointing your penis down, plus you now have the other surgeon who shared his advice.

Quote from: Hawk on April 27, 2023, 04:39:44 PMI think you know my position on pointing your penis down, plus you now have the other surgeon who shared his advice.

Thanks Hawk, there's just so many conflicting views. My surgeon who did the surgery told me it was okay to point it down at my follow up appt. at 6 weeks. But, I think leaving it up is best for now.

Do you think once I hit 4 months, it will be okay to point it down?

Thanks as always, you have no idea how much the support from this forum and all you guys messages have been a sense of hope and comfort for me during this difficult period.

J

J, The short answer is that I don't know.  I think it is OK to do it in the first month if you are not passionate about every degree of erect angle.  Your surgeon said it was OK, so it "probably" is ok.

But, this is what I know or a fact.  You cannot have a negative impact on your erection angle by pointing your penis up or up at an angle in the crease of your leg.  You are probably ok point g it down.  For me, that is all I need to know to point it up.  If my inflated angle is not satisfactory to me, I want to be damned sure it was NOT because of something I did.  Everyone has to make their own decision because I am certain there have been no large randomized study on two groups of men, so how could anyone possibly know the answer?  They can't.  They can only apply logic and present their theory.

If you recall, I did post that when you decide to point it down, you have the option (if you wear snug underwear) of bending or hinging the shaft an inch or less from the base.  That way, the base still enters the body pointed up or at least straight out.  There is no downward force on the crus where the scar capsule stabilizes the base of the cylinders.

Quick Update

Deflation

After seeing the urologist yesterday, I started deflating 2-3 times a day. I squeeze very hard when deflating. I finally started to deflate properly. For anyone interested, see the pic attached. This is what a deflated titan should look like, basically, a crinkled up water bottle (that's what it feels like too).

I was probably only deflating 90/85%% before, then getting auto-inflated about 20%.

The flaccid angle is a bit lower now too and it doesn't point out as much. Makes it a bit easier to walk around.

Ups n Downs

Last few days I had some ups n downs. I cycled a few days ago and my erection was completely slanted. No idea what happened. Next day, it was less slanted but completely flat. Next day it was slanted but also the erection angle was lower than 3 o clock. It was troubling me a lot. It seemed like I lost some girth too. I purposefully chose not to journal about it, as I did not want to obsess over it.

Today I cycled, my erection angle is above 3 o clock, there isn't much of a slant. Girth is back.

The only thing I can put it down to is, I was taking pain killers before cycling for the last few days, they must've affected my engorgement, which affected my erection angle and girth.

Doing your procedure interstate

I once again would like to re-iterate for anyone out there in Australia. When I saw a urologist from my state yesterday, he made it clear to me that this would be our last appointment. Despite the fact that he was a high volume implant surgeon, who also specializes in TEP. He told me I need to go back to my surgeon interstate and he would not take me under his care.

I understand it's best to stay with the surgeon who did the surgery, as he knows the procedure best.

This isn't something I thought of when choosing a surgeon interstate. And, this can make things difficult when having issues, or fear of infection, knowing if you have deflated correctly etc. Especially since, the surgeons here do not give out personal numbers to contact them on like in the U.S.A.

Something to consider when choosing your surgeon.

J

Is that image, picture of your deflated penis ?

J, it is also important to deflate the cylinder volume behind the scrotum. It takes two hands.  After deflating the shaft, Pinch the cylinders at the base of the penis so fluid cannot move back into that area when you squeeze the cylinders behind the scrotum.  This is of course only necessary at this stage when you're trying to get all the fluid you can back into the reservoir.

To Gausrifle, yes, that is his totally deflated penis. When the titan cylinders are new, they are very much like a crinkled water bottle when they're deflated with time they take on more of a rubbery feel.

Ahh got it.

Quote from: Hawk on April 28, 2023, 08:02:19 PMPinch the cylinders at the base of the penis so fluid cannot move back into that area when you squeeze the cylinders behind the scrotum.

Thanks Hawk, I do squeeze base of the penis. By behind the scrotum, do you mean the perineum area? I note, this is what merrix states in his journal too, to squeeze perinium.

Is that what you mean?

Also, once the cylinders get more of a rubbery feel, to they look/feel any more natural?

Thanks as always.
J

Quick update

I slept and woke up, looks like I didn't get any auto-inflation. My penis looked the same in the morning.

Pointing it up is also more comfortable now that it is fully deflated. Might actually start going out for walks/gym etc soon.

Some good news :)

J

Hello JJ i am sorry that so far your recovery is rather tough and it does not go so well like you hoped. But time will tell i think it will get better.
Your urin drip story on the leg was funny! I have pee dribble too. What helps greatly is to push with two fingers an inch behind your scrotum. Urologist recommened this to me.

Also i think you could benefit from lowering your testosterone level or sex thrives maybe, when it is so hard for you at the moment to think of sex youre missing. Try to distaract yourself. As long as you have no flaccid pain everything is fine. I am right now starting a reseller business, and this is just on my mind all the day, i dont even miss sex at the moment. I masturbate every 2-3 days , 10 minutes and im doneand its fine to me, not thinking much about girls then afterwards. Sex or desire for sex is just a feeling like anything else and you can try to stop or reduce that feeling, if it helps you for better recovery.

I have some pretty good success right now with my pain by lowering masturbation frequency, being more gently now using a lot of lube and Therawand and pelvic exercises. Eating 1 pound vegetable mix every day. I think i am on the right track. Praying for.

Here is another advice: Try rising your vitamin D levels. 5000 I.U. each day + 200k2 and some magnesium- this can help with so many things , Peyronies Disease too. Especially for dark skinned people it is important, you absorb less from the uv rays.

Quote removed by administrator - Refer to forum rule #7
7. Limited Use of the Quote Button - Normally, we should use the REPLY button to reply to a post.  We can use the quote button on a member's post only when we want to quote a small portion of another post.  We can also use it when responding to anything that was previously posted BUT NOT when we are responding to the post immediately before our own post in the same topic.  When we do use the quote button, we should trim the quote down so entire posts are not repeated. That way, the reader can more easily follow the conversation.

Thanks appreciate your advice.

To Hawk and anyone else out there,

I am just after some advice.

Lately, as I have been deflating fully, it has been comfortable tucking my penis up and walking around. I have noticed that my erect angle has improved, it is now maybe 2:30/2:45. My flaccid angle has also started to naturally point more up.

This is good, but there is only so much you can do with a tucked up penis in your pants.

When can I expect the flaccid angle to drop to a point I can comfortably tuck it down without affecting the erection angle.

I really want to be able to walk around comfortably and go to the gym. It has been 3 months since the operation.

Thank you,
J

No one can answer your question J. The answer is, when your scar capsule in you crus is totally healed. That will very with each patient and each procedure.

Ultimately it will be your call.

How do you know when the scar capsule is fully healed?

Hey guys, I am going to try and make this my last post for a while, I don't want to obsess over every little thing that happens with this implant. I just want to leave it to heal now. Some updates below

Auto Inflation

The device still auto-inflates, I deflate it after cycling about 2-3 times then point it up in my pants. I noticed, when pointed up it does not auto-inflate. I will continue to do this for probably another month, maybe more.

Pain after orgasm

This seems to have subsided substantially.

Deflated/Erect Angle

As advised in my post above, as I have started to tuck my deflated flaccid up, my erect and flaccid angle has also moved up. This is great for my erect penis, but in terms of comfort and continuing life with a flaccid that sticks out, things are not so good.

I have read people on FT, also Merrix journal, where they started to tuck their flaccid down in tight clothes and go to the gym or the pool, and it had no affect on their erect angle. Then I have read the opposite, where some people ended up with an erect angle that was below 3 o clock. I am just leaving it as is for now, tucking it up and doing what I can.

Erect slant

Sometimes my erect penis is completely straight, pointing up. Sometimes it is slanted. This could be from laying down in different positions. I am really not sure, I just know that sometimes I inflate to cycle and the penis is erect but slanted, other times, it is completely straight.

Peyronies curve

The curve when erect is completely gone. However, when flaccid, my penis seems to have taken the shape of my peyronies curve/twist. It twists to the left. When inflating to cycle, it kind of inflates by untwisting and going up (if that makes sense). No idea why this is or whether it will improve. Either way, it doesn't make a big difference, just affects comfort at the moment.

Length/girth

I have not measured, I just don't want to obsess over these things. I will probably measure at the end of May and report back. I do feel like visually it has gained some length and girth, but time will tell.

Engorgement

I seem to have some engorgement. I did need Viagra, pre-implant. I would prefer not to have to use it now. But, when I am ready to test the device out more, I will check and report back. The natural engorgement does add more of a round shape. Without engorgement, the device can be very flat, rectangular and hard like a stick (I assume that would be very uncomfortable for a vagina). This is something, I was not aware of going into the implant surgery. I thought, getting the implant there would be no need for viagra/cialis. So, something to be aware of for others, you may still need to use pills.

How I am Mentally

I am struggling. It has been 3 months, I thought I would be back to the gym by now, I am very limited in what I can do. I have to tuck my penis up and walk around everywhere which is very uncomfortable. I haven't even had a haircut in about 3 months. Looking forward to finally getting back to normal life soon.

I will log in every now and then and check messages incase anyone needs some help or advice.

J

Just wanted to add this:


Dent and Flaccid curve/twist

There's a Dent on the left, my flaccid penis, will sit to the left comfortably, but will not move to the right. If I try to move it to the right, there is some pain and it will not lean onto my leg, it will point out.

There seems to be a dog ear on the right side which is painful, it sort of sticks out, almost like it's balancing out the left side of the dent. One side is dented, other side sticks out (hope that makes sense).

In the pic you can see the dent on the left, this is mostly prominent when flaccid. When, erect, it is not really noticeable. When inflating, the penis sort of inflates by untwisting, if that makes sense.

This is rather uncomfortable, but I guess, I can live with it. I intend for it to straighten out, so I can tuck it down comfortably. At this point, I just don't know what to expect. I feel like leaving all this and just coming back in a few months to see what happens.

I know Merrix in his journal talks about a flaccid which mimics his peyronies curve (this is exactly what is happening). I need to re-read his journal and see what happened.

For anyone reading this, just remember, your erect curve may be cured, but you may have to deal with an uncomfortable flaccid curve. Will this improve? I really hope so. I am so done with all of this.

If anyone has any ideas or theories on how this will end up, very interested to know. Especially if any of the peyronies guys have experienced this before.

J

Jj21,
I love reading what you write. It sounds like you are sharing all your personal inner thoughts, it is refreshing.
This is my take on things
First, "time" will cure many of these issues. I am trying to think back about my own personal experience and I seem to remember thinking much of the same.
BUT, things will get better over time.
When you say "auto inflate", I wonder if it is slightly inflating because you do not lock out the pump.
I am not very good at explaining, but when you deflate and have squeezed as much out of your deflating penis as you want...Grab the pump and give it a squeeze which will prevent the pump from allowing fluids to back flow into your penis.
I know sometimes I forget this and over timr, my penis will do a semi-inflate, then I feel it and I get excited and before I know it, I have a nearly erect penis in my pants.
The curve in my penis even deflated. I have always worn my penis to my right. And when I had Peyronie's it curved about 90 degrees to the left. So after I received the implant and things calmed down, I started wearing my penis to the right again which feels the most comfortable.
Now then I am deflated my penis curves slightly to the right, which is fine for me. I don't worry about it, because when it is rock hard, it's a beautiful cock.
I am married, and my spouse loves my girth and when it is pumped to max, it becomes a climax creator for my spouse.
I hope this helps.
Best wishes and prayers
StepOne

Thank you for mentioning that to jj21, stepone. I spoke with him about it, but maybe it will put him at ease, coming from somebody that has an implant. That trick about locking out the valve after deflating.

jj21: I am sorry to read that you are still going through some minor issues with your procedure and outcome. But from the outside, it looks very good, your result I mean. If Erect you have no curvature and very minor dents, I think in time and with the tissue stretching out you will be fine.

As for not getting a haircut, may I ask why you didn't feel confident to go?

Quote from: Pfract on May 03, 2023, 07:10:04 PMAs for not getting a haircut, may I ask why you didn't feel confident to go?

It's just a bit too painful tucking my penis up and walking/sitting that far.

Thanks for all the advice guys, much appreciated.

ErectAngle

This is my current erect angle, I estimate around 2 o clock maybe higher.

The funny thing is, this improved recently, as I started to deflate fully and tuck my penis up in my pants more. I guess this means that my crus has not fully healed.

Things are looking okay, just hanging in there. I think patience is key.

J

You have one of the best erection angle I've ever seen, your surgeon is the best

I agree it's a good angle to the dangle, lol.
I am amazed how fast your penis is healing. It looks great.
I have a good angle too, because of wearing my penis in upright position too.
Keep on pumping and thanks for sharing.
StepOne

Looks super natural to me, jj21! :D

Yeah your surgeon did a very good job looks very natural hope recovery speeds up for you

Quote from: Stepone on May 04, 2023, 03:23:47 PMI have a good angle too, because of wearing my penis in upright position too.

StepOne, how long did you keep yours upright for? Any idea when I can expect to tuck it down and walk around comfortably? Thank you.

Thanks guys, appreciate it. Keep in mind, I improved my erect angle 3 months after surgery by tucking it up most of the time. Guessing my Crus has not fully healed, but it is good to know that, this late into the recovery, it is still possible to improve things.

J

Hey guys, just chiming in if you still think your angle is low after tucking up experienced surgeons can do surgery to raise your angle. Not really sure what it is called but hakky said that is the fix for this issue and that he did it for a guy who's gf was bigger than him and he had trouble penetrating in certain positions.

JJ, how does masturbation feel now vs being uncut? The erection angle looks great.

jj21,

I am trying to remember, but I think it was months and months, maybe 5 or 6. I could tell it was working, because when I would get naked, my penis still pointed up at a good angle.
I sometimes wore tight jeans that were a little to low rise and my penis would be under my belt buckle, so I had to be careful when bending. But I never got any people pointing at my bulge. Lots of men have belly fat, so it sort of looked like that.
I also tend to wear my penis to the right in a upward angle, so I think that helped too.
I know some guys like to have their penis down with their balls. I have never liked it, mainly because I used to have an 8+ inch penis and easily got erections, so it would be painful, if my penis was pointing downward with my balls. I always thought that was one of my reasons for the Peyronies disease.
When i was circumcised at birth, I think they cut too much of my skin, because for years I had to put lotion on my penis, because the skin was so tight, it would hurt when I got an erection.
Probably too much information, LOL,
I hope you progress well, it sounds like it.
StepOne

Are you still getting the pain? I know originally you had thought the procedure fixed the pain. But then you said you were having pain from dog ears. Is the pain you have now a different pain and the previous "peyronies pain" is gone?

Hi guys, I will respond to your questions soon.

In the meantime could someone please help me, preferably Hawk or other senior members.

I have attached two pics, this is about as deflated as I can get. I have tried everything.

It kind of looks and feels like the left side is deflating more than the right. The cylinder on the left side is just easily malleable, on the right side it is still a bit stiff.

Could this mean, the left side is deflating more than the right? Or is it simply due to the dent on the left side? I am getting some pain and discomfort on the left side.

I am trying to book in to see my surgeon, it may take a few weeks till I can see him, and that will be a video consult.

Please help. I am 3 months out and really doing my best.

J

Either you are still swollen, or you are only about 60% deflated.  A brand-new Titan will look like a flattened, misshapen water bottle when TOTALLY deflated.

If you read my earlier post, I told you that I did everything I could to TOTALLY deflate and wrapped my deflated penis with Coban to prevent any auto-inflation. It might be that your reservoir capsule scared in on a partially empty reservoir, and it is too late to correct it.

Keep in mind that total deflation is very important.  If you spend a couple of years with partial inflation, there is not only annoyance and discomfort but also some risk of erosion.

Quote from: Sonic on May 05, 2023, 08:20:27 AMJJ, how does masturbation feel now vs being uncut?

The biggest complaint people have of being circumcised as an adult, is loss of sensitivity. I can honestly say, I don't think I have become much less sensitive. I don't think TEP requires a full circumcision. There are different cuts to circumcision, so, it can be difficult to compare.

To answer your question, masturbation is different, not better or worse. It requires lube, but there is different sensations, as the glans and  other areas are exposed.

Behind the glans is a bit less sensitive, but this is also close to my incision. So, this may improve. Even if it doesn't, I get good sensations when stroking slowly, and fast. It isn't better or worse, just different.

If you're considering this procedure in the future, just remember, it will be difficult to compare adult circumcisions. People get circumcised for different reasons, and each cut is also different.

Hope this helps.

J

Quote from: Curvekiller94 on May 05, 2023, 07:19:45 PMAre you still getting the pain? 

Hey curvekiller, the peyronies pain is definitely gone. The pain I had from the dog ears has improved a bit. Nowadays, the pain is more like discomfort, I think this is just part of the healing process.

I have a few issues which I will journal about soon.

J

Hey guys,

I have some great news. I spoke to my surgeon  yesterday. He was just amazing, he listened to everything I said and advised the following:

Auto-inflation issue

My surgeon advised that:

-  it could be true auto-inflation;
-  it could be  the graft around the left side of the penis (I had a curve to the left), is what I am feeling as there is less tissue there. So, it looks like it's more deflated on the left, but really it's just I am feeling it through the graft;
- it could be an issue with the titan deflate valve.

He was very kind and empathetic about this issue, he also explained it a lot better and in a lot more detail than I have. Towards the end of the conversation he advised that it did sound like true auto-inflation, and that he can do a minor surgery and fill the reservoir up to fix it.

Pump too high issue

I am not sure if I journaled  about it, but my pump is a bit high and in front of the testicles. It is causing discomfort. It would also would hit a woman's body in certain positions during sex.

My surgeon was very honest and straight up about this. He advised that, because I had a sub-coronal incision, pump placement is quite difficult. He advised that, this will most likely stay the same, but he can do a minor surgery together to fix the auto-inflation and the pump. He will add tubing to the pump and lower it to a more comfortable position.

Other

My surgeon advised that the pain after orgasm will improve, so will the pain that I am having in the tips of the cylinders in the glans. This is due to being oversized.

He agreed to do the revision surgery for FREE, I am very happy about this. He will not charge gap.

I also requested the scrotal web procedure, I believe they remove the scrotal web and do a tuck, to give the illusion that the penis is bigger. It's just a cosmetic procedure.

Please note

I think the past few weeks, I have been very stressed. I really should have just spoken to my surgeon. I can confidently say that my surgeon is very knowledgeable, empathetic, kind and helpful. I avoided contacting him, as I didn't think he would be able to help from another state, but I was wrong. He was extremely helpful, gave me all the possible reasons for what was going on. He also didn't try to hide or cover anything up and just told me straight up what could be happening. And, he agreed not to charge for the revision!

A few weeks ago when I was stressing about having an infection and was under the impression that the surgeons here wouldn't be able to help much. I admit, I was wrong. I am sure if I had called my surgeons office interstate, he would have made the time to see me and talk to me.

I am calling in tomorrow to book in the revision, so, I will be travelling interstate again to get the auto-inflation and pump fixed, as well as the scrotal web/tuck procedure.

Squeak issue with pump

One great thing that has happened, and I have purposefully waited a while before journaling about it so I could be sure, the pump no longer squeaks!

I feel like the pump moved around or changed positions. I can now pump discreetly, quietly, as fast as I want. It will only squeak maybe when trying to force in a few pumps towards the end.

This makes me so happy!!

Cycling/gains

Still cycling 2 x 1 hour sessions a day. I can visually tell that I have gained some girth and length. I also put my finger around my shaft and can tell some girth has improved. I will measure at the end of May and report back with pics.

Thanks guys, I feel so much better now knowing that these issues can be fixed and also having the great support of my surgeon interstate. I will be preparing to travel and to have another surgery within the next few weeks.

If anyone has any experience with the scrotal web/tuck procedure please let me know.

J

Knowing that he offered to do a revision free of charge, to correct both issues at once is amazing. Seems like a genuinely good guy! Very interesting also to know that he could fill up the reservoir more to combat auto inflation. Never read about it, and I assumed it would have to be replaced so a new capsule could form.

Hopefully you get this fixed so you can be happy for good!

I'm sorry this is happening JJ but thrilled to hear the surgeon is open to revising it. This is great news I'm happy that it will not cost any more and that he is compassionate about your situation and not dismissive as many people are

Jj21
Sounds like you have the perfect surgeon! He seems so responsive. I wish some of the England people had him, as they were met with indignation and denial from the physicians.
I am so happy for you to get things fixed.
By the way, 3 months in penis improvement healing time after an implant is nothing.
I am 4 years into my implant and I still have improvements, smaller of course. I think even after 16 months, I was still experiencing small gains, flexibility, and greater comfort.
I feel now I am back into the mode of mind blowing sex......and I have been married for nearly 24 years.
Stay well and best wishes for your continued improvements.
StepOne

Thanks StepOne, my surgeon is great. I have heard Dr Ralph is really good for the England people.

The fact that you are having mindblowing sex at 66 years old makes me so happy!!!! And, tells me that at 34, I have over another 30 years to have great sex!!

So happy for you, keep enjoying your life!

J

I want to say that at 73, sex is no less exciting, enjoyable, or adventurous at 73 than it was at 18.  Correction, it is better than at 18 because I thought I knew what I was doing then, but I had a lot to learn.  The only difference is that though I can still enjoy sex every day, I don't have to have sex every day to keep from going crazy. 

I think sex is one of those things that is so intense that each time it is as though it's better than you ever remembered.  It cannot be verbalized, so I think the mind has trouble remembering the intensity and each time is like a brand new form of temporary insanity.  It cracks me up when young guys think sex is somehow different to older men.  It is; its better  :D

Hawk - I wish I could like your post twice! It makes me so happy knowing that you guys are enjoying sex at 73. Just shows that us younger guys shouldn't be down about ED ect. Once implanted we may have another 30-40+ years of sex to enjoy :)

Quote from: Hawk on May 14, 2023, 09:35:05 PMI want to say that at 73, sex is no less exciting, enjoyable, or adventurous at 73 than it was at 18.  Correction, it is better than at 18 because I thought I knew what I was doing then, but I had a lot to learn.  The only difference is that though I can still enjoy sex every day, I don't have to have sex every day to keep from going crazy. 

I think sex is one of those things that is so intense that each time it is as though it's better than you ever remembered.  It cannot be verbalized, so I think the mind has trouble remembering the intensity and each time is like a brand new form of temporary insanity.  It cracks me up when young guys think sex is somehow different to older men.  It is; its better  :D

Seconded. At 66 it's better than in my 20s. Less emotional baggage and more general knowledge about sex makes it much better. And, although I'm not into astrology, I'm a Virgo who's supposed to enjoy sex each time because it's always like the first. Kinda true really. 

Rex,
I am a Virgo too. I guess that explains it.
I am 70.5 now. I can't believe it. Many of my married friends my age no
Longer have sex. I want to ask them, I know one friend who had a 10 inch penis went for injections and they damaged his penis and since his wife died, he said he just gave up on sex.
StepOne

Update 14 Weeks post surgery - Possible revision surgery required

Revision

Auto-Inflation

Spoke to my surgeon, they have me booked for possible revision on the 11th July. The device seems to auto-inflate quite a bit which is stopping me from living my life, it's also causing me a lot of discomfort. There is also pain where the dog ear is, and because the device is partially inflated, the dog ear sort of points out and causes this poking pain/sensation on the skin of my shaft.

The auto-inflation could be caused from the fact that I was partially inflated for 5 weeks, or it could also be that I was not properly deflating for a while. I really don't know and I just want to get it fixed and move on.

Pump placement

The pump is awkwardly placed, it's sort of high up, pointing up, on an angle, with the deflate valve lower and behind than the pump. It's quite uncomfortable. It can be uncomfortable sitting. This is also something that is to be fixed in revision surgery.

My surgeon advised, he can make an incision in the scrotum and overfill the reservoir (assuming auto-inflation is due to a reservoir issue and not the deflate valve) to fix the auto-inflation issue, and add tubing for better pump placement. This will not require a full revision (I will still have the same device).

I have tried to get the surgery moved forward, but unfortunately, my surgeon is away on holiday. He is writing a referral to a surgeon in my state who may be able to do the surgery quicker. For anyone reading this, I would just like to re-iterate how choosing a surgeon in your state, can make a difference in situations like these. If my surgeon was in my state I would have seen him earlier, and I am sure he would have taken the time out to see me earlier. Atm, I think my surgeon is also concerned making me fly interstate in this state of pain/discomfort when there is a chance he physically examines me and decides a revision is not warranted.

Length/girth

I have gained some length back. I'm at about 6.3 inches, which is very close to my pre-operation length of 6.5 inches. The girth has improved as well, I have not measured girth. Measuring can be complicated as, I have measured at 100% inflation which is impractical for sex.  I have a pic but it is on my phone, I'll upload it later in the week. Have been trying to stay off these forums as sometimes they just remind me more of my symptoms and the fact that I am not fully healed.

I will do up another post with pictures of length, girth and shape (oval, cylindrical) at different levels of inflation. This will show what is most practical to use for sex. As an example, at 80% inflation the device takes a nice round shape, however, at 90% there is more length, girth and rigidity but the device is more oval shaped.

I am cycling usually twice a day for 1hr each session. Sometimes I will skip when I have pain, and sometimes I will only do 1 session. On average, lately, it has been 1hr x 2 sessions 3 days a week, 1 hr x 1 session 2 days a week, no sessions/rest 2 days a week. I have cut down on cycling due to pain and discomfort.

Auto-inflation

As advised in the intro to this post, the auto-inflation issue is still happening. I deflate 5 times a day and tuck my penis up to stop it from auto-inflating. As soon as my penis is down, it will inflate about 20% within 30 minutes. I can also feel the cylinder on the left, as in it crinkles and moves, but on the right it is rigid and hard. This could either be that the left side is deflating more than the right or that I am feeling the left side through the graft. I feel that, the left side is simply deflating more. Either way, if I deflate as much as I can, press the pump to lock the valve, then leave it out (not tucked up), within 30m it will inflate and I can no longer feel the cylinders.

I will know better when I see one of the surgeons.

Erection Angle

The erection angle was looking good in one of my earlier posts. Unfortunately, I can only maintain that angle if I keep my penis tucked up 24/7 (which causes a lot of pain, possibly because I cannot keep the device fully deflated). Last week, I have been leaving my penis out, there may be some slight downwards pressure on it when wearing loose clothes (from trackies). I've noticed my erection angle when fully pumped is slightly above 3 o clock. This may improve slightly if I was engorged.

I can't do much about this, if I tuck my penis up, there is pain, tuck down, pain. If I leave it out, it sticks out as it is always partially inflated. My only option is to leave it out as much as possible and not wear tight clothes.

Squeak

I spoke too soon in my earlier posts. The pump does squeak, sometimes. It seems to me that the pump has moved,  sits on a bit of an upwards angles. So, sometimes it squeaks, sometimes it is silent. Nonetheless, if you pump very slowly, it will not make noise.

This is still a bit frustrating as, if one wanted to pump quickly, the device would squeak. The squeak is more like a loud honk too. A bit unattractive and can be a mood killer, but work with what we have, it's still an improvement to a peyronies penis.

When/if one of the surgeons does the revision to improve pump placement, I may ask if he can position in a way where it does not squeak or if there is anything to do to improve this issue. It seems when the pump is angled a bit lower (I think), it squeaks less.

Pain after orgasm

I had to do a fertility test, so this required me to orgasm. Unfortunately, I still have pain after orgasm. I spoke to my surgeon about this and he said it was uncommon this far into healing. He said it was more common 1-2 months post surgery. I am almost at 4 months post-surgery. I do think the pain isn't as bad as before.

I will be banking sperm in the next week. So, I will try to update and advise whether I think the pain is improving or not.

My surgeon advised, he will be able to give me a better idea of what's going on, once he physically examines me.

Sensitivity

Sensitivity has definitely been returning. I think due to the grafting done, it can take few months for sensitivity to fully return. I noticed just in the past few weeks that my sensitivity has improved. Behind the glans where the frenulum was before circumcision/TEP is still a bit numb, this is also where the incision site is. The glans and below the glans and shaft seem a little more sensitive than pre-circumcision/TEP. Kind of a gain and loss at this stage, more sensitive in some areas, less sensitive in others. Keep in mind, I don't think TEP requires a full circumcision, so comparing a person circumcised for different reasons can be unrealistic.


General thoughts/state of mind

It's been tough, I am almost 4 months post surgery, and I am still quite immobile. I have pain and constant discomfort. As the device auto-inflates, the dog ears are partially inflated and poke out, this causes quite a bit of pain and discomfort during the day. On top of that, I haven't been able to go back to the gym and resume my normal life. Sleeping with a partially inflated shaft is uncomfortable.

I actually realise now how much I took for granted, just being able to go out for a walk, run etc without having pain/discomfort in between my legs seems like such a privilege.

I am a bit nervous about having another surgery, there is a risk of infection again, and going under anesthesia can be a bit daunting. Worried about waking up with a sore scrotum due to a scrotal incision. Also, I won't be able to cycle maybe 1-2 weeks post revision surgery. I know this probably won't make much difference to length/girth gains but it's still on my mind.

Haven't regretted anything yet as, when inflated, my length/girth is coming back. If you scroll up and see my comparison pic from peyroneis to now, there is quite a significant improvement still.

I just want to get all this fixed so I can start moving on with my life.

Appreciate any feedback.

J

JJ21,

I don't understand why they would have kept you inflated for 5 weeks. It seems to me that with everything I have read, that always creates problems with the reservoir.
Angle, the angle is what it is. I hear your concerns, but you have so much to deal with...it almost seems like this is one of those things not to worry about now.
Squeak, ugh, I don't get it, sometimes mine squeaks, sometimes it doesn't, I have gotten over it.
Pain after orgasm, I seem to remember having it sometimes, but it only lasted a few months and not every time. I no longer have any orgasm pain.
Sensitivity, I lost a lot of sensitivity when I had the Nesbit surgery. I never recovered it, but I am still able to have orgasm each time. Good for you.
State of mind. I am sorry you are going through this. Personally, I was still in a fair amount of pain at 4 months. I still had problems with pump, etc. I don't think things got better until I was at a year, and still had pain from time to time, but NOW, no pain, all pleasure.
We all heal at different rates, based on age, health, etc. so I feel for you. I hope you are able to get things fixed and you can resume mind blowing sex, sometime soon.
StepOne

Hey jj21! I am so, so sorry to read that you are experiencing this. It turned out auto inflation was in fact happening... :/

If I understand right, you are having surgery with another surgeon because yours is on vacation? Or you don't want to travel again out of state?

Having someone do your revision could be tricky. Definitely think well about it.

Maybe we can chat on Skype soon, again? I would love to catch up.

StepOne - really appreciate your msg. To answer your question, the TEP procedure requires you to stay partially inflated for 4-6 weeks. However, this isn't why I was left inflated. I was about 80/90 percent inflated for 5 weeks. I was suppose to be deflated partially on week 1 (too much swelling), then week 2 (still too much swelling). On week 3 the swelling subsided, I called the doctors office, my surgeon and the nurse were on holiday, I tried to get an appointment, the receptionist would not get back to me, she also wouldn't let me speak to the receptionist I had been dealing with (strange). Same thing happened on week 4. By week 5, my surgeon and nurse were back, I called them up and advised what happened so they saw me straight away and deflated me.

I have been trying not to blame anyone or complain, but this could be the reason I have had such a terrible experience, and perhaps the reservoir healed without the correct amount of fluid, causing the auto-inflation.

Pfract - Definitely would be nice to chat over skype again, when the timing works out. Ill msg you on there. Appreciate your support as always.

Hey guys,

Appreciate your messages, I actually ended up in Emergency over the weekend. I went to the bathroom and was just in extreme pain. This has happened a few times, apparently it's not normal this far into the procedure.

The doctors at emergency got a hold of the urologist in Brisbane I've been referred to, I have an appointment with him next Tuesday. This urologist was my second choice, I have seen him before. He's a professor and has the most publications on peyronies in Australia. He is a high volume surgeon. They also gave me a referral to do an abdominal and pelvic CT scan which I am doing tomorrow.

Since then, I have had pain on and off. Really not sure what's going on. Perhaps the auto-inflating is causing issues, tissue damage or erosion. Or, perhaps because I was inflated for so long, it caused abnormal healing, I know the doc did say that it was pushing the scrotum forward. I will hopefully find out soon.

I am just really over all this, even with my peyronies penis I could walk around, go to the gym, sit comfortably, sleep comfortably, I didn't have constant pain between my legs.

I  have been blocking everything out and trying to be positive and saying that this is just a part of the healing process. But, it's now 4 months post surgery, the surgeon also said this wasn't normal.

I am really hoping for some answers.

J

Hope you get answers and clarity soon because that seriously sucks. Whatever it is let's hope they find the issue and fix it soon.

I hope all goes well for you jj21 and you dont need a revision, fingers crossed its a simple fix


BTW I dont think the problem will have anything to do with being inflated for too long, my surgeon left me inflated for 6 weeks before he wanted me to deflate, my Titan works perfectly, 9 months on I still sometimes have problems finding that deflate button, one day it will take seconds to find, next time could be 10 min  :D 

Jj I'm sorry to hear you're having trouble still but so keep in mind 4 months is relatively recent so there are instances of pain I know some more severe than others. I know for my hernia surgery four months out I was not my self by any means and was stil in pain. I hope this goes away asap. We're here for you. Im sorry it's been a rough ride but I think it will all work out in the end. In the pictures you look really good so it could just be stretching pain from the auto inflate Always being inflated. On the bright side you're not losing length or girth so that's a plus (just keeping the positive vibes if you will) hang in there my dude we are all rooting for you

Quote from: Gap63 on May 22, 2023, 09:56:24 PMmy surgeon left me inflated for 6 weeks before he wanted me to deflate,

GAP - thank for your message, I have also heard that Dr Clavell keeps his patients inflated for 5-6 weeks. How inflated were you? I was about 90%, and it was pushing the scrotum forward. Dr Clavell is one of the best, if you were 90% inflated for 6 weeks, then I think you're right. My issues may be for different reasons.

J

CurveKiller and Sonic - Thanks for your positive messages, really appreciate it. It's been a really tough journey. I need to bank sperm so I can start TRT, and at the moment, I am dreading it. I am in pain for hours after an orgasm, my surgeon confirmed this is not normal this far into healing. Have done the CT scans for abdomen and pelvis, and am seeing another surgeon in 6 days. Hopefully I will get some answers.

J

damn... Quite the setback! I am rooting for you jj21!

Hey jj21 sorry to hear its not going as great as expected. I dont have the knowledge about any surgery and not even the best english skills to express so this may be a stupid post, but: I expect your worst enemy is the pain? If you lie on your bed all day anyways then try deep diaphragmatic breathing. Recently i had great success with this and some other things (can be seen in my newest thread) so its worth a try. In the begginings it even triggered or increased some sensation that has now become better than before. After all it relaxes the pelvic floor, which may be tight for you right now too as you still have pain and worry a lot. Keeping this more relaxed may maybe help the tiniest bit.
Recent studies find that for so much pains in the body with no clear diagnosis muscle fascia is at work. Working on this (by deep breathing for example) could help.

Some complications recently at just over 4 months from surgery

Saw my GP, I had done CT scans. The GP advised that everything is very cramped in my pelvis area, the reservoir is hitting the bladder (another urologist also advised this).

I've been having the following symptoms:

- Pain after leakage (leakage seems to be pre-ejaculate or secretions), the pain is in the shaft, scrotum and perinium area, it also occurs after proper ejaculation/orgasm;
- Warm penis (this was strange but I have noticed it), my penis is usually cold but has been warm, a urologist also noticed this.
- My temperature is sometimes 37.8c which is 100 farenheit, I recently noticed this, I also have a blocked nose (it's cold here and I think I might just be getting sick but keeping an eye on this).
- I have done the blood test 2 weeks ago to check for infection, it was negative.

I suspected that I might have prostatitis (inflammation of the prostate), I have started some medication for it, then may be doing an ultrasound soon of the bladder.

Really not sure what's been going on.

J

Jj21
My last reply somehow disappeared, so if this is a duplicate I am sorry.
I see m sorry you are going through this, I can't imagine what you are going through, stay strong.
You are the first on this forum, that I can recall who had the TEP procedure and the first person I can recall who had had the issues you have had. So I am wondering if these issues are more related to the TEP, than the implant or a combination of both? Has any of the doctors said this?
I have read your report, but I didn't see what the surgeon plans to do?
What are they saying needs to be done?
So what did they say about your warm penis?
Stay in touch.
StepOne has

Quote from: Stepone on June 03, 2023, 06:53:28 AMthan the implant or a combination of both? Has any of the doctors said this?
I have read your report, but I didn't see what the surgeon plans to do?
What are they saying needs to be done?
So what did they say about your warm penis?

Thanks StepOne, I appreciate the support.

To answer your questions, the 2 surgeons I saw in my state wanted me to go back to the surgeon who did the procedure. One of them said they can operate an do a revision but I will have to get a cystocopy done first. He looked at my CT scans and did say it looks like my bladder is pushing against th reservoir. He also said the tips of my cylinders didn't feel right but the CT scan showed no abnormalities.

User Tortao also had TEP, his journal is in this forum and he recovered and was working n comfortable by month 4.

Regarding the warm penis, one urologist just said it could be a sign of possible infection but it's not that bad that it needs anti-biotics yet.

I am grateful I have a regular family doctor and all the symptoms I am suffering could be an indication that I have prostatitis.

I have had a light fever some days (37.8celcius/100 farenheit. It comes and goes.

I am a bit stuck as I dont know what will happen. I dread going to the bathroom because sometimes I get leakage after peeing etc and then end up in really bad pain.

Hoping for an end to all of this soon, I am almost regretting getting the implant, as before the implant I was active, in the gym, working, reading. Now I am mostly immobile, dread going to the bathroom, constant discomfort and extreme pain after leakage or ejaculation.

J

You have my full support, I love your honesty about your Implant process.

Jj21,
Thanks for update.
So if "all the symptoms you have look like prostatitis, and you are having pain and your quality of life is diminished, what is the reason for no treatment?
Hoping for an end will not fix anything.
Perhaps another visit to family doctor, etc., is needed?
StepOne

Quote from: Stepone on June 04, 2023, 06:41:53 AMwhat is the reason for no treatment?

Perhaps another visit to family doctor, etc., is needed?
StepOne

Hey StepOne, I am currently taking colcicine which is suppose to help with prostatitis, it's usually used for gout, my GP advised it may help within 5 days. Also am doing some blood and urine tests.

I am seeing my original surgeon in early July to see if I may do another surgery to fix the pump placement and auto-fill issue.

If I could fix the issue of pain after ejaculation/leakage, my only real issue is auto-inflation and pump place which I believe are minor problems..

I have read a lot of journals but have ever come across anyone who suffered prostatitis post-surgery.

J

I am really perplexed to read about your current symptoms and I don't really have any suggestions as to a course of action since you are doing everything you should to address it. Just so sorry to hear this. Try to hang on jj21!. Hoping better days will come for you.

When I get a finger and press down on my glans (while flaccid), I can feel the left tip of the cylinder is slightly lower than the right. Maybe by about half a cm.

Could anyone tell me what affect this would have on my erection? Currently my erevtion is very slanted to the right and I have pain mostly on the left side of the shaft while cycling.

Thanks,
J

** when I say my erevtion is slanted, it's sort of twisted to the left a bit.

I don't recall anyone getting prostatitus. It seems to me like there are lots of issues. I don't recall anyone with this many issues. Who knows other May have, but didn't report.
Let's all hope you get some relief soon.
StepOne

Devastated to hear about this setback and I really hope it gets fixed soon.

You are an awesome person J, you'll get through it.

Thanks guys, the support really means a lot. It's been a crazy time.

I just cycled today and the tips are even when inflated.

I'm just going to leave it be and wait till I see my surgeon on the 10th July.

J

Hawk,

I used your trick of taping the penis. I deflated as much as I could and wrapped it in a wrap for about 45m.

Just took the wrap off and left my penis open for ten minutes and it hasn't auto-inflated yet. It looks and feels quite deflated and flat.

I might try doing this 2-3 times a day for 1hr intervals to try and fix the auto-inflation.

J

Update: after unwrapping,  I left my penis down for an hour and it did auto-inflate. Funny thing is, when I point it up, there seems to be less fluid in there, when pointed down it seems to fill a little.

This is causing a lot of discomfort.

At this point, all I can do is wait to see the surgeon in July.

J

Anyone out there have a twisted erection when fully inflated? If so, did this improve with cycling?

J

Might have some good news

1. Spoke to the nurse, she advised that auto-inflation is rare and it's usually fluid left in the cylinders behind the scrotum. I used Hawk's trick of pinching the base and pressing behind the scrotum, I also pointed my penis down for this. Woke up this morning and there wasn't much auto-inflation at all. My penis was comfortably flaccid. Fingers crossed this is permanent.

2. I have not had any episodes of major pain post leakage. Last few weeks I ended up in emergency twice after going to the bathroom, seeing leakage and then ending up in excruciating pain. I have not had any leakage at all the past week. Fingers crossed it was prostatitis and the colcicine which my GP gave is working.

3. Noticed a little bit of length gain as well. Will do some pics when I am up for it.

At this rate, I may be able to bank sperm, start TRT and get on with my life.

J

Great news.
Glad to hear improvements are on the way. Stay strong and keep on pumping.
StepOne

Had a few issues:

1. As per the pic attached, no matter how much I deflate (have tried taping it, squeezing perinium, holding it squeezed for a minute, pressing pump twice), it reverts to this level of inflation. I have also had a urologist deflate me properly, it was great, but after 10-60 minutes, it always reverts to this level of deflation. This is uncomfortable and sometimes painful. It is almost as though the left side is deflating more than the right.

2. At the bae of the penis I can feel some kind of tubing?

3. The pump has positioned into a very uncomfortable angle, the deflate valve is sort of horizontal and the pump is pointing up with some tubing or something poking the scrotum.

On a positive note, I have not had any secretions/leakage which resulted in excruciating pain. This has been great. Tomorrow, I have a fertility test anad I will have to ejaculate, so I will see if there is pain after ejaculation.

J

Update:

I had to masturbate to bank sperm this morning, I do have some pain, mostly in the tips. It's not as bad as before, been two hours and it is still there. Seems to be very slowly subsiding.

Glad to hear things are headed in the right direction I'm sorry it's been a long haul. I don't have enough knowledge to comment about the Inflation of the left cylinder

Can anyone explain what this bulge is? It's causing a dent which makes my inflated penis tilt to the right.

Majority pain is on the left side, down to my perinium too.

Any advice is much appreciated.

J

Hey,

I don't know what happned but this mornign I went to pee, had some pain. Wasn't too bad. 15m later went to the bathroom (#2), had some leakage/secretions after. Since then I have been in excruciating pain, glans are burning, stabbing pain throughout the shaft, scrotum aches, perinium and anus is sore. This is to the point I cannot walk.

It's been one hour, I have taken paracetamol and ibuprofen, no difference. This use to happen before, when I would have leakage but I thought it had improved with the prostatitis medication.

I dont know what to do, if I go to emergency, they will just provide pain killers, if I see a urologist here, he will just want me to go back to the urologist interstate who did the surgery (who is on holiday).

I am going to take some stronger pain killers and wait it out.

If this isn't due to prostatitis then has anyone any idea what this could be? I have done the tests the urine and blood tests again to check for infection, I will have the results on Monday.

Anyone have any idea what this could be? I am really struggling here.

J

I have absolutely no idea unfortunately but I'm sending you prayers in good health that it will all resolve for you soon. Sorry to hear you're going through this. You'll come out on the other side fit and healthy eventually.

These latest posts are so sad, it really sounds like you are going through a nightmare. I feel like I have repeated myself so many times but I really hope they fix the issue soon it sounds awful that the waiting time is so long.

So, everyone's penis recovery is different as is everyone's penis appearance.
I am sorry for all you have been through.
I definitely think you are having fluids being pushed back into your penis from the reservoir. So I wonder if the reservoir is being squashed by the surrounding tissues? I don't know, but I do know that I too sometimes will have fluid flow back into my penis when I have not correctly locked the pump.
I have always had this problem, but in my view, the positives outweigh the negatives.
Sometimes I think I have it locked and an hour later I can feel my penis has filled a little.
So perhaps we both have leaky pumps?
But my penis only fills enough for me to notice, but not bad enough that a little rearranging of it in my pants can't hurt.
I always wear my penis in my jockey shorts to the right, so it's not a big deal. But if you wear your penis facing down, I can understand that could be a problem.
I too can feel tubes around my penis base. I just accept it, right or wrong, it is what it is.
I think our penises are fairly similar, so I don't see any problems.
My pump too felt awkward, but by month 8, it seemed to find its place.
....
Just saw your latest post on pain.
I had a UTI that produced same problems. I wasn't drinking enough liquids and I got a UTI.
Last time I had a UTI, based on my symptoms, they gave me a stronger antibiotic which after 2 days cured the pain.
They called me 3 days later and said yes, I had a UTI and continue taking the meds for 7 more days.
Perhaps you should call the urgent care and ask for an antibiotic as you can't take the pain?
Big hugs and I hope you get some relief soon.
StepOne

What a nightmare JJ, I have nothing to add except my fingers are crossed they find the cause of the problem and get it rectified.


Also I would of thought your surgeon would want to know the issues you are having, even if he is on holidays

Thanks guys, I received the blood test results and urine test results. No infection, no UTI. White blood cell count is normal.

My prostate was inflamed, and doc says that the penis being warm is a sign of inflammation.

Not sure how/why I've had this result, it seems to be uncommon. As I had a sub-coronal incision, pump placement is difficult. Surgeon can fix that, and the auto-inflation with a basic revision. However, the extreme pain post leakage is stil a mystery.

Have started taking slow release naproxen (anti-inflammatory) as well as colchicine. It's possible at times the prostate is being inflamed and secrets pre-ejaculat causing pain. It's also possible there has been some nerve damage.

One thing is really like to know if anyone can comment on is, my left side of the penis seems to be thicker and rounded and the right seems to be flat. Almost like the left side engorges and inflates more, the left cylinder also seems to deflate more. Perhaps this is a defect? . The pump id also kind of twisted in the scrotum, not sure if that would have any affect on the cylinders.

I'm just waiting it out for now until I can see my surgeon in July.

Appreciate the support as always.

Update

I have managed to get an appointment with my original surgeon for the 26th June with a possible revision surgery on the 27th June.

I would like to ask members here if they have ever come across the following issue:

When laying down and inflated (penis pointed up), my right cylinder doesn't seem to inflate as much, it is flatter and my left cylinder is hard, round and more inflated. When standing, both cylinders are hard and round.

The same thing happens when deflated, if I point my deflated penis up, there is less fluid in the right side of my flaccid, if I stand up, it seems to inflate a bit.

Any idea what could be happening?

J

Jj I'm so sorry this is still hurting you. I still tend to think when the revision is done you will no longer have the pain you're experiencing. Great news you don't have an infection. I noticed not many people were replying so I took the symptoms (anonymously without screennames) and entered it into chat gpt. This is what it told me about your symptoms keep in mind this is not a mes professional but has been shown to be usually right
(Not positively right)

Chat gpt says :
Based on the information provided, the issue seems to be related to the inflation and deflation of one cylinder of the IPP. This could indeed indicate a possible cylinder malfunction or leakage (Option 1). However, this is purely speculative based on the information given and should not be taken as a definitive diagnosis. It's essential to convey all symptoms accurately to the physician, who can then make a comprehensive assessment. They may want to investigate all potential causes, which could include the other options as well.

Key symptoms of a cylinder malfunction or leakage in an inflatable penile prosthesis (IPP) may include:

1. Asymmetric inflation: One side of the penis may not become as firm as the other side during inflation, which is the symptom you've described.

2. Partial or complete inability to maintain an erection: If one or both of the cylinders are malfunctioning or leaking, the device may not be able to maintain an erection as it should.

3. Visible changes: Depending on the degree and location of the malfunction, there may be visible changes such as an abnormal bend or curvature to the penis, or a length discrepancy between the two sides.

4. Discomfort or pain: While not always present, some men may experience discomfort or pain, particularly during inflation or sexual activity.

Please remember, these are potential symptoms and it is essential that the person experiencing these symptoms communicate them clearly to their doctor for an accurate diagnosis and treatment plan.

 

CurveKiller - I really appreciate you taking the time out to investigate the symptoms. It does seem likeone side is malfunctioning, the right side just does not inflate or deflate as much as the left.

My appointment to see the surgeon is 26th June, hopefully I will get some answers.

Thanks again,
J

Jj21,
I am sorry you have to go through this. I read all your posts and it seems like each new post has had a new symptom, except for the pain which has been there from the beginning.
I am wondering if the pain was being caused by a leaking system or were they unrelated.
It will be interesting to hear the final results.
Stay in touch and stay safe.
StepOne

Any idea what this bulge is? I can feel two tubes in there or perhaps one tube and a bundled up cylinder?

It straightens out a bit when inflated.

I have had a lot of issues and am just collecting as much information as I can for when I see my surgeon next week.

Any advice is appreciated.

J

I can feel tubing in a similar slight bulge in the same area.
So when you inflate totally, is this the same Side that does or does not inflate all the way?
If this is the same side, maybe it is the problem cylinder.
Stay safe and be sure to number all your concerns when you meet with surgeon, so you don't miss anything.
Hugs buddy, hang in there
StepOne

Quote from: Stepone on June 20, 2023, 02:14:10 PMSo when you inflate totally, is this the same Side that does or does not inflate all the way?
If this is the same side, maybe it is the problem cylinder.

Thanks StepOne for your continuous support, it really helps.

It is the opposite side that doesn't deflate/inflate fully. Strange isn't it. Left side deflates/inflates well but has a bulge, right side doesn't inflate/deflate properly.

If you have the same thing, then maybe it is normal.

I will have more answers next week when I see my surgeon.

J

Recently my pump has twisted, the deflate valve is lower than the pump an is behind it, to the right of my scrotum, the pump is arched high up and to the left of the scrotum. The deflate valve and pump are almost horizontal in my scrotum, twisted to the left (hope that makes sense).

Could this possibly be the cause of pain? Could this be the reason why my left cylinder inflates/deflates more? Is it possible for the tubing to have twisted causing issues with the cylinders?

J

Jj21
I think anything is possible of course.
I recall my pump shifting. At first it was so tight against my penis I could barely grab it. Now over time, it shifted around and is so much more comfortable.
I don't recall the actual time it became more comfortable, but I am thinking it could have been about 8 months and to this day, it has become more and more comfortable.
So yes, this could be attributing to some of your pain.
I would suggest reading some of our journals and it might help you understand the process.
StepOne

JJ, did the implant surgery cost you in Australia as an Australian citizen?

I'm dual citizenship with United Kingdom and New Zealand, I know by this I can also live in Australia without visas so wondering if surgery would be free also. Maybe not it seems.

Trying to find the best surgeons possible who specialise in Peyronies and Implants in NZ and Aus currently.

StepOne - Thanks,  my surgeon advised that, due to the sub-coronal incision and haematoma I had, the pump most likely will not improve. Due for revision next week.

ohnoohno - I am an Australian Citizen, I went with Chris Love who I believe would be the best in Australia. It cost me roughly 11k out of pocket, that included the implant + TEP + hospital and anesthesia fees. The implant itself is about 7k. This all includes the amount paid by my private health insurance. I found 3 really good implant surgeons in Australia, 2 in QLD and 1 in VIC. 2 of which also offer the T.E.P procedure.

I have heard Dr Ralph is good in London, and I think there was a member on FT who got his whole surgery covered by the NHS, there was just a long waiting period.

J

Thanks JJ! 11K AUS dollars isn't that bad tbf! I actually came across Chris Love when googling about yesterday, good to know.

I'm in the process of trying to get in touch with Ralph/NHS as I'm currently abroad but maybe this will be my route.

Hope you're doing better.

Just came interstate and had my appointment with my doctor.

He advised the following:

- he is not sure on why I have pain after leakage;
- the pump is very awkwardly positioned;
- it is possible the reservoir needs to be moved;
- the auto-inflation may be from the reservoir being pushed against;
- the reason the left side inflates and deflates more may be due to the grafting.

I am currently in the hospital staying overnight to be operated for a revision tomorrow morning. The surgeon is unsure what exactly he will do, he is going to decide on the day. He will take the pump and cylinders out, check for infection etc. He may move the reservoir and take out some fluid. He will do a cystoscopy and also look inside for any abnormalities, he may then put the same device in or put a new one in, he will also remove some of the scrotal webbing.

J

Good luck JJ21, Hoping for you to have a great outcome!

Jj21, big prayers for you!
StepOne

Sorry you have to do a revision but fingers crossed it turns out all good this time.

Really sorry for your complications here. You are one tough bastard, you will win in the end.

Good luck JJ

Fingers crossed you get it good this time. You have been through a lot. Good luck jj!

Thanks guys, I am swollen currently, and fully deflated. Once the swelling goes down I will try to inflate and see how everything is. The pump is in a really good position now.

Jj21
So what did the surgeon do?
We are all curious.
Please update your signature to include what was done.
What instructions did you receive.
Thanks for keeping us informed.
StepOne

Update

10 days post revision

I believe the surgeon fixed the pump (it is now placed low and a bit more comfortable), performed the scrotal web procedure, and removed 10ml from the reservoir. He may have pulled everything out and did a washout - I am not yet sure.

One of the main issues I had was that the left side seems to inflate more than the right. When inflated, I can feel a strong cylinder on the left, it is round. On the right, as we move up towards the top of the penis, it is oval, flat and a bit soft. When cycling, it seems as  though the left side is stretching, I can only feel the stretch on the left side. The surgeon advised it is possibly that the graft on the right side has contracted, he said he will try to contract it open during the surgery but this may be something that I just have to live with. Has anyone ever come across anything like this?

A part of me is really wondering if I had gone just the implant surgery, whether I would have avoided all these issues.

I am grateful for any feedback or advice.

J

Jj21,

Thanks for the update. I have no knowledge of your plight concerning the tubes.
By the way please note in your signature the date of revision and also the doctor's name for each surgery.
I have one question for now.
When you pump, do both tubes feel the same length and the same thickness?
Than you and I hope this all works out. Your case is definitely one for the books, unfortunately.
StepOne

Quote from: Stepone on July 07, 2023, 07:34:49 AMWhen you pump, do both tubes feel the same length and the same thickness?

Thanks for your reply. When pumped at a comfortable level or fully pumped, the length is the same, however, right side is a bit more oval and flat, left side is round and full. It's hard to explain, but, when pumped, I can feel a cylindrical rod on the left side, on the right I cannot.

This causes a bit of a twist at times, almost like the left side inflates more than the right.

Update

I have mostly been resting, just 11 days post revision. It seems like the pump has taken the same place as pre-surgery, the deflate valve is poking my right side scrotum which causes friction n some pain/discomfort when walking. 

Will cycle next week. The cut is on the scrotum this time (first surgery was sub-coronal).

I think I just need to rest, recover, and time will tell the rest.

J

Just to add:

The pain I use to have after leakage has completely stopped. I have had leakage but no pain.

This could be due to the surgeon taking out 10ml from the reservoir, or it could be from the medication he has put me on for prostatitis.

 Jj21, thanks for your posts.
I have never felt my cylinders to see what they feel like when inflated.
Next time I inflate I will feel them Out and let you know.
Stay well and I am glad things are improving. Remember this is a slow process.
StepOne

jj21... i am not sure you are in a better place or not, after your revision surgery? I hope you are.

Appreciate the advice from you guys.

I think I just need to give it time, it's 5 months post-surgery and 2 weeks post-revision. I think at 9-12 months will be a better indication of how things are.

I think one thing we need to stop doing in the beginning, especially us younger guys, is comparing our implanted penis to pre-peyronies. And, comparing our healing/result to other journals. Every journey is different and time will tell what result the surgery brings.

We need to remember that, an implanted penis even with some minor issues, is still better than a peyronies penis which is not function for sex at all. Also, sex is a small part of life, we must remember that women are usually accepting of these issues (especially as they get older) and there is so much more to life than sex.

At the very worst, if you have to accept a life without sex or intercourse, so be it. There is much more to life.

As an update (5 months post-surgery and 2 weeks post-revision:

I am starting to feel more comfortable walking around, the flaccid is still deflated (I have not cycled after my revision surgery yet). Will start cycling tomorrow as that will be exactly 2 weeks post-revision. Pain is subsiding and feeling/sensation is returning.

I have been pulling down on the pump about 25 - 30 times a day, 5 sec pulls. The pump is a little awkwardly placed atm again.

The incision in the scrotum is healing, peno-scrotal incision is not too bad. I imagine my journey after partial revision would be similar to having a revision surgery as the surgeon pulled the device out, did a wash out and put it back in. In saying this, the revision is not too bad, almost 2 weeks and I am walking around comfortably. Future revisions shouldn't be too bad at all.

Haven't cycled to see whether the left side inflates more than the right, if it does, I may just have to live with it.

J

Jj21,
It sounds like you have moved to a happier place. The reason I always suggest people to read journals of individuals that have gone through the implant process......is exactly because of the post you made.
There is a lot of psychological growth when you receive an implant.
Thanks for your post, take your time and things will progress.
It's unfortunate you had to go through two surgeries.
By the way, I would go slow on the pump pulling. As swelling goes down and things heal, the pump will gradually feel more comfortable and not so tight against the penis.
I wish you well and thanks for your posts.
StepOne

Appreciate all the updates JJ. Hope all resolves for you soon and you can be healthy.

I agree what you mention about as long as things are better with implant than they were with peyronies its an improvement.

Hey guys,

Cycled today, the pump is different, I think it's just positioned differently. As for the inflated look, seems like girth has improved, some more dents prevalent which I am sure will fill out with time. It is very oval atm but I am only 2 weeks post-revision, it still has a good feel and look to it.

The deflate valve is kind of twisted, so it is horizontal, makes deflating a bit tricky, especially with a healing penoscrotal incision. However, no major issues. Anyone else have this?

I am glad everything is going smoothly so far. Probably will not update for a while.

Always here if anyone needs help.

J

Hey guys,

The deflate button is flat, horizontally sitting on the bottom of my scrotum, just below and slightly underneath the pump. Reaching it and then holding it to deflate is very tricky and requires two hands most times.

The surgeon advised that my scrotum is small and there is no easy answer, I can try and manipulate it with my hands. I am guessing this would not be worth another surgery.

My only other option is not to cycle/use the device, or limit usage so that I do not risk not being able to deflate.

Any suggestions?

J

Jj21
Here is a suggestion you need to do.
READ THE JOURNALS OF OTHERS ON HERE.

You will find, most of us had difficulty with the pump. Finding the button, etc.

You just had surgery, it will take weeks and months for this area to calm down.

Your balls have a third ball(the pump) in your ball sac. Give them some time to get acquainted. Lol

StepOne

Man I'm sorry you had to go through all this BS J, just popped into the thread and noticed you have now had your revision. If I have not misread I take it you still have some issues but situation is overall better now?

Let's see in around 2 months where you are at. I hope it goes as good as possible now.

I don't know if you have water safe stitches but I remember Hawk always emphasized on trying to use and find buttons submerged in a tub with warm water. You want to be warm and your ball sack should expand too.

Hey guys,

Just going to add the following then I think I am going to leave and not think about the implant for a while:

- the pump is awkwardly placed, it is horizontal and flat behind and lower than the scrotum. This makes deflating very difficult. It's in a worse position than before my revision. Surgeon says there is no easy answer, I have a small scrotum and I can try manipulate it with my hand. Its obviously not worth another surgery but the fact that it's worse now than before my revision is a bit frustrating.

- in the operating notes/letter to my GP, the surgeon stated that when he pulled out the pump, there was some fluid on it. He says he doubts this was an infection and he has sent it for testing (haven't heard from him). But, this could be the reason to all my past pain and leakage, I really don't know.

- the left side still inflates more than the right, this is a bit uncomfortable and I can feel more of a stretch on the left side. Surgeon advised this is because the graft on the right has contracted. It may improve with cycling otherwise, might just have to live with it.

I am mixed on starting VED, I want to start VED to see if I can get the right side to stretch and have a more comfortable inflated penis. But, I am not sure if the risks are worth it.

My final thoughts are, if you can afford to see the best, which in my opinion is Dr Eid, Dr Hakky and Dr Clavell - go for it. I think other doctors just prioritize getting you functional, after that if you have issues, they don't really take them into consideration.

I am just going to leave things be and see where I am at in a month or two.

Always here if anyone requires support.

J

Jj21,
I can't imagine what you are going through.
Hopefully as time progresses the pump area will relax and it will be more comfortable.
I have a small scrotum and small testicles, my doc never said anything about that causing a problem.
I would suggest calling the manufacturer. I don't recall what country you live in, but I seem to remember from reading other men's journals that a few have contacted Coloplast and have gotten good help.


Could you place the name of doctor(s) for your surgeries.

StepOne

J I'm very proud of you for how you are handling this. I know it isn't easy but you are handling this right. Hang in there man I have faith things will get better for you.

Curve

Thought I would do a post. Sometimes just writing in here as a journal clears your thoughts.

I am now about 6 months post surgery and 5 weeks post revision (pump re-placement, remove some fluid from reservoir, scrotal web removal, cystoscopy).

Graft thickening

The issue with the graft thickening on the right side causes some discomfort. It also causes a twist when inflated. One side inflates nice and round and the other side does not. So, left side is inflated properly, right side is a bit soft and flat. This causes quite a bit of discomfort and almost looks and feels a little deformed.

I have been told that there is nothing which can be done about this, the graft may contract from cycling or may not.

Currently, the graft has thickened a bit more and is a bit painful on one side.

It is very uncomfortable and I am a bit worried it will inhibit gains from cycling due to only one side inflating to stretch.

Not much I can do but just live with it and hope for the best or eventually look into fillers.

Sometimes with engorgement it is a bit less prominent, but it has been difficult to get engorged. I will eventually try viagra and see if it helps.

Something to note is, would I have had this issue if I received just the implant and not the T.E.P? There is no point thinking backwards and I am learning to accept things but I can't help but think this way atm.

When I first had the implant, both sides would inflate the same and it looked great, with good girth. Eventually the right side graft thickened and has caused this issue. It is definitely uncomfortable and would feel awkward/strange inside a vagina. A bit lost at what to do, wish it would go back to how it was. Will have to try viagra and see if the blood flow helps make a more even erection.

If anyone has any advice or ideas I would appreciate it a lot.

Dog ear

There's a pic attached below of my deflated titan. The dog ear is quite prominent and a little painful, as you can see, I can't really move my flaccid to the right. This makes sleeping uncomfortable, especially when rolling over. Wearing tight clothes is a bit uncomfortable as well.

I am wondering if this will improve over time or is this something we just have to learn to live with?

Cycling

I am cycling 1 hour each day, I do get a good stretch and it is still painful. Unfortunately, mostly the left side inflates, and the right side does not inflate much atm due to the thickened graft.

Size, length/girth

Length is close to pre-op of 6.5 inches bone pressed. I haven't officially measured as I do not want to think about these things atm.

Girth is difficult to measure due to one side inflating and the other side not inflating as much. My girth on left side is good, right side is just flat.

Pump placement

This is my biggest issue, I had revision surgery to fix the pump, however, the pump is more uncomfortable now than it was before. The deflate valve has twisted, so, the button is horizontal and it leans to the right, pushing my right testicle up into my pubic bone, as well as constantly pushing against the right side of my scrotum. Sitting and laying down can be very uncomfortable.

Surgeon said there is no easy answer and that I have a small scrotum which is an issue.

I have been pulling down on the pump which has helped to lower the pump position, but has not helped to set the deflate valve in the middle of the scrotum.

All I can do is wait it out. I know it would not be worth another surgery.

Leakage issue

Before my revision, this was my biggest issue. I would have leakage at least 2 times a week which would result in extreme pain and resulted in me going to emergency twice. I had to deal with this for 4 months, it was terrible. Today, I do not have this issue. I sometimes get leakage after using the bathroom but the pain is very minimal.

Pain after ejaculating

This was an issue for me before my revision. I had to bank sperm to start TRT, but ejaculating would result in extreme pain, similar to the leakage issue. Currently, I do not have extreme pain after ejaculating, however, there is still some pain and discomfort.

Sex

I might have sex soon, I have a girl that is informed about the implant. The issue is that, with the thickened graft, the shape of the penis is a bit deformed. I think with engorgement this may be a bit better. I might take some viagra and attempt to have sex soon. Ejaculating also still results in some pain, so, sex has not been a priority atm.

I have really just stopped thinking about sex, the implant, etc and been trying to move on with life.

Current thoughts on implant/T.E.P

I think if you're younger, you should really exhaust other options first. I understand why some surgeons are reluctant to operate on younger guys. We have higher expectations, and if something goes wrong, we have to live with it for 30+ years.

Pre-implant, I could walk comfortably, I could run, I could sleep comfortably, I could go to the gym, pick my niece n nephew up. All these things I am currently unable to do. So, just remember, an implant may give you function, but if something goes wrong or you need revisions, or you have displaced pump, it can really affect your quality of life for a while.

Circumcision

I have found being circumcised is definitely different, it takes a lot of getting used to. If I could go back, I may have opted not to be circumcised and either done the inverted version of T.E.P or gotten just the implant. It's hard to say as who knows if I may have had even less girth/length without T.E.P? Also, difficult to give a positive review considering the thickened graft issue which is affecting girth and shape of the erection.

Final thoughts

I have tried to be as honest as possible here. It's difficult for me to give a proper review yet as I am still recovering from revision surgery.

A few months from now all these issues may be irrelevant. Time will tell. Acceptance is key.

Any advice is always appreciated from you guys.

J

I don't have anything to add except say that we are rooting for you ! Not everyone has the courage to go through this, so please feel proud of yourself for trying to do something about it and go easy on yourself.  With cycling and daily low does of tadalfil, things can improve over time.

Did some research and I think the issue with the right side not inflating is due to the graft retracting. I read some studies and it seems to be a common undesirable side effect which causes ED, instability and recurrence of curvature when certain grafts are used. One of the studies stated that extra graft should be used to avoid this.

If anyone has any experience with this, I would really appreciate it.

J

Hey JJ-

First of all man, I just want to say I applaud your mindset and strength getting through this. Do you mind clarifying the graft situation for me so I can help you brain storm? Was this like an excision and grafting? Or was it only a graft like extra tunical grafting? I'm not familiar with TEP.

As you said, I do hope alot of these issues resolve with time. I actually think they will man. You're still not that far out from your surgery date so hopefully with time things settle down. Your body went through a lot of trauma with the two surgeries so I think it's realistic to say give it at least 2-3 months before worrying about pain and not being able to exercise, etc.

What part is bothering you the most? The pump in the scrotum?

And if we're being positive here, at least you have decent length and girth. Many don't have that. I saw the photo and I did see the dog ear, but I've read a lot of journals and everyone says it improves with time. If it really bothers you I'm sure you can just inflate a little right?

My mindset has always been, if I have to get an implant, I'm doing it because I want my dick hard and straight. That's the dick your partner will see. I can't think of the last time a girl just played with my flacid dick. Before her hand even gets in my pants I'm already hard from just the kissing. So if you're worried about the appearance- I wouldn't sweat it. 


On a final note, as you've said yourself, remember that you're not comparing to your pre peyronies penis. And I'm sure you'll end up better off than you were.

Quote from: IwillbeatPD on August 03, 2023, 11:00:54 PMDo you mind clarifying the graft situation for me so I can help you brain storm? Was this like an excision and grafting? Or was it only a graft like extra tunical grafting?

Hey IwillbeatPD, thank you so much for your support, it really means a lot. This is a tough time for me. I appreciate it and will be there for you if you ever go the implant route. I will answer your questions below.

The surgeon advised that there was an extra tunical graft used during the initial operation. I have had a reaction to this and it has thickened on the right side. He advised this would be difficult to treat without a formal revision requiring immobilization of nerves etc and this is not worth the risk. He said during my partial revision, he gently dilated the right tunica space to see if the area could expand over time. Upon research, I found some studies that stated retraction of the graft is a common undesirable side effect. A TachoSil graft was used.

I think the part which is affecting me the most is just the constant discomfort. My frenulum area and right side of shaft is still very sore. The pump is awkwardly placed, despite the fact I had revision to fix this particular issue. It is now twisted and constantly hitting my right testicle and pushing it up into my pubic bone area. So, I have not been able to resume my normal life of going to the gym etc. I haven't picked up my niece and nephew in over 6 months. Even now as I am sitting down, I can feel my right testicle being hit, and my right side of my shaft is sore and has a slight burning sensation (I think this is from the thickening of the graft on the right side I am not sure). I am wearing loose clothes. I haven't had a good sleep since I was on pain killers.

The size is good man, the issue is the pain after ejaculation and shape, kind of make sex unenjoyable. It's hard to have sex when you anticipate pain after orgasm (almost like having peyronies again). This could improve with time.

I am learning to accept these things, but at the same time, I want to do as much as I can to ensure I still have the best result.

I am just wondering if Perito exercises or VED could help contract the graft on the right side?

Thanks again, I am hopeful and just trying to stay positive. The issue with being under 60 with an implant is that, if something goes wrong, you have to live with it for 30+ years, and as you can see, there aren't many solutions out there.

Other than that, I have been meaning to get some viagra and see if the extra blood flow may improve the issue of the right side not inflating as much. It might even things out and give it a rounder shape. I also am thinking of booking a video consult with Dr Hakky, he also performs the T.E.P procedure, it will set me back about 800 Australian dollars but I am sure he will be able to tell me if there is anything I could do.

Apologies for the vent, I have been dealing with this for 6 months now, so, just a bit lost at times and waiting for it all to be over.

I appreciate your support and when/if you go the implant route I can give you my skype or other contact and offer my support.

J

I agree with IwillbeatPD, you are very strong dealing with this, also wow, can't believe half a year has already gone by. I always thought Tachosil grafts get absorbed by the body any way so I thought this would be no problem?

''TachoSil will be enzymatically degraded and safely absorbed by the body within 12 weeks of application.''

Since you already had a revision recently I think it's best not to get to fixated on issues now as you will just take a great risk doing yet another one. Only time you should have another one is if the implant malfunctions. I have read you still even after revision have some issues with pump placement etc which is a pain in the ass probably but just give it time and you will probably learn to adapt to it all much better!

I personally would have skipped the TEP procedure and definitely the circumcision. You would have regained some girth just by the natural cycling process anyway TEP was perhaps overkill but whats done is done and from all the pics I've seen your penis now looks 10 times better than the pre op pics where you had severe narrowing all over the penis!

Hope you have a good weekend bro stay strong!

J good work so far man I'm sure things will get better as you go even doctor eid said it can take a year for full sensitivity etc. hang in there I'm sure things will get better. Don't give up on cycling at this stage I would say in my opinion with no knowledge of actually having an implant that you should embrace the pain and cycle as often as possible. There is no way inflation will hurt anything I could really only see it helping. Stay dedicated you got this j hang in there

Danny

Thanks guys, really appreciate the responses.

Sonic - in some cases, graft can retract which can cause ED and recurrence of curvature. I read some studies where this was an undesirable side effect of using graft.

My other option is to get fillers, that way the unevenness would probably even out. It's about 8k here in Australia.

Funny thing, I seem to get better blood flow when standing than sitting down?

I am just going to cycle intensely for the next month, then maybe consider perito/VED exercises.

Thanks for the support guys.
J

If you are wanting more roundness I would suggest a PDE5 MAX dose EOD or daily dose it's a great idea to keep your natural erectile tissue conditioned, well circulated and oxygenated (same concept as the VED). At the same time I think filler could work however I spent way more than my initial quoted price so it is an expensive rabbit hole to dive down especially if you do not like the distribution of the filler and need to go back because you if thats the case you will  either have to add more to correct irregularities or remove it in office with an agent that breaks down HA not sure what that cost would be as I went with the latter.

Also, in the laying down position your blood vessels have to work harder to get blood into your dick than in the standing position at least that's what Hakky told me at my pre-surgical consult.
 

Quote from: Trapper on August 04, 2023, 02:20:27 PMIf you are wanting more roundness I would suggest a PDE5 MAX dose EOD (did this since week 1 postop) or daily dose it's a great idea to keep your natural erectile tissue conditioned, well circulated and oxygenated (same concept as the VED). At the same time I think filler could work however I spent way more than my initial quoted price so it is an expensive rabbit hole to dive down especially if you do not like the distribution of the filler and need to go back because you if thats the case you will  either have to add more to correct irregularities or remove it in office with an agent that breaks down HA not sure what that cost would be as I went with the latter.

Also, in the laying down position your blood vessels have to work harder to get blood into your dick than in the standing position at least that's what Hakky told me at my pre-surgical consult.
 

Thanks Trapper, I do take daily 5mg Cialis, I will have to try with the as needed dosage of 20mg cialis or 100mg viagra.

Did Dr Hakky say that this is a common issue with implants, that in the laying down position, they may not engorge ?

Thanks for your advice regarding the fillers, I will have to wait and see how everything goes. It's great how you guys have access to the best surgeons for this procedure (Eid, Hakky, Clavell).

J

If your cardiovascular system is healthy no reason why you can't do maximum dose you will get significantly more engorgement in my opinion.

Regarding your question on Laying down with the implant Hakky didn't say it was specifically a problem with the implant but more hemodynamics in general. If you think about it when your laying down and your penis is pointing upwards your body will have to work harder to pump blood upwards positional ED is definitely a thing and if you have ED than it's going to be easier for your body to have a better erection in the standing position.

Good luck hope Hakky can give you the answers you're looking for!

Quote from: jj21 on August 05, 2023, 04:27:41 AMThanks for your advice regarding the fillers, I will have to wait and see how everything goes. It's great how you guys have access to the best surgeons for this procedure (Eid, Hakky, Clavell).
J

Those 3 really stand out based on what I read. They really have a passion for installing implants and ensuring maximum patient satisfaction. In regards to your graft retracting. Is this permanent or will it be resolved with time? Real bummer you are still experiencing issues after a revision but I hope things will get better with time. I can imagine it takes quite long getting used to having a pump in the scrotum etc..

Quote from: Trapper on August 05, 2023, 12:59:31 PMRegarding your question on Laying down with the implant Hakky didn't say it was specifically a problem with the implant but more hemodynamics in general. If you think about it when your laying down and your penis is pointing upwards your body will have to work harder to pump blood upwards positional Erectile Dysfunction is definitely a thing and if you have Erectile Dysfunction than it's going to be easier for your body to have a better erection in the standing position.

Makes sense. Ever since my ED began I have noticed significantly weaker erections when I am laying down but when standing or on my knees there is much more power in them. Before this all began my erections would be rock hard even if I was  laying down but now they are at the weakest in that position.

Hey guys,

Viagra helps a little bit, the erection is a bit rounder and the unevenness of the cylinders inflating due to the graft thickening is less prominent. But, still there.

With viagra, can get and maintain a reasonable erection in lying down position as well.

I have 2 girls interested, I guess in the next month I will try sex out. I am reluctant atm due to pain after ejaculation, but I think time heals all.

I think I am just going to cycle intensely for a month, and then consider Perito exercises and maybe VED. See how it goes. If by Feb/Jan next year I am still not satisfied, then I might consider fillers.

Sonic - The surgeon who did my implant advised that the graft thickening issue I may have to just live with. It might contract over time, or might not. I sent you a msg on another thread, I had found some European high volume surgeons, not in Sweden but Italy, Belgium and Netherlands - not sure if it helps, but I thought of you.

Thanks for the support as always guys,
J

Hey bud!

Sorry just now replying. I've read alot of your posts about the graft and just so many questions in my head about that. It sounds like your dr did an extra tunical graft during an implant procedure. That in itself is odd to me. Everywhere I've read says that the implant usually correct any dents or hourglassing. Actually in one of Dr Hakkys videos I saw doing an implant he actually says he's breaking up the scar tissue before the insertion of the implant.


I also saw where I believe Sonic said tachosil is supposed to be absorbed by the body with time. If so, hopefully thats the case with you. Id certainly be pushing the cycling now though to try to expand that area as much as possible.

For the pump, sounds like it's not the most optimal placement, but hopefully it settles down with time. Id definitely keep trying to manually pull it down. Maybe after enough time you can get it into a better location.

Also curious what is causing the pain at ejaculation. The pain is ONLY present then? I wonder what about the process of ejaculation causes it? Maybe the pain being referred from your testicals?


On the bright side, you're prob just about cleared for sex. I saw you mentioned you had a couple girls lined up. Honestly man, id go for it even if it's just for your mental health. Hopefully you have some peace knowing you can actually have sex- I mean that was the whole mission right? I think just getting out there will help you feel more back to normal-and honestly I'll be truly happy for you to be able to do that! Has to be exciting, even with these other minor issues. I can only imagine the issues you have now will get easier with time, and certainly not worse. Def give the tadalafil a shot for better engorgement. Keep us posted my bro!

Quote from: IwillbeatPD on August 05, 2023, 10:56:16 PMSorry just now replying. I've read alot of your posts about the graft and just so many questions in my head about that. It sounds like your dr did an extra tunical graft during an implant procedure. That in itself is odd to me. Everywhere I've read says that the implant usually correct any dents or hourglassing. Actually in one of Dr Hakkys videos I saw doing an implant he actually says he's breaking up the scar tissue before the insertion of the implant.

Hey IwillbeatPD,

Thanks so much for your support, it really means a lot and helps keep my mind at ease. I agree, I thought an implant, especially a titan, pushes out any dents and fixes curvatures on its own. I have also read studies from Egydio, who is the Doctor that created the T.E.P technique. In the studies it states that, T.E.P is an alternative to grafting. I just read my operation notes and it states "Tachosil graft over tunica meshing for haemostasis".

I've learnt to just let things be for now, maybe book a consult with Hakky.

All the best,
J

Quote from: Trapper on August 05, 2023, 12:59:31 PMRegarding your question on Laying down with the implant Hakky didn't say it was specifically a problem with the implant but more hemodynamics in general.

With me, even without arousal, the implant is rounder when standing? Is this normal ?

100% would meet with Hakky. If anyone can give you a solid opinion about what's happening it's him. If your doctor did something wrong he could be biased in the info he gives you if he doesn't want to fault himself.

Quote from: IwillbeatPD on August 06, 2023, 01:12:27 PM100% would meet with Hakky.

Thanks, appreciate it. I will be organising a video consult with him soon.

J

Review of Surgeon

Long post but well worth it if you're considering an implant, especially if you're younger.

As you may know from following this thread, I previously was appreciative of my surgeon and only had good things to say. However, after my revision, I feel I could have been treated better. I have written this post to help others and am open to opposing opinions.

I've been reluctant to type this post as I have been trying to be appreciative and stay positive. I also did not want to complain too much or defame anyone. However, perhaps this post may help some of you in the future. I have removed my surgeon's name from my signature so this does not affect his business.

Consider, I paid 12k out of pocket for this procedure (I have private health insurance but in Australia, it still costs around 12k out of pocket) and travelled interstate to see this surgeon, probably paying 3-4k in airfares and hotels.

My main issues are as follows:

Obsessive/Penocentric

If you've been following this thread, you will know that I have had issues with the graft thickening on the right side. I also have pain on the right side, and have had Erectile Dysfunction after this issue started, and numbness on the right side. When fully inflated, the penis stretches and is round and thick on the left side, however, on the right side it is flat, oval and SOFTER. The inflated device would also twist to the left, I assume because the left side inflates more.

Initially, I had no idea what this was and assumed that the device was malfunctioning, it seemed that the right side would deflate and inflate less (as the graft had thickened on the right side, when deflated it just feels thick, I cannot feel the cylinders on the right side when deflated).

After my revision, the surgeon wrote in a letter to my GP "it is a very minor issue and if he was not so obsessive and penocentric, most patients would probably not worry about it". He also stated that the issue is a "perceived issue".

I probably discussed this issue with the surgeon, once over the phone for less than 5 minutes, and once in his office pre-revision to determine that the device was working correctly and there were no inflation issues. I had no idea what it even was and thought the device was malfunctioning as, during a period of 3-4 weeks the right side just thickened n stopped inflating or (what seemed like) deflating as much. I had no idea the graft can thicken or retract. Thus, I raised the issue with him. I don't believe I gave any indication of being obsessed over this issue, rather wanted to know what was wrong and whether it could be fixed. Obviously, if there are issues with the device, I would be concerned as, if it is not correctable, I will be living with it for the next 30+ years. 

The surgeon then posted this letter to the only two high volume implant surgeons in my state (who I had seen previously). Now it is a bit difficult to get a surgeon in my state to take me seriously when they have read a letter from my surgeon stating I am obsessive and penocentric. One of the issues here is that, once one surgeon has operated on you, another surgeon won't want to take you as a patient, I assume due to liability etc. So, I am limited in what I can do in the future if these issues continue.

I found this very unempathetic, unprofessional and inconsiderate.

Letter to Another Urologist

If you have been following this thread, you will know that since my initial operation in February, I have had leakage post-peeing, sometimes randomly, and in my sleep. After the leakage, I would be in immense pain all throughout my shaft, scrotum, anus etc. The pain would last 4-8 hours, usually subsiding overnight. This would happen at least twice a week and landed me in emergency twice. The symptoms describe prostatitis, I took anti-inflammatories thanks to my GP, but the issue never subsided until my revision.

I dealt with this for 3 and a half months until contacting my surgeon via telehealth in mid-May, he advised that this was not normal, and he needed to see me, he advised he will try to get an early appointment. I checked in with his staff who advised they could only offer me an appointment in 8 weeks' time (8 more weeks of pain). I then booked another telehealth with my surgeon (one week after the original telehealth), during this telehealth he spent about 1 minute talking to me, asked what was wrong since we already spoke a week ago, to which I explained I have only been offered an appointment in 8 weeks' time and am still dealing with this leakage issue as well as pump pain and placement issues and pain in the shaft and constant discomfort for almost 4 months. He advised he would try to get me an earlier appointment. I paid $150 per telehealth, including the telehealth which lasted approximately 1 minute ($300 total).

I contacted his staff again and they still advised they could only offer an appointment in 8 weeks' time, they said they had checked with the surgeon and that is all they can offer. I then requested that they write to a urologist in my state so I can be checked up quicker. They advised that, the other urologist is probably going to charge a couple grand if they do operate whereas the initial surgeon would not charge anything to do a revision; I was happy to pay extra to another surgeon just to have this issue resolved (at this point I was just tired of being in constant pain and discomfort for months). I was advised the original surgeon will write to the surgeon in my state within the next day. Some of this is also in this thread, you can see when I was anticipating seeing another surgeon etc.

I booked in 2 weeks later with the surgeon in my state, he had not received any correspondence from the initial surgeon. Paid $250 to be told I need to go back to my original surgeon as no correspondence was received. I then called my initial surgeon's office; they provided a letter which they had sent via post to the surgeon in my state. In the letter it states, "the patient is suffering from pump issues etc he also suffers from anxiety, and I think his anxiety is contributing to his symptoms".  The surgeon had made this assumption based on my medical records which stated I had anxiety. It also states in the letter "it seems he cannot wait 3 weeks to be seen by me", actually, I was only given an appointment in 8 weeks' time. 8 more weeks of pain and discomfort.

I emailed my surgeon, advising that my implant symptoms have been confirmed by my GP and 2 other urologists in my state, and I have been in emergency regarding the pain after leakage i.e my anxiety is not contributing to the symptoms. Further, the anxiety diagnosis in my medical records was 5 years old. Only after this email did the surgeon agree to see me within 10 days. I have since had 'anxiety' removed from my medical records.
I assume, the surgeon did not think my symptoms were serious enough to warrant an earlier visit.

Upon revision, the leakage issue resolved (not sure if this was a result of the surgeon removing fluid from the reservoir, or from the medication he put me on) or, I believe he did a washout with anti-biotics. I also had revision to fix the pump placement which was very awkwardly placed. Despite revision the pump is now worse than it was before and pushes my right testicle into my pubic bone region. The deflate valve is difficult to reach as it is on the far-right side of my scrotum and is twisted.

This leakage issue really affected my quality of life, I am actively in the gym, have had an amazing physique for 12 years and had an office job. Those 4 months, I lost my physique, never went to the gym and did not resume work. I was constantly in pain and discomfort. I had an MRI which showed that the reservoir was pushing against the bladder and that everything was cramped up (prior to the revision).

After my revision, the surgeon wrote in his letter to my GP and the other urologists, that he does not understand the prostatic secretions (leakage) issue and is struggling to understand the symptom in relation to a penile implant.

Perceived issues

The letter to my GP and the other urologists starts of as this "This young man, yesterday, at ____ hospital, had his penile implant explored to try and deal with a number of perceived issues". As advised above he also believed that the left side inflating more than the right is a "perceived issue".

It seems the surgeon does not believe my issues are real, he believes they are perceived in my mind; not real. If this was true, I would not have required a revision.

Left inflated for 5 weeks

If you've been following this thread, you will know that after my initial surgery, I was left inflated at the same level of inflation as post-surgery, for 5 weeks. I was suppose to be deflated slightly (T.E.P requires some level of inflation for 4-6 weeks, but I was not supposed to be as inflated as I was). It is possible this may have contributed to my long-term issues. Initially, I thought a scar capsule healed over the reservoir and was causing auto-inflation but, I don't believe this is what happened. Dr Eid does usually advise that a scar capsule can form quickly over the reservoir, and that full deflation  is very important.

On week one, my surgeon and nurse tried to deflate me, however, there was too much swelling. The surgeon advised that he was going on holiday for a few weeks and to book in with the nurse the following week.

On week two, I booked in with the nurse, there was still too much swelling, she advised that she was going on holiday and to book in with another doctor at the same practice the following week, as her and the surgeon will be away on holiday.

On week three, the swelling subsided, I called the surgeons office and was told by one of his staff that she couldn't book an appointment with another doctor at the practice because it was almost 3pm and she is off work but she will do it the next day. I didn't hear back from her. I called back on week 4 and was told by the same person that she will take care of it, I asked to speak to the staff member/receptionist I usually deal with, they said "no, I will take care of it". The nurse and surgeon were still on holiday.

Week five, I had now been left inflated around 90% for 5 weeks, it was getting very uncomfortable, I was also getting the leakage issue which at the time I assumed was a result of being left inflated for so long. After having immense pain after leakage, I called the nurse and advised her I was in a lot of pain and haven't been deflated, her initial reaction was and this is word for word, she first laughed and then said "you're just an anxious person **** (my name)". After advising to her that their office staff failed to book another appointment and I had called twice and had been waiting 2 weeks, she called the staff and called me back, advised the pain was due to being left inflated for so long and that they could see me immediately. As I was in pain from leakage, I didn't see the surgeon until 2 days later.

At my appointment 2 days later, the surgeon examined me and said "the implant is pushing the scrotum forward". I am wondering if this is why I had pump placement issues. He also apologised for his staff not being responsive and deflated the device. He advised that there was still some swelling and a haematoma in the scrotum which would settle in time. The nurse then ensured I could deflate and inflate the device and rushed me out of her office. I was not advised what a full deflation looks like or feels like or given any advice on how to best deflate the device. I spent probably a total of 10m in the nurse's office.

I felt that after this issue, the surgeon and nurse just did not want to deal with me. They either felt that I was making issues out of nothing or that my case would be troublesome.

Nurse's comments

After the nurse laughed and made the comment of "you're just an anxious person", I really did not want to deal with her. In the future when I had any issues, I tried to just keep it to myself as I did not want to be laughed at or called anxious or made to feel like I was making issues out of nothing. I probably should have reached out quicker regarding the leakage issue I was having, this would have saved me a lot of pain and discomfort.

I really don't know if these issues are very uncommon or they just seem to find it funny/amusing in younger guys, or simply that a female nurse cannot fully fathom the pain, understanding and acceptance that comes with having penile problems.

I do recall in my post-surgery consult with the nurse, while we were waiting for the surgeon to arrive, she was complaining about having to stay back and wanting to leave that day, and excited to go on her holiday to Bali the following week. I don't think she was very concerned about my implant or patient care at all.

Leakage/ejaculation pain

As already explained above and throughout this thread, I had immense pain post-leakage which would happen at least 2 times a week. The pain would last 4-8 hours, usually subsiding fully overnight. I would also have the same pain post-ejaculation. I needed to bank sperm to start TRT, so, I had to ejaculate. I emailed my surgeon regarding this, advising that, I needed to see him and have this issue resolved, this was also explained in my telehealth appointments with him.

Unfortunately, he was of no help, I don't think he saw my issues as serious enough to even give an earlier appointment, until I had emailed him regarding the anxiety letter issue. I had to hold off on TRT for a while which also affected my quality of life.

As you can see, I had to bank sperm to start TRT, and having pain post-ejaculation was holding me up for this. I would expect that medical professionals would follow through with their duty of care and take your health concerns into consideration. Especially, if these issues were a result of their surgery.
 
Positives

I do want to be fair, and so I will add the good experiences I had with this surgeon. Despite the issues I have had, my surgeon was initially, very patient and understanding. He answered all my questions, he had recommended T.E.P, offered to do the T.E.P via a ventral incision to save my foreskin. He also did my partial revision without charge and this included removal of the scrotal web which is a cosmetic procedure.
Although, I feel he wasn't as helpful after the surgery, and especially after the revision.

Scrotal Web

I am grateful that the surgeon performed this procedure as part of my revision free of charge. However, in his letter to my GP and the other urologists, he states "He is also worried by a scrotal web which he believes is changing the length of the ventral aspect of his penis". Actually, I was never worried about length or perception of the penis, and I never expressed any issues with length of the penis, I advised him that my length was returning thanks to cycling and I was happy with that (you can confirm from reading this thread that I don't have issues with length/girth). I advised him in a consult that another urologist in my state, stated that the scrotal web procedure is good and can add a nice cosmetic effect to an implant. I then asked him if he thinks it will make a difference to have it done, he replied yes it will. So, we proceeded to have it done.
 
Graft

Upon research it seems that the T.E.P technique, should not require grafting. The studies indicate that T.E.P is an alternative to grafting. I recall specifically, in my deflate consult with the surgeon that he could not remember if he used a graft. Upon receiving the operation notes, they do not state which side the graft was used. User Tortao who also had the T.E.P procedure done, did not have any grafting done.

In my operation notes it states "Tachosil graft over tunica meshing for haemostasis".

The graft thickening is what has been causing me pain and discomfort, as well as functional issues. I.E the implant can be twisted, hard and inflated on one side and soft, oval, flat and deflated on the other. After reading some studies, they also state that graft retraction is a common undesirable side effect of grafting. Graft retraction can result in Erectile Dysfunction and curvature recurrence post-implant. I was not advised of this at any time.
 
I am also concerned that one side not inflating properly will affect cycling, I can only feel the stretch and pain on the left side when cycling. Nothing I can do about it now other than hope that the graft softens and improves over time. Maybe try Perito exercises and/or VED.

Pump placement

As you guys already know, initially my pump was very awkwardly placed, it got to a point where it would hurt to pump, as the pump was pointing upward towards the left. Pumping with my fingers would result in me hitting the tubing/deflate valve which would cause some pain. Additionally, one side of the deflate valve was poking my right-side scrotum constantly. The pump was very high, and on an angle. This was painful, uncomfortable, and also cosmetically, did not look the best ( although, cosmetics is not a big issue here, pain and discomfort it).

I advised my surgeon of these issues on one of our telehealth appointments. I recall asking him if the pump will settle over the next few months (it had already been 3 and a half months but I note, after reading some journals, peoples pumps settle over 6 months), his exact words were "with the sub-coronal incision, the pump will not get much better, you will require a simple revision".

In his email to me prior to my revision he states "I understand your issues of uncomfortable pump placement (which I believe to be caused by the significant scrotal haematoma you developed)". Here, in writing, he does not state that the sub-coronal incision he performed could result in uncomfortable pump positioning.

Unfortunately, after my revision (penoscrotal incision) the pump is now worse than it was before. It is hitting my right testicle and my right-side scrotum. Sometimes it pushes the right testicle up into my pubic bone region which is very uncomfortable. The deflate valve is now horizontal, so, I must press the front and back of the scrotum to access it (as opposed to side to side). This makes deflating very difficult. The pump itself is in front of the testicles, pointing to the left and up, kind of on an angle.

In the letter to my GP and the other urologists, the surgeon states "the pump was repositioned in a lower part of the scrotum where I think he will be more accessible although, because he has quite a small scrotum, it is difficult to disguise". I emailed my surgeon 2 weeks post-revision when I started cycling and realised that the pump was in an even more awkward position than before, the surgeon replied "You can try and manipulate it but it may not move, Where I put them and where they end up, particularly in a small scrotum, can be different. As your scrotum contracts and is not large anyway, the pump is likely to be pushed around. That was certainly not how it was left but there may not be an easy answer due to space".

At no point in my pre-surgical consults  was I advised that a sub-coronal incision could cause issues with pump placement or that a small scrotum could cause pump displacement. At my pre-revision consult, I was not advised that a small scrotum could cause issues with pump placement either.  I have also read many journals of men with small scrotums, none of them had issues with pump placement. I had a penoscrotal incision and went through the trauma of another surgery, only to have a more uncomfortable pump position.

Other Patient Experiences

Being in Australia, we are very limited in options when it comes to penile implant surgeons. I have managed to find about 6 people on FT who used the same surgeon. 2 had sub-optimal results (although I only found out about one after my surgery), and the other 4 had great results. Of all 6, they had penile implant surgery only (No T.E.P). Of the 2 that had sub-optimal results, one had issues with the pump, and the other had a wobbly erection due to (I assume) over 3cm in RTEs and the erection being tilted to the right. The user with too many RTEs went back to the same surgeon, the surgeon advised that "it is what it is" and everything is normal. I can't imagine Dr Eid saying this to a patient, Dr Eid is known to fix wobbly erections due to too many RTEs.

Letter

After my revision, my surgeon was supposed to send a letter advising of the procedures performed to my GP. My GP wanted to be advised of the procedure so we could monitor the incision, ensure no infection was present and heal and resume my normal life. I emailed the surgeon and he advised that the letter had been sent. I called his office a week later, they advised it had been sent. My GP called up their office himself and they advised they will fax it again. I emailed the surgeon and advised I had pain after walking a lot at the airport and wanted to be checked out by my GP and maybe another urologist, he advised the letter has been sent, faxed and if there are issues it is with Australia Post (I didn't know medical professionals post letters, I assumed they were emailed). At this point, I had more pain at the incision site from walking long-periods at the airport (catching a flight back to my state), I needed my GP to check everything was normal.  My GP did not receive the letter until 3 weeks post-revision surgery. By this time, I was emailed the letter by one of the surgeon's staff, along with the operation notes.

This was not a major issue, but I still find it as as bad practice. I feel if the surgeon and his staff had the time to email me, they could have emailed me the letter, even if he was not willing to provide the operation notes straight away. And, in the event that I did have some major issues, we would not have been aware of the procedures performed.

With a procedure like this, I think it's important to be monitored, ensure everything is healing correctly and that no infection is present. It is difficult for your regular doctor to do this when they are not aware of the procedures performed.

Email after revision

About a day after revision surgery, I emailed my surgeon with 9 questions including: when I could gym, is it okay to point my flaccid down, can the bandages be removed on Monday, was there any abnormalities found which could explain the leakage/prostatitis issue (important issue). I stated that when he was talking to me in the hospital, the hospital had given me a lot of pain killers and my memory was a bit fuzzy and I just wanted confirmation.

He replied with "I spoke to you after your surgery, the same evening, and twice the next day, for a total of some 45 minutes explanation. We went through all of these but my answers to your questions are below".

His response seems to indicate that I am hassling him with irrelevant issues. As you know from reading this thread, I have been struggling with leakage pain, pump placement pain and discomfort etc for months. I also had not resumed my everyday life which he was very aware of. I just needed confirmation from him that I could heal and resume my life. And, most importantly, the leakage issue would resolve.

This is a complex procedure and I think it's important to have a surgeon you can email in the future if you have issues. Especially, when other surgeons may not take you on as a patient once you have been operated on by another urologist. 

Auto-inflation

As you guys know, I was struggling with what seemed like auto-inflation. I was never shown how to deflate fully, and had no idea that a fully deflated titan should look flattened, and you should be able to feel the cylinders. When the surgeon deflated me in his office before my revision, he definitely deflated it a lot better than I did. I was in the hospital for an hour and when he came in to check, the device had not inflated much. Although, I do not believe it was fully deflated. I also was not very active for that 1 hour.

I had another urologist in my state deflate me, and when he did, the device inflated more after sitting down.

The surgeon wrote in his letter that he is not convinced auto-inflation is a real issue.

I noticed, after my revision, that the device was deflated very well. Until, I was catching my flight back to my state, this involved a lot of walking and after all the walking, the device definitely inflated a bit on it own.

Currently, I can squeeze with the technique the surgeon showed me (squeeze with the shaft gripped in between palm and apply pressure on the sides). I can get a good deflate, but when I walk around, or after sleeping and waking up, the device definitely inflates more. I know this as I can feel the cylinders when fully deflated, I can also bend the shaft when fully deflated. After an hour, there is some fluid in the cylinders and the shaft is not as malleable.

The surgeon was definitely able to deflate it better than I did, although I still do not believe it was fully deflated. I think it's important to fully deflate the device, Dr Eid states that partial inflation can result in tissue atrophy. Further, a partially inflated titan is uncomfortable, with fluid in the cylinders, the flaccid is heavy, in addition to the already large flaccid of a titan. This results in discomfort.

I squeeze very tightly to get a good deflate, which results in pain. Regardless, eventually, after an hour or after overnight, I get some backfill.

Currently, I do get some backfill. When laying down, the device is more deflated and when standing, the device seems to inflate a bit more, this happens when both inflated and deflated. My only guess is that, due to the graft thickening on the right side, I am not able to deflate it properly as there may not be enough pressure to squeeze it back into the reservoir and some fluid gets stuck in the part of the tubing which is separate to the shaft.

The other explanation could be that the issue is intermittent. There are times when I have gotten less backfill than others.

None of the videos I have seen show a fully deflated titan. Deflation demonstration videos also only show the person holding the deflate valve and doing a gentle squeeze while pointing the penis downwards for 1-2 seconds. Please correct me if I am wrong, but I think that if you have a titan, you know that it requires more effort to achieve full deflation.

I am trying to book in with another urologist, perhaps he will be able to show me how to deflate better. I am certain I am doing everything correctly, and have tried everything from squeezing in different areas, behind the perinium, pressing 1-2 pumps after deflating, pinching at the base etc. No matter what, when I stand up, it fills a bit. Especially after standing/walking for long periods and overnight.

It could be there is some technique to deflating and squeezing that I am not doing as the deflate valve is already difficult to access. Also, the graft thickening does not allow enough pressure from squeezing to allow all the fluid back into the reservoir, perhaps some is stuck.

There is not much I can do. With the above in consideration, if I contact my surgeon, he will probably be annoyed, tell me the issue is "perceived" or that there is nothing he can do or that he already spent time explaining all this to me. If the surgeon was able to deflate it better, then I think the issue is in the way it is being squeezed when deflating. I think this is due to the graft, perhaps the angle etc. There is a guy on FT who has to hold his implant a certain way for the left cylinder to deflate correctly.

I would love an explanation as to why, when the device is inflated, it is girthier when standing. This could be why it seems to auto-fill when standing when deflated too.

Chronic Pain

I have been dealing with pain for six months, it is not bad as before, however it is still there. Currently, I get pain on the right side where the graft has thickened. Close to the frenulum there is pain. The surgeon states in his letter, the following:
"The proximal part of the penile frenulum divided during his circumcision, is tender, and on examination retained stitch, sign of infection or other abnormality".

Additionally, I get random pain in the shaft, anus and upper thighs, as well as the scrotum. Walking/standing for too long can be uncomfortable.

Some pain post leakage/ejaculation, but not as bad as before.

This has really affected my quality of life. I just want to be able to pick my niece n nephew up, run around and dance with my niece, go to the gym, wear tight clothes to my office job etc. Unfortunately, all I can do is wait.

I have no idea if this pain is going to be forever, or if it will subside over time. It has been 6 months since my initial surgery, 6 weeks since the partial revision.

Thoughts about revision surgery regarding pump

It baffles me that a high-volume implant surgeon has done a penoscrotal incision for a revision to fix the pump, and the pump is worse than it previously was. I was careful not to walk much, not to cycle for two weeks etc.

I have read journals where people paid a surgeon, but the surgeon allowed resident urologists or student urologists to perform the surgery. I noticed, my initial procedure and revision required an assistant urologist. This is from the receipt which I paid, and also, my surgeons' comments when they failed to deflate me at the correct time were "***** (assistant on the receipt) was in the operating theatre with us, he could have deflated you earlier".

I am wondering if the surgeon allowed the assistant urologist to perform the surgery and thus, I have these issues. Or, maybe the surgery is complex and sometimes we have these issues, I did go through T.E.P. I still think this should have been explained during the initial consult.

Other implanted guys who went through T.E.P

I recall in my very first consult, I requested if I could talk to other patients who went through T.E.P and/or the implant that were of a similar age. The surgeon advised he would get back to me.

Eventually, I spoke to his staff who advised that this was not possible. I requested if I could talk to someone of any age who had just gone through the implant, later I was advised by his staff that this was not possible.

Another urologist here in my state who was my second choice, advised me himself that he could get younger patients of his to talk to me. So, I don't know why this was not possible with my surgeon.
 
Quality of life

My quality of life has definitely been affected. Regardless of the functionality and cosmetics of the implant, I have regular pain, and standing/sitting for long periods can be uncomfortable. The backfill I get is uncomfortable. Wearing tight clothes and pushing down on the implant causes pain, I don't know why, my only guess is it is due to the graft thickening on the right side and/or some nerves have been damaged which may take time to heal or from not being deflated fully.

I was at my brothers Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu tournament over the weekend, I was standing most of the day. This resulted in pain, but also, by the middle of the day, the device had inflated quite reasonably.

The only thing I can do is try to move on, see if another urologist can show me how to deflate properly or if there is an intermittent issue regarding deflation. As I still have some pain post-ejaculation and post leakage (although not as bad as before), I have held off on any kind of sexual activity for now.

I will probably give it another 2 months of cycling and then attempt to have sex with a girl I'm talking to and see how it goes. 

Cursed Patient

There is study on pubmed pertaining to managing the difficult penile prosthesis patient. This is a snippet of the study (google "cursed patient" to find it):

Contemporary patient and partner satisfaction rates following IPP are 92-100% and 91-95%, respectively. Factors associated with satisfaction include decreased preoperative expectations, favorable female partner sexual function, body mass index ≤30, and absence of Peyronie's disease or prior prostatectomy. Determinants of dissatisfaction include perceived/actual loss of penile length, decreased glanular engorgement, altered erectile/ejaculatory sensation, pain, diminished cosmetic outcome, difficulty with device function, partner dissatisfaction and perception of unnatural sensation, complications, and extent of alternative treatments offered. Personality characteristics which may indicate psychologically challenging IPP patients include obsessive/compulsive tendencies, unrealistic expectations, patients undergoing revision surgery, those seeking multiple surgical opinions, feeling of entitlement, patients in denial of their prior erectile/sexual function and current disease status, or those with other psychiatric disorders. The mnemonic CURSED Patient is presented: "Compulsive/obsessive, Unrealistic, Revision, Surgeon Shopping, Entitled, Denial, and Psychiatric."

I believe my surgeon has grouped me into this category. He believes my issues are perceived, only cosmetic, and that I am obsessive, and my symptoms are exacerbated due to anxiety. It's unfortunate, as, at least if my pump was in a more comfortable position, I could walk around comfortably, go to the gym comfortably etc. I don't think having revision to fix the pump, resulting in it being worse than before is a "perceived issue". I think the issue is real, another urologist can physically feel the pump is in an awkward, uncomfortable position. I don't believe my other issues are a result of obsessiveness or high expectations either, especially, the leakage/post-ejaculatory pain. We get the implant to have a functional sex life again, how do we do that, if we have pain post-ejaculation? Is having surgery to fix your sex-life, then expecting to  be able to orgasm/ejaculate comfortably during sex, too high of an expectation?

I still think, whether the ideology of a cursed patient is true or not, we still deserve to be treated fairly, and our concerns to be taken into consideration. Especially, when your quality of life is affected.

A reminder to anyone out there with severe peyronies, peyronies can make the penile prosthesis much more difficult and it seems there is less patient satisfaction in peyronies cases. If you don't have one of the best surgeons, do all your research and talk to other patients that the doctor has operated on. Remember, the implant surgery is irreversible, if you have issues, there will not be much you can do. If you are younger, you will be dealing with it for many years.

Eid, Clavell, Hakky

All the research and journals I have read seem to indicate that, if you want a good result, your best bet is to go to Eid, Clavell or Hakky. They will not only strive to give you the best functional result, but also the best cosmetic result, and will take all your concerns into consideration. They are also known to fix other surgeons mistakes.

As I explained above, another person who used the same surgeon as me, ended up with over 3cm in RTEs, he advised the surgeon that the erection was too wobbly to use, he could bend it parallel to his legs. The surgeon advised there was nothing wrong with it.

My concerns were brushed aside as well, I now either have to live with it and accept it or try and find another doctor who might take my concerns seriously. If they at least looked at the deflation issues, it would help a lot with daily discomfort.

I was talking to another person recently, and they advised that, if you don't have one of the top surgeons, and end up with issues, you'll just be ignored and brushed aside.  And, sometimes this is because the surgeons themselves don't know or understand what is wrong. That's exactly how I feel.

Conclusion and Final Thoughts

I think my surgeon did the best he could, but I also think I could have been treated better by him and his staff. I think he's about to retire and just isn't as concerned about patient satisfaction. I also think that he should have spent more time advising of the risks involved with T.E.P and grafting. I am also baffled how he made my pump in a more awkward position despite having revision with a penoscrotal incision to fix this issue.

Another thing to consider is, the more surgeries you have, the more scar tissue gets built up. We want to avoid revision as much as possible. So, will the uncomfortable pump hitting and pushing my testicle up constantly plus the other pain/discomfort be lifelong? I don't know. Maybe in a year from now I will opt for surgery to fix it.

The other thing is, what do I do if I continue to have issues or do not heal? What do I do if I come off the anti-inflammatories and anti-biotics soon (6-week course is nearly up) and the leakage issue returns resulting in 4–8-hour pain after peeing, 2 x a week? I don't want to go back to my surgeon as I feel he will just think I am being obsessive or too anxious. The letter in which he stated I was obsessive and penocentric in was sent to the only other two high volume implant surgeons in my state as well. I have been waiting 3 weeks for one of the surgeons in my state to tell me if they can take over my case and teach me how to deflate properly. Will they take me seriously? At this point, I am wondering if they will even respond.

Going to Eid, Hakky or Clavell would be the best thing to do, but just a video consult would cost me approximately $800 Australian. I have already spent 12k for the surgery and 3-4k in airfares and hotels.

I think some of these surgeons don't realise that this a person's life they are dealing with, whatever happens, I will be dealing with it for the next 30+ years, that is a long time. Who knows, maybe in a few months from now, things will improve. One can hope.

I am still going to do all I can to ensure that, if things can improve, they do.

What are you guys thoughts? Let me know what your experience with your surgeon was like.

J

Read the entire post and I will be completely honest with you. I wanted to say this months ago particularly once you had the revision done and the pump was placed in a even worse position that this surgeon has done a horrible job but I did not want to say anything due to the forums rules on slander etc. Now since you have admitted it yourself I can with certainty say that he has done a horrible job with his surgery on you. Not only the fact that he placed the pump in an uncomfortable position but most importantly after a revision placed it in an even worse spot. This is a big red flag. I will not mention the doctors name but I already know who he is.

It is absolutely not by any means normal to have a revision done so soon after being implanted on and really the only possible way for it to happen is for the surgeon to fu@ck up.. Also left you inflated for too long and basically tried to brush of all your concerns with a BS anxiety excuse to cover up his own faults.

The pump placement sounds horrible and I am so sad you have to go through this hopefully it will get better with time and if not then I hope you find another surgeon who can FIX it.

Really hope you get better soon bud.

This really highlights the risks of getting an implant can be quite horrible..

I agree Sonic,

This is a giant nightmare.
I can't imagine what I would do, but I think contacting an attorney might be a good step. I am not familiar with your area, but here in FL, these attorneys don't charge anything for a consultation and essentially tell you upfront, if they don't win, you don't pay anything.
I know quite a few people that have had implants and experienced no problems.
I have a friend that is a brain surgeon and he sadly told me that he wished more surgeons operated like brain surgeons....and there would be fewer bad surgeries.
He says of course, he can't make any sloppy cuts or just ram something in. Haha
Best wishes
And I am so sorry
StepOne

I'm sorry you're dealing with this JJ, what a nightmare. All people going through this would want a surgeon that respects their patients concerns and for you not to get that I can only imagine how harsh it is on your mental. I hope some other doctor can pick up the pieces here and you get in good shape soon.

JJ I'm sorry you had to go through all this. But there still are some positives. I think the route is pretty clear to me for you. Obviously this is my opinion only.

I don't know if it was necessarily  that bad (it's not great), but if the leakage stops and pain then it was worth it. I think there are still some positives,I mean it looks much better than it did preimplant. There's at least a chance things improve fingers crossed

I believe the path forward should be as follows:

Let things heal maybe the pain and leakage will go away. Surgery takes a long time to heal keep in mind (not minimizing your concerns just positive vibes). If it gets bad again go back to  the doctors and say what gives what am I supposed to do?

 Something my dad taught me that worked for me (he was a doctor that's how he knew it would work when I needed a prescription renewed and they weren't doing it despite having great successs on adderall for my adhd and kept the same low dosage for years for some unknown reason they didn't refill it ).anyways,  If you believe you aren't being treated unfairly and you need immidiate results. Send your complaints to the doc via phone to receptionist and say we need a better solution I'm still in pain etc, if he ignores you can call and ask the receptionist the following:

"Hey im dealing with an ongoing problem and I don't think it's being addressed properly who can I speak to?"

Tell the guy who runs and owns the office your concerns and ask them how can they address these.

If they brush you off again

You can then call the front desk and say "listen if this situation doesn't get handled and I don't get some kind of resolution I will be issuing a complaint to the Australian Medical Board. I feel no one is taking me seriously and I'm being constantly dismissed." (All countries have a medical board that you can complain to if uk hate being treated unfairly. Having said that not something to abused, but if you need it you need it.)

https://www.betterhealth.vic.gov.au/health/servicesandsupport/doctors-how-to-make-a-complaint

Of course this is if you feel the doctor is ignoring your concerns as a patient.
—————////////////————-//////—————————-
In the meantime
Try your best to get active - maybe start in your house if the gym is too far away or you aren't  feeling comfortable to like physically active doings yoga, push ups, sit ups, lifting weights.

I really like boxing it helps me mentally and physically.  Working out can help nerves get released if something is entrapped or something in general it brings down inflammation  working out. if the nerves  are stuck  it could result in some of the pain you felt.

You'll get through this one way or another bro hang in there. In the end maybe things will just heal up and work out try not to stress deep breathes stay healthy and take care of yourself. I can't imagine the struggle right now you must be having you got this though dawg we're all in this together. You're really strong and I'm pretty sure I speak for everyone youre handling this like a champ hang in there bro.

Hey J-

I read your post above. Great write up about your experience, and surely that will provide some insight to others on what they could potentially deal with-even if not common.

Just my two cents from a more psychological perspective- I think you've handled this incredibly well and have a great mindset towards a difficult situation. Fortunately you're in a place where we're all facing difficulties (Peyronies Disease). I think it's exactly like you said, just try to carry on with your normal life the best you can, give things a shot with your new dick. Hopefully your dick and the pain gets better over the next 6 months. I'd think long term. If in a year the pain is still bad or you're having issues with your implant I'd consider another surgery personally(from one of the top 3 surgeons). I know you're young and revisions suck, but it's like I always say- I'd rather have 10 years of sex in my 30s and 40s than 10 years in my 60s and 70s.

I'll be praying for you man- keep us posted as you start trying to return to normal life activities. Maybe try to find exercises in the gym that don't cause pain-just getting there would be a good start to get you back in the routine. I'd also go on some dates. Maybe just getting back to the "normal you" will help you feel better.

Would anyone be able to tell me what this means in layman's terms please:

"The proximal part of the penile frenulum, divided during his circumcision, is tender, and on examination retained stitch, sign of infection or other abnormality."

I have had a lot of chronic pain by my frenulum, this lasted 4 months post implant and now has continued post revision... just looking for answers.

Thanks,
J

This sentence is describing a medical examination of a specific area of the penis after a circumcision procedure. Here's the breakdown:

1. "The proximal part of the penile frenulum" refers to the part of the frenulum that is closer to the body. The frenulum is a band of tissue located on the underside of the penis, connecting the glans (head of the penis) to the shaft.

2. "Divided during his circumcision" indicates that this part of the frenulum was cut or separated during the circumcision procedure. Circumcision is the surgical removal of the foreskin, which is the skin covering the tip of the penis.

3. "Is tender" suggests that this area is sensitive or painful to touch, which could be due to various reasons, such as inflammation, infection, or normal healing process.

4. "On examination retained stitch" likely means that during a medical examination, a stitch (suture) that was used to close the wound after the circumcision has been found to still be in place. Normally, stitches are either dissolvable or are removed after a wound has healed sufficiently.

5. "Sign of infection or other abnormality" indicates that the medical professional is looking for signs of infection (like redness, swelling, warmth, or discharge) or other abnormalities in this area, but the sentence does not specify whether any such signs were actually observed.

So, in summary, this sentence is describing a situation where a man who has had a circumcision is experiencing tenderness in the part of his penile frenulum that was cut during the procedure, and upon examination, a retained stitch was noted. The healthcare professional is also vigilant for signs of infection or other abnormalities in this area.

In some cases, the frenulum is partially or completely cut or removed — this is known as a frenulectomy or frenuloplasty. Whether or not the frenulum is supposed to be cut during a circumcision can vary:

1. **Medical Requirement**: For some individuals, cutting the frenulum is medically necessary, such as in cases of a condition called frenulum breve, where the frenulum is too short and restricts the movement of the penis, potentially causing pain.

2. **Surgeon's Technique**: The decision to cut the frenulum can depend on the surgeon's technique and the patient's anatomy. Some surgeons cut the frenulum as a part of the circumcision procedure, while others do not.

3. **Cultural or Religious Practice**: In some cultural or religious circumcision practices, cutting the frenulum is a standard part of the procedure, while in others it is not.

4. **Patient Preference**: In some cases, adult patients who are choosing to undergo circumcision may have a preference about whether the frenulum is cut or not, and they should discuss this with their surgeon ahead of time.

In the situation described, it's not clear whether cutting the proximal part of the penile frenulum was intended or was an accidental part of the circumcision procedure. It would be best for the patient to discuss the specifics of his case with the healthcare professional who performed the circumcision or is providing follow-up care.

-gpt

Quote from: Curvekiller94 on August 14, 2023, 11:21:15 PMIt would be best for the patient to discuss the specifics of his case with the healthcare professional who performed the circumcision or is providing follow-up care.

-gpt

Curvekiller - Thank you for the detailed post. I should have added that, that paragraph is from my operation notes from my recent revision. I have tried to discuss with my surgeon but he didn't say much at all regarding this, other than that, he gave a shot of corticosteroids (I think), to help with the pain)

My pain at the frenulum has since returned, and I am wondering, if there is a stitch still there, can this cause long-term issues?

Thanks for responding, I am just looking for answers and appreciate it.

Unfortunately, my surgeon didn't say much about it.

J

J, I'm sorry there are so many hoops dude hang in there check in with the circumcision doc maybe.  unfortunately chatgpt was the best I could do but it sounded like an okay answer. The stitch was removed eventually right? 

Quote from: Curvekiller94 on August 14, 2023, 11:24:55 PMThe stitch was removed eventually right? 

No, I believe the stitch is still there? The operation notes do not state that he removed the stitch, plus he would have had to do another sub-coronal incision to access it?

Now I am wondering if this will cause long-term issues, and this is why the surgeon kind of just brushed me aside and ignored me.

The frenulum is pretty small I think you  may be able to tell if it has been removed

I guess since that was written did you ever go back to that guy?

In short I don't believe you want a non removable stitch in there

Quote from: Curvekiller94 on August 14, 2023, 11:27:26 PMI guess since that was written did you ever go back to that guy?

These are the operation notes from my recent revision 6 weeks ago. Same surgeon that did the revision and the implant, haven't gone back to him.

The notes do not state that the stitch was removed, and he did a penoscrotal incision for the revision, so, he would not be able to access it.

I might try and email him.

Thanks for your support, if I can just get the pain and discomfort to resolve, I can continue with my normal life.

J

The surgeon just replied with the following:

"I thought that area was tender, but not sure if a stitch granuloma or just chronic irritation or inflammation. If still a problem then maybe get someone locally to have a look"

The are does have two small bumps, I guess the only thing to do is wait it out and try and find another urologist. One I had a referral for in my stat is booked out until December, I will have to try and find a new one in my state.

Curvekiller - Thank you btw, I feel a bit at ease now just having some kind of explanation. Praying this isn't something chronic and will either have a solution or eventually resolve.

since frenulum is located on the outside of the penis and not the inside it will not be chronic or permanent believe me. Do not worry about that. Think of it as when you get a wound on your arm or hand. It will get irritated and hurt etc but with time it will heal up perfectly a wound doesn't hurt permanently like that and this will be the same.

If the pain is quite sharp then perhaps contemplate asking a urologist for some cream that could alleviate it? Or just take pain meds.

Quote from: Sonic on August 15, 2023, 06:28:42 AMwith time it will heal up perfectly a wound doesn't hurt permanently like that and this will be the same.

Thanks for your suggestion Sonic, I will talk to my GP about some creams that may help.

It's difficult to not imagine that it will be permanent as I have had this issue for the past 4-5 months.

J

Update on a few things

Disclaimer: Sorry for the complaints guys, I really have been wanting to come back with good news, but I am just putting my thoughts out there. I don't want anyone else to have to go through this, and I want all you guys, especially younger guys to be aware of all the risks that these surgeries can pose. The positives and the negatives.

Frenulum Pain

I have had pain by the frenulum, and I can feel two small bumps close by on the right and left side. This pain lasted for about the past 4-5 months. It subsided for a little while after my revision, I assume because the surgeon injected some corticosteroids into the frenulum (if I have understood the operation notes correctly). The issue has since returned.

This is what the surgeon's letter says post-revision regarding this issue:

"The proximal part of the penile frenulum, divided during his circumcision, is tender, and on examination retained stitch, sign of infection or other abnormality."

I recently asked him for clarification and this was his explanation:

"I thought that area was tender, but not sure if a stitch granuloma or just chronic irritation or inflammation. If still a problem then maybe get someone locally to have a look"

I am still looking for answers, the frenulum area is tender, and constantly sore. I am aware of it every day, especially when wearing tight clothes and/or moving around a lot. I am not sure if it's going to be like this for life, if there is a stitch which has not dissolved or some other issue.

I can confirm that this issue has lasted from about 8 weeks postop to now about 26 weeks post op.

It's difficult for me to see a local urologist as, most of them aren't familiar with T.E.P. Further, once one urologist has operated on you, other urologists are reluctant to take you on as their patient. One urologist who I saw previously in my state advised he doesn't have availability until mid December. The other, doesn't want to take me on as his patient as I have been operated on by someone else interstate.

I have to wear loose clothes everywhere, any pushing down on the penis just causes discomfort and pain.

Unsure what to do. Going to Hakky/Eid is a bit out of my budget at the moment. Might book a consult with Hakky or Eid eventually, but I am unsure if they will be able to tell me much without examining me. Just an online video consult will cost almost 1000 Australian dollars.

Erection Angle

Now this is what is strange, when I sleep, my penis naturally is positioned upwards towards my belly. I have noticed that, when I cycle in the morning after waking up, my erection angle is 2 o clock. After wearing clothes during the day, my flaccid gets pushed down, and when I cycle at night, my erection angle is now just below 3 o clock.

I find it strange as, after reading Merrix journal, after 6 weeks he was wearing suits and has a 2 o clock erection angle which wasn't affected by the flaccid being pushed down on.

Not sure why this is. 6 months post implant and keeping my flaccid pointed up for a few hours results in a higher erection angle, keeping my flaccid low results in a lower erection angle. Maybe my crus hasn't healed yet? OR could this be due to another underlying issue.

Gym

I went to the gym in the morning, had to take it very easy and wear loose clothes. By the afternoon I had some pain, I think just need to take it easy or wait it out until I found some kind of solution for these other issues.

Auto -inflation

I don't think I have auto-inflation, I think what is happening is that the graft on the right side has thickened, so, when deflated, I can't get a good squeeze on the right side cylinder. I think this causes some fluid to be stuck which eventually results in backfill after a few hours, or after walking around/being active.

This makes sense why the surgeon was able to deflate it a bit better. Currently, I flatten the shaft when deflating like two vertically flattened straws, then flatten it on the other side like two horizontally flattened straws. I get a good deflate, however, after a few hours it seems to backfill.

It also seems to fill more when standing, and some fluid seems to go back when laying down and pointing the shaft upwards.

Only way to be sure is to get checked out by a urologist who will take these concerns into consideration, which is difficult to find here.

Length

Length is close to pre-op. Atm I am not convinced T.E.P was worth it, however, this could change in a few months.

Girth

Girth is difficult to measure as one side inflates more than the other due to the graft thickening/retracting.

Ejaculation

I have been wanting to try out the device, and have 2 girls that are informed of the implant and are keen but due to ejaculation issues I have held off on it. The problem is that, I have pain during and after ejaculation. The feeling of an orgasm just isn't nice. I expect this to improve over time, it is about 6 weeks post-revision.

Viagra

With viagra, the one side inflating more than the other is less significant, the penis seems to round out a bit and looks and feels much more natural. One thing I was never advised was that, an implant is a cure for E.D, but you may still have to take viagra. I recall in one of my consults with my surgeon, he said that, as my condition progressed to the point that I needed high amounts of viagra, I was a good candidate for an implant. He advised, that with an implant, there would be no need for viagra. I accept that in some cases this may be true, but in some we still need viagra. Without viagra, my penis would be two hard sticks, one inflated and round, and the other a little softer and flat, definitely not comfortable for a vagina.

I accept that I can use viagra for the rest of my life with the implant, but I think people should be aware that, you may still need it, even with the implant. I have read on FT a lot of people still use PDE5s post-implant.

Pump

Pump is the same, kind of twisted, poking my right side scrotum with the has a burning sensation and causes discomfort. Upon reading the notes of my surgeon after revision, there was some fluid on the pump, he advised that he doubts this would be an infection.

This may improve over time. If it doesn't, the only way to fix it is another surgery which may not be worth the risks, scar tissue build up etc.

It is very frustrating that my surgeon, during revision to fix the pump, and with a penoscrotal incision, has managed to leave the pump in a worse place than before.

Can't do much but accept it and see if it's worth a revision in the future. Makes going to the gym, being active and sitting for long periods quite uncomfortable.

Graft issue

Not much I can do about the graft issue I had, if you follow this thread, you know all about it. I am just cycling and seeing what happens. 

The first few weeks after being deflated, my result was great. The girth was great, both sides would inflate fine, length was slowly coming back, even pain was minimal. Then one day, about 2 weeks after being deflated, I started getting pain by the frenulum and eventually my right side wouldn't inflate/deflate as much (graft has thickened/retracted as per surgeons advice). Further, the pump became very awkwardly placed. My guess is that, something went wrong at the incision site by the frenulum and with the graft (maybe, the operation notes don't state which side the graft is).

Was a graft really necessary in my case? I really don't know. I have to get a second opinion. It really doesn't matter now as the only way to fix it, would be to have a sub-coronal incision and immobilize the neurovascular bundle again, which poses too many risks (as per the surgeons advice).

It is a bit frustrating to accept that one side of my implant will inflate nice and thick and round, and the other inflates soft and flat and oval. Further, the right side graft issue seems to have resulted in some E.D, pain and a thicker more uncomfortable flaccid.

Now I have to live with this for the next 30+ years. I am sure I will soon accept it, the harder thing to accept is living with chronic pain for the rest of my life, more below.

Positives

The positive is, if the pain during/after ejaculation subsides, I could probably have a reasonable sex life. The penis, with viagra, rounds out and is close to pre-op length of BPEL 6.5 inch. My pre-peyornies length was around 7-7.2 inches (never really measured, that's just an estimate.

Although, it seems to be more round and girthy in any position other than laying down? Confusing right? At least all other positions would be able to be performed comfortably.

This is a positive from having peyronies, but I still need the pain during/after ejaculation to subside.

Conclusion

I am dealing with chronic pain, the surgeon doesn't know himself what is wrong but admits that it might be a stitch granuloma or chronic inflammation/irritation. Dealing with a malfunctioning implant is one thing, but dealing with chronic pain at 34 which stops you from living your life, is quite difficult. Having constant pain in your genitals which stops you from going to the gym, wearing tight clothes, having a social life, picking up your niece and nephew, sitting down for long periods, really takes a toll on you.

I am looking back and dreaming about the days that I had peyronies BUT I could at least go to the gym comfortably, I could run, jog, walk around, pick up my niece and nephew and dance with them. I didn't have chronic pain, I could sleep comfortably, I had a social life, I could stand for long periods without discomfort.

I really just want my life back, not even concerned about sex anymore. If I could just solve the pain and discomfort, I can at least resume my normal life. I can worry about a sex life later on, or hey, if I have to give up sex but can walk around and sit and gym comfortably, so be it.

I am really thinking about what Dr Eid always says, that the implant itself is the best solution. He doesn't believe in T.E.P etc and other procedures, and I can see why, when things go wrong; the repercussions are lifelong and not worth the risks to fix them.

There is a saying that, "whatever happens to you in your life, accept it as the will of God (or higher power, the universe etc whatever you believe in) and that is the best thing for you, and no body is ever going to take away from you, snatch away from you what you really deserve, and whether you get something or not, just keep working hard"

All I can do is, accept it, work hard on other goals, eventually see Eid or Hakky for clarification.

Appreciate advice and support from you guy as always, and always here for any of you guys if you require support.

J

Quote from: jj21 on August 15, 2023, 06:34:52 AMThanks for your suggestion Sonic, I will talk to my GP about some creams that may help.

It's difficult to not imagine that it will be permanent as I have had this issue for the past 4-5 months.

J

I did not know you have had the issue for that long. I honestly have no idea what it might be then. Even when people rip their frenulum during agressive sex by 4-5 months it will have healed. This sounds incredibly strange. I think the TEP and circumcision was overkill, 3 procedures in one surgery that's like asking for too much problems.

You need to try get hold of a urologist who can look these things up. It is not normal to have pain for so long. I feel like anything I say here is useless because it doesn't help. I just keep repeating myself but I really hope it gets better soon. Keep your head up brother!

Eid, Hakky or Clavell.

Hey guys,

As you know, I have issues with the graft retracting, pain by the frenulum (possible stitch granuloma, chronic irritation or inflammation).

In your opinion, which doc would be best to consult with regarding these issues? I know Dr Eid uses Grafts, and Dr Hakky does sub-coronal incisions which would require circumcision, not sure about Clavell.

I am in Australia, and a consult with either, will cost me almost 1000 Australian dollars.

Thanks,
J

I just noticed that at the bottom of the pump and also to the right, the scrotal skin is stuck to it, almost like it has been glued.

Any idea what this is or if it can be fixed without surgery?

This could be the cause to my pump displacement post -revision

J

JJ, I don't want to alarm you, but generally speaking, the pump adhering to the skin can be a sign of infection and is one indicator Dr Eid made me aware of.  I am not saying that is the case in all instances or with your particular case.  I would however report it to your surgeon as soon as possible.

Quote from: Hawk on August 16, 2023, 10:41:16 PMthe pump adhering to the skin can be a sign of infection

Thanks Hawk, I don't think it is an infection as I have done all the tests for infection, I was advised that even with an infection on the device (not septic), red blood cell count would be very high. I might talk to my GP again and double check.

If you get a chance read through the new posts on this journal, you'll find that I haven't had the best experiences with my surgeon. I am in the process of trying to find a new one who will take my concerns into consideration.

I would really value your opinion on my experiences when you get some time to read through them.

Thanks for your support,
J

You actually got me thinking Hawk, maybe it is an infection, that would explain my chronic symptoms. The surgeon also stated the following in his letter:

"The proximal part of the penile frenulum, divided during his circumcision, is tender, and on examination retained stitch, sign of infection or other abnormality."

Could indicate infection by the frenulum or incision site maybe, that's where I have chronic pain.

Just emailed Hakky's office back and booking a video consult with him. $546 USD, about $850 Australian. Trying to see my GP and a new surgeon here for a physical examination.

I think the only thing I can do is save up and try and see Hakky or Eid. Get tests don't hear to ensure there is no infection.

I'm just tired of these symptoms, confused, and looking for answers.

J

Hey guys,

Just tried to have sex, lasted about 20-30m, basic missionary, side to side, and girl on top position.

She couldn't tell the difference, it felt natural but also different, hard but good.

We weren't really very rough but here is the worrying part, I have since been in quite excruciating pain, it feels like someone smashed my shaft with a hammer in all different areas. The tips are also burning, my perinium and scrotum is just sore and achy. Very similar to the pain I use to have when I had the leakage issue.

I just took some codeine, if the pain doesn't subside soon, I will be going to emergency.

I think the only thing I can do now is save up around 40k Australian and go to the USA to see Hakky or Eid for a revision.

J

Quote from: jj21 on August 17, 2023, 03:12:46 AMbut here is the worrying part, I have since been in quite excruciating pain, it feels like someone smashed my shaft with a hammer in all different areas. The tips are also burning, my perinium and scrotum is just sore and achy. Very similar to the pain I use to have when I had the leakage issue.

Sounds absolutely terrible, so sorry you have to go through this.

J,

I do not like having this conversation to add to your stress, but I think it is important for your long-term good, so I feel forced to do it.  Just to clarify, it is white blood cells that increase with infection, not red blood cells.  Keep in mind the following is just my unprofessional and best understanding, and I can be wrong.  I also include some direct quotes to me by Dr. Eid.

As I understand it, the reason antibiotics never resolve an implant infection is that the area walls itself off.  This walling off might also prevent an immediate significant rise in white blood cells.  I am not sure about that.

According to Dr. Eid, infections "always require removal of the implant."  That means IF you have an infection, you do not have time to save money to come to the U.S.

During one conversation, I told Dr. Eid that some say you should pull on the pump during recovery to keep it from adhering to the scrotum wall.  It is the only time he has ever been so blunt in a conversation with me.  He said, "That is utter BS!  If the pump adheres to the scrotum wall, that indicates there is an infection." Dr. Eid went on to say that "an infection always manifests in the pump area...and that... the pump is the bellwether for IPP infections."  That means the pump is the leading indicator in all cases.  He further explained, "The first indications of an infection would be that you can no longer clearly feel the details of the pump." He said " the pump becomes coated in film or biomass of infection that obscures the details."

When I press my fingernail against the scrotum and run the skin over the pump bulb, I can feel at least some of the ridges of the concentric circles that go around the Titan pump bulb.  I can also clearly feel the raised area over the pump release button.  I use this reference to keep track of whether the details remain discernable.

I hate that you are having any of these issues, but I think you need to find an IPP surgeon in Australia who will see you in the very near future. Hopefully, this is NOT an infection but rather a minor blip on your road to a revision, but in the worst-case scenario, you do not want to wait down the road and have an infection reach an emergency stage and have a doctor not of your choosing removing an implant to irradicate infection.

Quote from: jj21 on August 17, 2023, 03:12:46 AMI think the only thing I can do now is save up around 40k Australian and go to the USA to see Hakky or Eid for a revision.

J

Hey man, I hope your pain improves soon! These issues sound extremely frustrating. Regarding the 40k Australian can you get a loan? Your physical and mental health are more important than your financial health, your earning potential is greatly reduced if you have chronic pain, depression, and stress even if you must pay interest on the loan I would take care of your health first in my opinion.

Hey guys,

Spoke to Dr Hakky via email (he is very helpful), I am in the process of organizing a video consult with him. I am not sure if he will be able to tell me much without a physical examination but I have emailed him the operation notes. He actually advised that he does not like the Tunica Expansion Procedure.

I also think I may have some damage to the pudendal nerve, this may explain some of my pain.

I am also seeing my GP this Friday to get an appointment with a new urologist to get checked out. This could take a month as they are mostly booked out, and they are reluctant to take on a patient whom they did not perform surgery on.

Still waiting on the original surgeon to advise on whether the results from the fluid found on the pump during revision is all clear.

After doing some research, the scrotal skin sticking to the pump could just be adherence which may clear up, or could be a sign of infection. It seems to be a very small part of the scrotal skin stuck to the pump, this causes some pain and burning when touching it and pumping. 

I've been trying to carry on with my life and go to the gym, wear a suit and go to my office job. It's been difficult, by the end of the day, I get a lot of pain and discomfort.

There is also still some backfill which is very uncomfortable. I have tried everything to rectify this, but no matter what I do, it seems to backfill 20-40%. The original surgeon definitely was able to deflate it a bit more with less backfill, only thing that makes sense is he was able to squeeze the cylinder which has thickened due to graft retraction a lot better, causing less fluid to be stuck in the tubing. Also, I was less active in the hospital, seems to be that, the more activity/movement, the more backfill. It almost feels like the cylinders are displaced, this is difficult to show in a pic, so I have added a picture to show with my hands. I will explain below:

Pic 1, normal cylinders:  This is how my implant use to inflate initially, the two cylidners would inflate correspondingly and at about 80% inflation I had a nice round implant. With blood flow, it would mimic a nice round natural erection

Pic 2 current cylinders: eventually, my left cylinder would inflate correctly, and right cylinder would inflate in a flat oval way as shown in the pic. So, the right side is flat, oval and softer. This also causes a slant to the left. During cycling, I also mostly only feel the stretch on the left side. When deflated, the cylinders almost look the opposite. Surgeon did advise that he believes its a thickened/retracted graft causing the right side to inflate less.  I am starting to find it difficult to trust a surgeon's opinion that places a pump in a worse position after revision to fix it.

When cycling, I get some pretty excruciating pain, mostly on the cylinder which inflates properly (left side), then after cycling I get some burning sensations throughout the shaft. Due to this, I have cut back cycling to 30-40m sessions, sometimes only once, and sometimes twice a day. I do not know if this pain is due to the tissue stretching or the possible stitch granuloma/chronic inflammation/irritation I have by the frenulum and circumcision site.

With the pump placement, the pump has gone poking the left side of my scrotum and the deflate valve is poking my right side testicle, very uncomfortable. I really think that the surgeon may have added extra tubing to try and place the pump lower during revision, however, he either added too much tubing or there was already too much tubing (he assumed he needed to add more tubing as the pump was high, but this was due to it being pointed up on an angle due to having excess tubing from the original operation..maybe). This has caused  the pump to move to the far left, and the deflate valve to twist into a horizontal position and move to the far right. This is just a guess and my only explanation to how a high volume surgeon in Australia, via a penoscrotal incision ends up leaving the pump in a worse position than before.

Due to the pain I had after ejaculating from sex, I wouldn't even think about sex atm. I really just want to be out of chronic pain so I can gym, go to work, be social, and resume my everyday normal life.


I will be back when I find some answers. As I really want a good result and my life back, I will keep striving to fix these issues as best as I can.

To anyone reading this considering an implant, I strongly advise going to a world class surgeon.

Appreciate any support and advice.

J

Just to add, I also regularly have a very warm flaccid. Another urologist (before my revision) here advised that this was a sign of infection... But, surely, my surgeon would have picked up on it during my revision if there was an infection? He removed the right cylinder and the pump? Maybe the fluid he found on the pump during revision was infectious? This would explain a lot. I haven't heard back from him yet.

As you can see, I am very confused with these symptoms. TEP + circumcision + implant, is a complex procedure.

I won't give up yet, I will keep looking for answers and solutions.

For all you guys supporting, thank you, I am grateful for all you and these forums.

J

What a nightmare you are going through JJ, hopefully a resolution to your issues can be found soon.

Keep your chin up JJ. Btw thank you so much for continuing to update your story. I know it isn't easy to do, and It must be frustrating going through this. I think you are on the right track consulting an expert on the matter. Props to you for getting this figured out. you're gonna get through this and put it all behind you one way or another because you are so motivated. Keep on the path

Hey guys,

Dr Hakky advised not to shake after peeing with the titan as the dog ear will eventually cause the urethra to bend.

He was explaining a way to do it, but it was difficult to understand via video.

How do you guys usually pee, do you squeeze out the dog ear and then wait for the flow? This was kind of my understanding of what he was explaining.

J

JJ,

When I first got my implant, I would initially pee into a jar, so I didn't have to bend my penis downward. After a month or so, it naturally started hanging lower. I do recall my dog ears hurting for a while, but they eventually softened up.
Hope this helps.
StepOne

Thanks Step, I don't have issues bending it down, it just bends to the left due to the dog ear on the right.

My understanding was that over time with the dog ear and shaking, the urethra can start to bend or become damaged, one of the reasons why backflow to the bladder can happen causing issues.

This was my understanding.

Anyone have any info on this?

J

Did you get a response regarding the possible infection J?

Quote from: Sonic on September 05, 2023, 09:24:24 AMDid you get a response regarding the possible infection J?

All cleared, no infection.

I am improving very very incrementally, maybe 5% improvement each month. Have just started VED as well (as per Dr Hakky's advice), praying the graft thickening/retracting issue resolves itself, this would be a great aesthetic/cosmetic improvement, and really improve girth.

Thanks for your continuous support Sonic. I hope you find solutions to your condition as well.

J

That's great news. Infection is a real nightmare. Even 5% a month is at least something and with the graft issue I really hope it resolves, since it is a graft there is hope as with time it disintegrates anyway. Hope Hakkys assistance can provide some help.

As for the support, no need to thank me bro, this is what this forum is for. Thank You For making such a detailed journal!

I have never had an issue urinating since my hang was pointed to 4 O'Clock.  I do not think you get backflow to the bladder or that it causes UTI's.  I also do not think the dogears are likely to damage the urethra.  They continue to get softer for over a year.

When I urinate, I kind of give it one or two pulling/stretching/milking tugs and I am done.  It works better than just shaking for me.

I would not be the least concerned about it lying toward one side.  That is not uncommon with a 100% natural penis.

Quote from: Hawk on September 05, 2023, 09:53:04 PMI also do not think the dogears are likely to damage the urethra.

Thanks Hawk, in regards to the dog ears, do they get less pointy? Right now I can't move my penis to the right as the dog ear inhibits it. This makes sleeping very uncomfortable, especially when rolling over.

I also need to wear tight suits for work and the dog ear sticks out which looks very awkward, like a pin sticking out of my crotch.

Can I anticipate that these may improve over time, or should I just start accepting them and learning to live with it?

Thanks,

J

Quote from: jj21 on September 06, 2023, 12:00:24 AMI also need to wear tight suits for work, and the dog ear sticks out, which looks very awkward, like a pin sticking out of my crotch.

Can I anticipate that these may improve over time...

Wow, It is hard for me to imagine suits so tight that your dog ears in your implant show through your skin, underwear, and pants.  I must wear some very baggy suits.

The Titan has hydrophilic cylinders, meaning fluids bond to them.  This includes body fat.  That, combined with them relaxing, means deflated cylinders start out feeling much like the plastic of a cheap crushed water bottle.  They end up feeling like surgical rubber tubing.  This process takes 12-18 months.  At that point, I think any dog ears will be softer, rounder, and of no concern.

Your

Quote from: Hawk on September 06, 2023, 08:23:52 AMWow, It is hard for me to imagine suits so tight that your dog ears in your implant show through your skin, underwear, and pants.   

This is what I mean, you can see the bulge in the picture, then the dog ear sticking out when wearing tight clothes. It's mostly only prominent when standing in this position, but it can be awkward in public etc, don't want it to look like I have an erection. I try to stick the dog ear down and push the penis down as far as it will go, but it seems to create a bulge with the dog ear sticking out.

Can anyone confirm if this will improve over time?

J

It looks like you are "wearing" your penis hanging down.
First my surgeon told me to keep it up for the first two months as much as I could. It meant wearing my clothes a little baggy as my penis would sometimes come above my normal waist area. After about 3-4 months I started wearing it to the side as I did prior to my surgery.
I have never worn my penis straight down as it always seemed to crush my balls.
If I go commando that's a different story.
My surgeon told me to keep it up as long as I could as it with its healing it would give me a more upward angle when fuc$ing.
It has worked well, as I never have to hold my penis to guide it when I fuc$. It is in the perfect angle and I can use my hands for other things....
Hope this helps.
The dog ears do get softer and after 4 years with an implant, I can no longer see them. I can still feel them if I hunt for them, but definitely not on a noticeable list.
Hope this helps.
StepOne

EVERYTHING Stepone said ""

I also question if you are 100% deflated.

Thanks guys. So, I am guessing this isn't normal ?

StepOne - I'm almost 9 months post-surgery, I was advised I could wear my penis down now. But, good to know that the dog ears do almost become non-existent.

Hawk - I have had deflation issues for a while, but the surgeons here all say it is fine. I know I can deflate it more, but it will backfill slightly each time. Have tried everything here, only thing left is to get an MRI to see if the valve on the reservoir is pushed down. Unfortunately, my original surgeon isn't helpful at all and hasn't replied to my recent two emails. I am trying to find a urologist in my state willing to look into everything.

On a side note, a lot of the pain has subsided. Very minimal pain and if the bulge wasn't so prominent, I could comfortably go back to my old life.

Appreciate the support. Will do an update soon.

J

Nice to see there is pain improvement. Hope you have a good day and thank you for all the updates.

If you have backfill issues, it is likely you were not fully deflated in the first three months after your implant.  As a result, your reservoir capsule is scarred-in too small to allow the reservoir to fill with all the fluid.  If you try to push all the fluid from your penis cylinders to your reservoir, it will be under so much pressure in the restricted capsule that it leaks back against the valve and partially fills the penis.  This means that you seldom, if ever, have a fully deflated penis.

Having a partially inflated penis means that there is always cylinder tip pressure on the penile tissue that could result in erosion of the tips through the penis.  There is a more likely issue that with a penis perpetually in a state of partial inflation, you will stretch out the crus scar capsule.  This is the scar capsule that holds the base of the cylinders tight.  It lies behind the scrotum.  If this stretches out, your inflated penis will point down at an angle toward the floor.  THIS IS EVEN MORE LIKELY IF YOU Dress WITH YOUR PENIS POINTED DOWN.

How do you treat a reservoir that does not want to hold all of the system fluid?
1.  The most essential tip is to prevent the problem by deflating 100% in the early weeks after surgery
2.  Be sure that you deflate 100% and immediately give two pumps on your pump to lock the valve
3.  If you get some backflow, re-deflate every hour or so until you progressively stretch the reservoir capsule
4.  If you still get backflow, wrap your penis with Coban while it is totally deflated (especially at night).  This will prevent reinflation and will hopefully stretch the reservoir scar capsule.

Thanks Hawk, I have tried all those things to no avail. The surgeon even took out some fluid from the reservoir, there is some backfill still. It is very minimal, not enough to stretch out the dog ear, but enough for the penis to go from very light, to slightly heavier feeling. Hope that makes sense.

Do you still think there is a risk of erosion with this small amount of backfill?

I am a bit stuck here in Australia, all the surgeons have said that it is fine and nothing to worry about. Dr Hakky says to do an MRI, but I cannot travel to see Dr Hakky, it would be too expensive.

Also, you don't recommend wearing the penis down 8 months post-op?

Any advice is appreciated.
J

Hey jj21! The picture you posted really shows your implant bulge, no doubt. Could you try some sort of compression shorts like the ones used at the gym? Maybe that would help conceal the bulge?

Couldn't hurt to try. Sad to know that your urologist abandoned you. But at least you found support on Dr Hakky. Even if by video.

Quote from: Pfract on September 26, 2023, 12:49:41 AMCould you try some sort of compression shorts like the ones used at the gym? Maybe that would help conceal the bulge?

Thanks P, I can try compression shorts, but, I already have compression underwear, doesn't seem to make a difference. I really just want to know if this is normal or not, I am guessing it's not, which means I am either not deflating fully or need to wait for the dog ear to soften, or perhaps, for the angle to drop lower?

Getting this surgery outside the U.S, really is a risk. If something goes wrong, there is not much you can do.

Jj

I am not a doctor, nor can I see or feel how uninflated you are.
I suspect that your physician is better equipped to determine the extent of your deflation than us.

I agree that these doctors install the implants and then it's like we are on our own. There is no book, no step by step instructions, no detailed photos of what is normal and what should cause concern.

I would try not wearing your penis down for a while longer. Give it a try and it should help with many issues.
You wrote you had the implant 9 months ago, but you did have the revision. Surgeries take healing time. Enjoy your penis, give it time, stop tucking it down.

I hope this helps.
StepOne
 

I'm not really following why the bulge bothers you? It doesn't look bad. Mine can be seen if I wear anything other than compression shorts at the gym I don't really care. Pretty sure it is normal with the titan.

I am 5'8" and 152 lbs with a 22cm Titan and I certainly do not have a bulge anything near that noticeable but I don't think I would be overly concerned if I did. 

The question is what do you look like naked?  Your penis is either flat if 100% deflated or it looks like you have a semi-erection if you are not properly deflating OR if you are auto-inflating.  If it is the latter, you need to address it.

If I can chime in here for a second, granted I don't have an implant yet, but I also don't understand the concern with a small bulge. I mean, even now I can see the outline of my dick in certain pants. It's normal and not anything I'm ashamed about. That's my manhood. The only way I'd be concerned is if I was walking around with a full erection, that would be another story. You know, like popping a tent in your pants. This concept reminds me of a girl with large breasts trying to compress them with a sports bra at all times. Not necessary imo. Wear a bra, sure, but you don't have to try to hide what you have. When I finish my surgery I'm expecting something around a 6-7 inch flacid and I'll just wear compression briefs if it's just incredibly noticeable. But won't worry about it at the end of the day. What if you had a 9 inch dick naturally that showed through your pants at times, would you be ashamed of that, or happy with it? I think we become too aware of our dicks sometime on this forum due to what we deal with and we lose sight of what the average person without Peyronies Disease would feel.

Agree about the bulge thing.
By the way, my Titan penis is never flat.
If I squeeze the thing to death, I can get most of the fluid out, but it's never flat.
Is anyone's Titan penis flat when deflated......or have I not been fully deflating for 4 years.
The last time my urologist looked at it, he said it looked good.
StepOne

Flat might be a bit overstated, but not much.

When I extend an effort to totally deflate, I:
1.  lock my valve open
2.  put the heel of each thumb on each side of my penis right at the glans
3.  I roll the heels of my hands, squeezing the shaft between them.  I repeat the whole way to the base
4.  I then pinch off the base and squeeze with my thumb and index finger behind the scrotum to drain any fluid
   from the base.
5.  I give two pumps on my pump to set the valve and reduce the chance of backflow.

This entire process takes me seconds because I have done it so many times.  When I am finished, my cylinders are FLAT.  This gives my penis a somewhat flat unnatural appearance.

Over the next 15 minutes, my penis loses most of the flat appearance from blood flowing into my penis, but if I palpate the cylinders, they still feel flat, like a flat drinking straw with one side of the cylinder touching the other and a distinct edge running the length of the cylinder.

Since the cylinders are hydrophilic, body fat binds to the cylinders, and they feel soft, almost like very coarse veins or arteries or maybe like rubber surgical tubes.  I can feel dogears, but they are not stiff like new cylinders.

Attached are deflated pics. I can deflate it to the point that it is flat, like 2 straws, and then it will end up like this. Does this seem reasonably deflated? Risk of Erosion? The urologists I have seen here all say that it is fine.

I am getting an MRI done next week for further diagnosis of the backfill and prostatitis issues.

Just to clarify, I prefer to be as deflated as possible, and less of a bulge as possible, just for simple comfort and ease. I would also like to confirm that, if the device can be more deflated, it probably should be. I do not want any risk of erosion, and a titan flaccid is already large, with backfill, it's a little heavy and with an active lifestyle; this can be quite uncomfortable.   

I saw a urologist here, and am doing more tests, will do a good update soon.

Appreciate all the advice guys, I am quite stuck here as my surgeon isn't responding, other urologists aren't too keen to take on my care. The urologist I saw today was good, but, he also advised that he usually only sees implant patients once after the operation, and then a decade later. Take note - if you aren't in the U.S, and you have issues with your operation, some of these doctors either, aren't aware themselves of what's happening or simply, don't care. They will just tell you live with it, and move on. . I had a high volume implant surgeon (for Australia) tell me that I should've just given up on a sex life before the operation so that I wouldn't have these issues????

J

Jj
As I said photography makes it difficult to tell.
I would use Hawk's physical description of his penis more than photographs.
That being said, the way your penis hangs, it appears to be deflated, but again refer to Hawk's description. Also pay close attention to his remarks about "over the next 15 minutes....."
Doctors, ugh!
Some are good, some are bad, some are great.
I had several urologists tell me early on, there was nothing could be done for my penis. It's sad, but some urologists have not received implant training and then some aren't particularly comfortable with touching another man's penis. I had one urologist ask me to move my penis so he could see it better. He had gloves, but didn't want to touch it. On the other side, I had one urologist ask me if he could examine it and he was pulling and jerking on it so much, he triggered the "launch sequence" and my penis started getting hard.
It's all about patient care, some surgeons are good, some are bad.
But back to your penis, it looks good, my penis head is pretty big, so when my penis is soft, it really is a mushroom head. Your penis looks well proportioned and I wouldn't worry about being naked. As penis implants go, the implant changes the soft norm size of our penises to a "medium".
Hope this helps
StepOne

Quote from: jj21 on September 27, 2023, 12:19:38 AMI would also like to confirm that, if the device can be more deflated, it probably should be.

I asked Dr. Hakky if I need to squeeze my penis everytime I deflate after I got the filler as I was scared it would mess it up and Hakky told me you do not need to squeeze your penis everytime and fully deflate. He said most people that get pressure atrophy are hyper-inflated for long periods of time. Risk of erosion is mostly from malleables.

I know Dr. Eid has a different perspective on this not sure which is correct.

There are three potential concerns with not fully deflating: Erosion of the cylinder through the tissue, Atrophy of penile tissue, enlarging the scar capsule in the base, and getting a lower erection angle.

As I stated, erosion is not the main concern since it is uncommon to rare.  The bigger stated problem is simply reducing the angle when inflated (erect).  Is it a real concern?  Depends on who you listen to, but it costs NOTHING to totally deflate, except maybe in the case of fillers.

Thanks guys, appreciate the support.

I dont know about you's, but, with an already large flaccid titan, I think being fully deflated really adds to the comfort. Even being 15% inflated, can be uncomfortable and a little heavy; especially being a shorter guy with a larger implant.

Quick Update

I must say, these issues have been something else. I am trying to forget about the implant for now. I a doing an MRI to try to diagnose the prostatitis issue I had (pain after leaking prostatic secretions randomly). The MRI may also be able to confirm that everything is placed correctly, and if there is anything inhibiting the valve on the reservoir which could be causing some auto-inflation.

As for TEP, with engorgement I am probably just under my pre-op of 6.5 BPEL. So, at this point, I do not think all the trauma of TEP and getting circumcized was worth it. This may change, I really don't know. I tend to believe that it is better to keep it simple, do the implant procedure and don't worry about extra lengthening. The most you will get back is probably 1cm, which no woman (or man) would probably even notice. Is it really worth the risks?

With cycling, I am doing 15m VED twice a day in addition to 15m straight after of just normal cycling, so 1 hour a day. I will eventually up this to 2 hours a day.

Graft retraction/thickening - I saw another urologist here who says that tachosil graft usually retracts or deforms in the first few months, then goes back to normal around 18 months with cycling. Fingers crossed this will be the case.

I might update after the MRI, if anything significant is found.

I will say this though, don't let these issues get the best of you, excel in every other area of your life to the point where penile implant surgery is not only insignificant, but financially, you can afford the best doctors etc in the world.

Appreciate all of you's and am always here if anyone needs support/advice.

J

Hey jj21! You do have some hope there. If you are not satisfied with the answer you get, please ask for the copy of them and book a consultation with Dr. Hakky to have him review the results. Who knows if he won't be able to further guide you on this?

Jj,
I am confused. I don't see how you are trying to forget about the implant, when you are using VED twice a day.
Recovery from surgery is not an easy task for your body.
I am not sure what you are looking for with the VED?
I mean what exactly do you think the VED will give you?
Did you ever think VED is causing irritation to the healing process?
I also found it interesting that Hawk said erosion is rare and not common, so that is a concern you should take off the table.
Hope your mri reveals nothing.
StepOne

I think there is about zero chance that anything could be interfering with the deflate valve/button on your pump.

I tend to agree with a TEP being way too much extra risk (complications) and recovery time for the amount of gain.

Quote from: Stepone on September 28, 2023, 09:18:50 AMI don't see how you are trying to forget about the implant, when you are using VED twice a day.
I am not sure what you are looking for with the VED?
I mean what exactly do you think the VED will give you?

Hey Step, thanks for your message and support as always.

As per Dr Hakky's advice, my flaccid shaft is thicker than my glans, causing the cylinders to give some irritation by the frenulum (this is why I have had some chronic pain by my circumcision area). He said he has seen it before in the TEP/circumcision procedure (which causes a lot of complications and is why he stopped doing them). He recommended VED to help stretch the glans, and lessen the irritation. Also, it may help with the retracted graft as it expands the tissue. Thus, I have been using VED twice a day.

What I mean by I am trying to forget about the implant, is that I don't think about it, I don't really think about sex or using it either. Although, I cycle regularly; I mostly focus my energy and mind on other goals.

I also hope the MRI reveals nothing, but I can clearly see auto-inflation, or some backfill. If we could post videos here I could easily show it. This is just uncomfortable at this point, as a deflated titan is a lot more comfortable than one with 4-5 pumps in my opinion. At this stage anyway, maybe it will improve in time?

I am 9 months post op, my revision was just to fix the pump placement and remove some fluid from the reservoir, so, I do not think it would prolong the healing too much.

Thanks for all the support.

J

Quote from: Hawk on September 28, 2023, 10:38:53 AMI think there is about zero chance that anything could be interfering with the deflate valve/button on your pump.

Thanks Hawk, my understanding is that, there is another valve/button on the reservoir (not pump), and as per Dr Hakky's advice, sometimes the valve gets pushed down, causing some auto-inflation.

Hopefully it's nothing and everything continues to improve over time.

Side note: A lot of the general pain has subsided, there is some pain by the frenulum which seems to be subsiding. The only time I am in significant pain is after a prostatitis flare up. If the prostatitis was healed, I could probably have an alright sex life. Perhaps, something to look forward to in the future.

I agree, I don't think TEP is worth the risks, even if a year from now I am back at my pre-peyronies length, I don't know if it is still worth it. Time will tell.

Thanks for all the support.

J

Hey guys,

I just wanted some advice on two things, just keep in mind that I haven't fully healed yet either.

1. I had sex, and my shaft becomes quite sore and numb after about an 45m. This is even when at 80-90% inflation for the whole period. Does this improve over time? Before peyronies, I use to have sex for 3-4 hours sometimes, 6-7 days a week. Will it eventually be possible to have longer sex sessions, or should we limit them to 1 hour to avoid pain?

2. I wanted to know everyone's opinion on cycling. For the past month, I have been doing 2 x 15m VED sessions where I pump and hold for about 40-60s then release then repeat. Straight after I remove the VED and cycle normally for another 15m. So, 1 hour total per day. Sometimes, I will do an extra 5 minutes in the end where I pump more, this results in quite excruciating pain.

I just want to know what the likelihood is that I will continue to make length/girth gains 9 months post surgery? And, if cycling for 2 hours as opposed to 1 hour a day would make much difference?

Thanks,
J

Jj21

My penis has gotten a little sore after long sex, but it is rare.
But I still can't understand how you think VED sessions don't have any impact on your penis health.
I used to do VED prior to implant and it would make me sore when having sex.
What do you think "the excruciating pain" is from? Duh!
Try stopping your VED for a while and I bet your penis will have time to heal and sex will be pain free.
I know a penis is not a muscle, but it sure seems like you are overworking your penis. Give it a rest.
Stay well.
StepOne

I remember 2 months ago or something you said you had sex and ended up with excrutiating pain and now it has gone to soreness and numbness? I guess thats some improvement at least?

JJ, please don't take offense.  I am just keeping it real and encouraging you to use the knowledge you have gained here over the last 5 years.

1. Will your penis get to the point it does not hurt after 45 minutes of sex? You know the answer to that if you read one journal.  Not one suggests there is a time limit on sex or that they cannot have sex whenever they want for as long as they want.

2.I just want to know what the likelihood is that I will continue to make length/girth gains 9 months post surgery? And, if cycling for 2 hours as opposed to 1 hour a day would make much difference? First off, almost none of us had TEP, so we are comparing apples to oranges.  Applying common logic (which does not always work), I am not sure what using the VED and then putting the VED away before inflating accomplishes. They both stretch the tissue.  The VED adds some blood flow and some glans engorgement but that would only help gain any size if you get natural erections.  It has nothing to do with inflated size.  I would personally see if there is a safe way to use them together (inflate then top off with the VED or use the VED and immediately inflate while still engorged.

Good luck buddy!

Thanks guys,

Step/Hawk - I use the VED as Dr Hakky advised that my glans/frenulum pain was due to the circumcision procedure as well as the glans being smaller than the shaft and getting irritated from the titan (he explained it a lot better). He advised VED will help as it will allow the glans to expand. He was right, ever since I started VED, the frenulum/circumcision area pain in the glans I had, has improved. Note: I think it's important here to realise how a high volume surgeon can make a difference, Dr Hakky has performed many TEP and implant procedures and thus, has come across these issues I have had before. Accordingly, he was well aware of it and was able to offer a solution. In contrast, the surgeons in Australia were unaware of what was going on, I am guessing because they are just not high enough volume to have ever come across these issues before, especially pertaining to TEP. A high volume surgeon in Australia, is still a low-volume surgeon in the U.S.A.

With the VED, I inflate the titan fully then insert into the VED, pump the VED for 15m in 45s intervals, then remove VED, and pump the titan a bit more and leave for another 15m on its own.

Regarding the time limit to sex, I haven't read how long people have sex in their journals, but it is good to know that eventually, longer sex does not result in pain? 3-4 hours would be possible ?

Sonic - The excruciating pain after ejaculating is related to the prostatitis, when the prostatitis is in control, there is just a general soreness/discomfort/tenderness. If the prostatitis was fully healed, I could eventually resume a decent sex life.

J

Quote from: jj21 on October 05, 2023, 08:40:30 PMWith the VED, I inflate the titan fully then insert into the VED, pump the VED for 15m in 45s intervals, then remove VED, and pump the titan a bit more and leave for another 15m on its own.

Regarding the time limit to sex, I haven't read how long people have sex in their journals, but it is good to know that eventually, longer sex does not result in pain? 3-4 hours would be possible ?

Using the VED and inflating at the same time makes logical sense.
I am 73, although not typical, I can and have had sex for 3 hours since my implant.  I can and have had sex multiple times in one day.  I had ZERO issues with either.

Congratulations on (finally?) having sex with your implant. How was it, besides the soreness, if I may ask?

Quote from: Hawk on October 05, 2023, 08:58:23 PMI am 73, although not typical, I can and have had sex for 3 hours since my implant.  I can and have had sex multiple times in one day. 

Hawk, reading stuff like this makes me so happy being a younger guy with an implant. We potentially have another 30-40 years of sex to look forward to. This makes the small issues we face now, seem insignificant.

Great to know that 3 hours sex without pain is possible. I think I just have a lot more healing to do.

Thanks again,
J

Quote from: Pfract on October 05, 2023, 11:11:50 PMCongratulations on (finally?) having sex with your implant. How was it, besides the soreness, if I may ask?

P,

Sex was good, sore, but good. With engorgement, it does mimic a hard natural erection (required cialis/viagra, though I think this is improving with VED). Some pain after ejaculation, though I think this is prostatitis related.

Some general soreness after 30-40m, though it seems this is very slowly improving and I just have more healing left to do.

Catch up on Skype sometime.

J

Quote from: jj21 on October 05, 2023, 08:40:30 PMSonic - The excruciating pain after ejaculating is related to the prostatitis, when the prostatitis is in control, there is just a general soreness/discomfort/tenderness. If the prostatitis was fully healed, I could eventually resume a decent sex life.

I see. I understand now. Thought it was related more so to the implant itself. I've had some bouts of prostatitis and know exactly what you mean. I was offered pills but never took it. Something that always helps me personally with this is multiple days of water fasting. For me, things like sugar, bad diet really makes it a lot worse. Caffeine too.

Quote from: Sonic on October 06, 2023, 01:07:48 PMI see. I understand now. Thought it was related more so to the implant itself.

I seem to have developed prostatitis from the implant surgery. Although, it is slowly improving. I have ejaculated for semen culture and had no pain, but then ejaculated other times and had pain. It's hard to say if it is implant or prostatitis related. As time goes on and I heal, I think it'll be a bit more clear.

Sorry to hear about your prostatitis, it is a tough condition. If yours is inflammatory prostatitis - I found green tea, turmeric are natural anti-inflammatories which help. Colchicine and naproxen also help keep everything under control, although they can have side effects and aren't recommended long-term.

jj! It seems the more you recover, the better you feel. Rooting for you my man!

Does anyone have any info on graft contraction/retraction/thickening?

I have had this issue for a while where (as per my surgeon's advice), one cylinder inflates more than the other, due to the graft contracting on one side.

I have been told that tachosil graft sometimes does this and it may improve over time with cycling or may not.

Does anyone have any info on this or recommend a surgeon that might be knowledgeable about this? I can't seem to find anything online.


Thanks,
J

Jj21,
I had grafting done in a surgery prior to implant and it caused shrinkage. At the time, I was told this would not happen.
But years later when I did get an implant, my surgeon told me the implant could stretch some of the loss in length, but he could guarantee me increased girth.
I remember when I first started pumping, the side
Of the graft hurt more.
I never noticed a difference in length.
When you pump to maximum, can you visually see a difference?
I don't understand how one cylinder could fill differently.
It would seem to me that unless a tube is twisted, they would both fill equally. Even at that, I would think if you pumped to maximum, they would both fill equally.
Curious
StepOne

Quote from: Stepone on October 08, 2023, 09:06:08 AMWhen you pump to maximum, can you visually see a difference?

Hey Step,

Yes, there is a visual difference when fully pumped where the right side is flat and a bit softer; the left side is thick and round. The surgeon says this is due to the graft retracting on the right side, but when speaking to him, he also said that he never wrote which side he put the graft in his operation notes.

It use to be normal until about 2-3 months post-surgery.

Due to the loss in girth on the right side, it makes TEP, not worth all the trauma. I guess, all I can do is wait and see if it fills from cycling. Just couldn't find much info, and wasn't ever even aware that this could be an issue. I found a guy on FT with similar issue, but due to his tunica being scarred on one side, Dr Eid advised that after a year of cycling it will most likely fill, and that's exactly what happened for him.

J

When you cycle, I would be sure to FULLY inflate to the degree possible. After several minutes of inflation, I would give a few more hard partial pumps.

Hey guys,

I am wondering if anyone has ever come across these two issues before, keep in mind I am about 9 months post surgery and 4 months post partial revision (changed placement of pump and removed fluid from reservoir, no other work done).

1. There seems to be tubing behind my right testicle which is pushing the testicle forward and up, the deflate valve is also underneath he right testicle pushing it up. Sometimes it pushes up into my pubic bone area when laying down. Now, I sometimes have pain and discomfort in my lower right side abdomen to my right side scrotum.

This is quite uncomfortable, and I regularly need to lay down. It can be very troublesome when wearing tight clothes. I have heard of some people on FT with this issue. They are 60+ and I don't think they're as active as I am so they have just learnt to live with it.

Can anyone advise if they have been through this before?

2. When fully inflated the two dog ears seem to stick out still, although in a different way than when flaccid. It's like a bulge to the right on the right side and a dent on the left side with a bulge. This causes the inflated penis to bend to the left.

Has anyone come across this before?

Other issues are still the same, pain is very slowly subsiding. I will do a proper review once I hit 1 year from surgery in Feb 2024 and 1 year from revision in June 2024.

Things have been a bit tough, one of my best childhood friends passed away at only 34 years of age, I will be doing a speech at his funeral in 2 days and I would like to be out of discomfort when wearing a tight suit, but I guess I may just have to deal with it.

Any advice is greatly appreciated.

J

Jj
I continued to have pain for over a year, but it was sporadic or it would happen if I had a long sex session.
The dog ears are still present, but do get softer over time.
I have some tubing that I don't particularly care for, but I have accepted it.
I had problems with the pumps position for about a year, but that too has settled into a more comfortable position.
Sadly, I have always had small testicles, so I have had little problems with them and the pump/tubing.
I don't think You never mentioned this issue before, so what has changed?
 
Healing is a long and complicated process.

I hope things settle down.
StepOne

Sorry about the loss of your friend J. 34, so young. Rest in peace.

Sonic - Thanks a lot for your kind words. This whole year has been quite tough.

Step - I always complained about my right testicle being hit by the valve and pushed forward and up, I moved my finger around the testicle and realised that there is also tubing behind the right testicle which is pushing it forward. It's good to know that things settled for you after a year, maybe I just have to wait it out. A lot of people are fine after 2 months, so I have been worried. But, I guess, everyone heals differently.

Thanks again.

J

I wish I could share similar experiences to give some advice, but I have never had any of these issues other than dogears in the first several months when deflated.

I cannot understand how you can possibly have dog ears fully inflated unless your implant is considerably oversized.  If the cylinders are inflated, they simply cannot fold.  They are very firm, smooth cylinders without any exception. It sounds like they are never fully inflating because they are too long to straighten out within the confines of your penis.  If that is true, the only solution is to hope you can force more length expansion through cycling and VED.

Hey guys,

MRI results are in, no major abnormalities other than the following:

1. The reservoir is on an angle and slightly scrunched. This could be the cause of the auto-inflating. The urologist advised, there is nothing we can do about it. I assume its not worth another surgery, and this urologist doesn't seem to think that erosion of the tips from auto-inflation is a possibility.

2. Fluid around the pump. The original surgeon when performing the revision also noted this. The urologist I am currently seeing advised that this is no cause for concern.

3. No infection, inflammation or inflammation of the prostate was indicated.

The thing I did do, due to some extenuating circumstances, I took ciproflocaxin, colchicine and naproxen (strong anti-inflammatories for prsotatitis). About four days prior to the MRI, I stopped all these medications. Since then, I have not had any prostatitis flare ups. I am wondering if this skewed the results. Either way, the prostatitis has stopped for now.

Length/Girth

I am cycling about 45m - 60m (includes 15m VED in the session) a day, 5 days a week . I will eventually increase this to 2hrs a day 6 days a week. My length is the same, about 1cm less than my pre-op length (with engorgement + implant fully inflated).

In regards to girth, I have not measured as, the graft retracting on the right side makes it difficult to measure. It's also a bit disheartening, I went through the trauma of TEP for girth restoration and my girth has been compromised due to graft retraction. My current urologist advised that this is common with TachoSil graft and that this should subside about 12-18 months after surgery.

Other issues are the same, sometimes I have pain, sometimes a lot of discomfort when wearing tight clothes. Right testicle is pushed up and forward in the scrotum due to tubing and the deflate valve. May subside in a few more months, we will see.

Final thoughts

I will do a better journal entry with some pics when I hit 1 year from my surgery, and again when I hit 1 year from my revision. All I can say is that, I really think it's worth going to a top surgeon in the U.S.A. High volume surgeons in Australia still only do 75-100 implants per year; this would be considered a low volume surgeon in America.

Just from having one consult with Dr Hakky, I can tell he is much more knowledgeable, concerned, and actually has come across a diverse range of issues when it comes to implants.

I haven't tried to have sex again as I just do not want to risk any more pain. I usually get numb after 20-30m of sex, and after ejaculating, I am in pain throughout the shaft and scrotum for a few hours.

I am a bit concerned that the device auto-inflates and there is really nothing I can do about it. Dr Hakky did advise that he could tell me a lot if I did an MRI, and that he could assess if the valve on the reservoir (not the deflate valve in the scrotum) was causing auto-inflation (which does happen). A consult with Dr Hakky will cost me $800 AUD, so, when things are better, I may book a consult with him and send him the MRI results.

The device auto inflates a bit, to the point where the dog ears are still there, so, I assume this isn't too big of a concern? What are you guys thoughts?

Something to remember

All you guys, especially younger guys, who aren't implanted, just remember - you want to avoid surgery in this area for as long as possible. If complications arise, they are very difficult to ascertain and fix. Further, the more surgeries you have, the more scar tissue, and (with some surgeons) the higher the risk of infection.

Final Final Thoughts

I think the best thing for me to do now, is to just cycle regularly and wait. Focus on my career an saving money so that I am never in this position again. If/when I require a revision, I would just be able to fly to America and use Dr Eid, Dr Clavell, or Dr Hakky.

This year has been a lot, 2 surgeries, prostatitis, was out of work and gym for months, then my childhood friend passed away at 34. Hoping for some better days.

Appreciate all your support and any advice. Always here if anyone needs.

J

If I were in your situation I would have to wonder if forcing the reservoir full by deflating and using a wrap on my penis would:

Stretch the reservoir capsule and encourage the reservoir to unfold.  I would figure I would have nothing to lose by trying.

Question:  Am I correct in understanding that with the TEP you are slightly shorter than you were the day before the TEP surgery?

Quote from: Hawk on November 04, 2023, 12:23:38 AMQuestion:  Am I correct in understanding that with the TEP you are slightly shorter than you were the day before the TEP surgery?

Yes, that's correct Hawk. Although, I haven't reached 1 year from the procedure yet. I also still get a lot of pain when cycling, maybe it will stretch more, will report back in a year.

Also, I have tried the coban wrap method, I did it for maybe 3-4 days. I  might try it again for a bit longer.

J

I wonder what causes your severe pain after sex. I really wonder if this is the implant itself or more related to the prostatitis.

Jj21 I have a question too.
Why did they remove solution when you had your revision.
I don't understand how there could be too much.
StepOne

Sonic - I wish I knew too. The MRI showed no abnormalities, so, perhaps it is chronic inflammation? It is specifically after ejaculating.

Step - My reservoir was indented into the bladder, so, the original surgeon when doing the revision removed some solution. I was advised that, the indent into the bladder could be causing the prostatitis.

The MRI did show that the reservoir was kind of scrunched, this could be what is causing some auto-inflation, maybe irritation or inflammation? I really don't know.

I am kind of stuck, all I can do is wait it out and see how things are a year from surgery (Feb 24). If there are still issues, my only option is to save up and see one of the recommended doctors in America.

J

I wanted to post something positive here, amidst all the issues I have had, the scrotum skin which seemed attached to the pump seems to be better. I believe the skin by the incision site had thickened and was still very tender and sore. Over the past few weeks this has been improving and it is becoming a little bit easier to pump.

I would also like to add that, despite the fact I am 1cm shorter than pre-op, I would be happy if the retracted graft issue resolved. If the retracted graft resolved, I would still have a +5.3 inch girth and close to 6.5 inch penis which I would be happy with.

Over the next 7-8 months, with cycling, if I gained back 1-2 cm, that would be a bonus for me.

Anyone have any info on retracted graft or know of any surgeons who have dealt with this, I would really appreciate it. I might put up some pics later on.

Thank you all for your continuous support.

J

Glad to hear you're seeing some improvements brother. Have you noticed any improvement with the other side expanding fully? I think I remember reading before that one side wasn't inflating as much.

Quote from: IwillbeatPD on November 15, 2023, 09:56:24 AMHave you noticed any improvement with the other side expanding fully?

Appreciate your support brother. Unfortunately, haven't seen any improvement with the other side expanding fully.

The surgeon stated that it is due to the TachoSil graft which has retracted/constricted. But, he also did not write which side he placed the graft in his notes, so, it could be another issue?

Haven't been able to find much info on retracted graft online. No one else seems to have experienced this issue.

If this issue resolved, I think I would be happy with the result, considering that the pain/discomfort will eventually subside.

Might post some pics up soon.

Wish you the best for your procedure soon! Keep us updated with your journal.

J

Tachosil is eventually absorbed by the body right? If so, I think you'll have you answer with time once that happens.

Ok, I know what Tachosil is, but why are you posting it here?
StepOne

Step - A TachoSil graft was used during my implant.

IwillBeatPD - Thank you. I am very hopeful that will happen. My understanding was that it takes 3 months to be absorbed, I am at 10 months now. But, another urologist said the same thing as you, that at 18 months it should resolve. All the best for your implant later this month! You made the right choice with Dr Hakky.

Something to note - I read a study regarding using grafts during implants, it states that in some cases, the graft retracts and curvature returns. The study advises that surgeons should use extra grafting to ensure this does not happen. When talking to your surgeon, I think it is important to note whether they will use a graft, what type of graft, and whether they take these precautions to avoid graft issues.
J

Could I just get some advice please from some knowledgeable members.

My erection angle lately has improved by going above 3 o clock. I noticed a few weeks ago, I would sleep on my stomach and my erection angle was going below 3 o clock. I noticed due to cycling every day.

If I sleep on my stomach (pressure on the flaccid) my erection angle will go below 3 o clock for a few days, if I cycle hard, and keep my flaccid up, the erection angle will go above 3 o clock, once even 2 o clock which was surprising as this has not happen since early on.

Do you think this is a sign of my crus not being fully healed? I am 11 months post-surgery.

Thanks as always,
J

Hey bud,

I don't know if I qualify as knowledgeable, but I would imagine you're long healed by now. 11 months is a very long time. The only way I could imagine it's not healed is if you injured it or something. I know I said this before but I really think you'd benefit a lot from the helicopter exercises when flacid. Since your main goal is to get your flacid angled down, I'd wear it down at all times. Id also focus more on the down angle when doing helicopters. Lastly, idk how I feel about sleeping on your dick though. I feel like that could be alot of pressure? I think I'll always be weird about laying prone now- but then again I've never been a stomach sleeper. I'd be interested to see a visual of what your problem is though. Like can't you crease your dick near the base and make it go down? I guess I got lucky with mine creasing there because it just happened early on, didn't have to do anything.

But since then, I constantly change the angle of my flacid, sometimes it's left, sometimes right, sometimes up. I can't wear it straight down because it's too long and hits the bottom of my briefs or pants.

Quote from: IwillbeatPD on December 14, 2023, 08:33:11 PMLike can't you crease your dick near the base and make it go down?

That's exactly right, my flaccid does not crease at the base, it sticks straight out for about half an inch from the base at about 3pm then creases down. So, that's why my flaccid in tight clothes can look like an erection, a part of it is sticking out. Hopefully that makes sense.

I had a partial revision where the right cylinder was taken out and right side of the corpora was dilated, maybe the right side of the crus healed differently?

Thanks for the advice. I just started Perito exercises, will incorporate helicopter exercises too.

I've got a video consult with Dr Hakky on the 22nd Jan, will see what he advises as well.

I think there is no way that your crus is not scarred in and healed almost a year after surgery.  It also makes no sense that how you sleep determines the angle of the inflated or the deflated penis.  However, regardless of how you sleep, the angle that you maintain your penis does, in my opinion, affect the angle.  Furthermore, the inflated angle and deflated angle directly correspond with each other.  If you work on getting a lower deflated angle, you will likely also decrease your inflated angle.  That is why I always stress wearing the penis in an up position for several months post-op.

I won't comment much on Perito because I have no respect or confidence in him.  You will notice, however, that he specifies bending the penis above the base, not at the base.  The crus can be compared to the hole that you plant a fence post in.  If you stretch out the scar capsule in the crus, then the post will wobble, and your angle will drop.  As your cylinders become more flexible, your penis can hang down because the flexible cylinders droop or bend, NOT because they exert stretching on the crus scar capsule.

BTW, most of the softening of the cylinders is because they are hydrophilic.  They absorb fat from the body, not because of bending, although it probably does no harm as long as you are bending out from the base, not at the base.

Thanks Hawk,

I am just looking for answers, I still have a few issues with my implant (pain, pain after ejaculation, sore/tender frenulum etc) which has been really affecting my quality of life. After reading all the journals, I know this is not normal. However, there is no doctor in Australia experienced enough in TEP/sub-coronal incisions and implants to assist.

Dr Hakky did advise that he has seen some of these issues before and they are common with TEP and sub-coronal incisions, which is why he stopped doing them. I have a consult booked with him on the 22nd Jan, but there is only so much he can assess via video.

If these issues don't subside by June 2024, I may opt for a revision with Dr Hakky (if he thinks a revision will help), will set me back about 50k AUD. Only other option is to remove the implant and give up on a sex life for life, which I am not willing to do. 

J

My intent is not to sidetrack your topic.  If it does, I might delete my post and any responses to my post.  It is also not my intent to have you waste energy second-guessing your decision.  I just want those who read the forum to consider all the facts.  Let's be honest.  At least 99% of men want a larger penis. Dr. Eid jokingly introduced me to the staff in the OR by saying, "We have an extremely unusual case here.  Hawk would like me to slightly reduce the size of his Penis. We all laughed at the absurdity that ANY man would ask for that. I think women's worst nightmare would be if men got to pick their own penis size.

As someone who lost 2+ inches in length due to Peyronies Disease, I understand the desire to regain every possible centimeter, if not every millimeter.  I personally, however, think TEP is very risky for what you get out of it.  Keep in mind that I regained an inch of my lost 2" with just a standard 25-minute implant surgery.

I really hope you get some improvement J

I agree 100 percent with Hawk and I had the same issue with Peyronie disease and a Nesbit surgery. Both of these problems caused me to lose 2 inches also.
The implant restored 1", but more importantly it gave me increased girth and a rock hard penis.
If you look at what women look for, it's all about how you do the deed, not the equipment.
StepOne

One other comment J-

I know you mentioned a revision. I'm not saying you have a perfect outcome, and maybe things didn't go exactly as planned. But if you can have a sex life, and you're not miserable, I'd leave it as is until you NEED revision. Only you know how much this is affecting your quality of life. But I personally wouldn't opt for a revision unless I legitimately could not have sex. Or, if I was in real pain 24/7 or something that altered my daily life. I thought I read things got a lot better for you. Not perfect, but good enough right? With more time I can only imagine things will continue to improve.

Thanks guys. I do agree, I think TEP is overrated, and the most you gain back is maybe 1 cm? Not worth the risks. I would also like to add that, the surgeon who did my surgery, advised another patient who I met on this forum (user Morphball)  that he performed a sub-coronal TEP where they actually had to amputate the glans due to a complication. Had I known this risk, I may not have gone ahead with a sub-coronal incision. Imagine going through peyronies, then TEP and an implant with the anticipation of regaining your size and getting your life back, to wake up from surgery with amputated glans (my heart goes out to that person).  I am not sure why my surgeon did not advise me of this risk, maybe it happened after my surgery. My question is, knowing these risks, why do these surgeons still perform this procedure? This is where I have respect for Dr Hakky, he will not perform TEP anymore due to the complications associated with it.

Things have been slowly improving, the improvements are very slow. There is still pain and pain after ejaculation. The flaccid angle hasn't dropped and the dog ear sticks out which makes it difficult to wear clothes and do activities that I would normally enjoy. It's been difficult to stay positive when you're constantly reminded by the pain or by being conscious of having to wear long clothes to hide a pointy flaccid with a dog ear that sticks out and looks like an erection. I enjoy going to the gym, having a social life, and I use to work in a professional environment wearing a suit. These are difficult to do with my current flaccid. Another user here mentioned that I should just wear 2 compression briefs and leggings, and although I appreciate the advice, it's 40 degrees celsius in Australia (104 farenheit) and humid as hell. There comes a point where the solutions are impractical and one must consider whether a revision is worth it. I was also advised that it may not be worth the cost going to America and getting a revision. Another user on FT advised to just wear a leg bag everywhere? Is this really practical? Wear a leg bag covering my crotch constantly? One must evaluate, do I live the rest of my life wearing 2 pairs of compression underwear and leggings and sweating every time I want to go out, or work in a professional environment? What about when I have kids and grandkids, how should I interact with them each day trying to cover what looks like an erection? At what point do we say, well, I am willing to undergo revision surgery to improve my quality of life, and I am willing to undertake the risks/costs associated. Is it worth the money, to improve my quality of life and bring peace of mind. And, perhaps, should one consider an AMS on their revision due to the more natural flaccid?

At this point, I am not even worried about size, or having a sex-life or anything like that, I just want to be able to live normally. Go to the gym without being self-conscious, be out of pain, work in a professional environment without constantly thinking 'what if I look like I have an erection.'

I am really just a bit down and venting. Imagine having peyronies for 5 years, then believing you will finally overcome it, to only deal with implant issues/pain for another year. And, doctors in Australia, will just say it's normal and to live with. Journals here prove otherwise. My surgeon actually advised that 6 weeks is recovery for a normal implant procedure and with TEP, it's 8 weeks. I am here almost 1 year later and I know something is not quite right.

I do apologise for the negative posts, and I do not want to put people off implants, as I can see how they can really improve your quality of life and give you back everything you lost to peyronies/Erectile Dysfunction. I just think it is very important to be aware of the risks associated with complex cases/procedures like TEP and choosing the right surgeon.

Thank you to everyone supporting me and this forum for all the knowledge.

I think as time goes on, things will get better. And, if not, a revision may be warranted.

J

Jj,
I am so sorry you are going through this. I can't imagine!
I would suggest you try to become less penis shy about your bulge.
All men have a penis, some men have large soft penises. Some are actors and some are just regular people, but it shows.
I would suggest try wearing your penis to one side or up and if it shows, just try to chill. After a while you will get used to it.
Allow yourself time to heal both physically and mentally.
There have been other guys on this site that worry about not showing, about their penis having a slight bend, about small penises, etc.
But in reality, even though their issues seemed unbearable, when they compare themselves to others, they find out "their" penis isn't bad at all.
You have a 22cm implant, as do I, and sometimes I wear tighter clothes, and sometimes my penis will show, but who cares.
And yes, after 4 years with my implant I still have dog ears next to the base of my penis, but when I wear my penis to the right, no one can see the dog ears. Of course over the years they have gotten softer, but all they can see is maybe a bulge from my penis.
Perhaps you should take some pics and let us judge what we see....or maybe offer suggestions.
Hey, we want to help you, try a few deep breaths and let us help you figure this out.
Oh yeah, there is a guy on here with a 26cm implant, so I am sure he has dealt with people looking at his crotch even more.
Please stay in touch,
StepOne

Sorry you are going through issues so long after the implant JJ. I would personally only have gone with an implant and no circumcision. As we all know the more procedures done the more risk of complication. TEP was most likely overkill but no point thinking about that now because it's already done. I really hope things get better with time.

If I was in your shoes, I would only opt for another revision if I was forced to. You have already done an implant and a revision, remember the more surgeries the more risks. I guess you just have to deal with the issues for now and if you ever do a revision down the road def chose someone like Hakky.

Hey guys,

I have uploaded some pics, I will explain below. Let me start with, I am putting these here so I can assess the differences in June 2024. Only then, I will assess if it is better to just live with these issues or opt for a revision from Dr Hakky.

First 2 pics - Deflated flaccid Angle and bulge

As you can see, in pic 1, my flaccid sticks out for an inch and then goes down (I have pushed it down as much as I can in the pic). So, it sticks out at about 3pm for one inch and then goes down (when standing) to about 4pm. I can wear it to the left, however, this causes the dog ear to stick out pronouncedly. It also does not move to the right. As you can see in pic 2, when wearing clothes the dog ear sticks out. This looks like an erection, and has caused issues whereby I have to go to the gym wearing long shirts and be constantly self-conscious. When wearing a suit, I always wear a long waistcoat/vest with it, and have to constantly worry about looking like I hav an erection in a professional environment. In the pic I am wearing compression underwear, I have tried two pairs of compression underwear and although it pushes the penis down, the part at the base, and the dog ear, still stick out looking like an erection. I have had issues going to the gym, wearing professional clothes for work etc, watching what I wear when I am around my niece n nephew etc. I have also tried just loose silk boxers, and this causes the dog ear and the shaft to point out. This has affected my quality of life.

Retracted Graft

It is difficult to tell but if you look closely on pic 3, you can see that the right side is thin and slants, it does not inflate fully/properly. In the final pic you can see how my inflated shaft was post surgery, before I had any of these issues - it was nice and round. The surgeon advised that he thinks this is due to the graft retracting/contracting. I have searched the internet and ask doctors, couldn't find much info on retracted grafts at all. I can say that that area is painful and that I get less engorged than I would post-surgery.

If this issue resolved, I think I would be happy.

The surgeon also isn't 100% sure as he did not write which side he put the graft in his surgical notes. There is a slight possibility that it could be scar tissue or a kink, although, I think the surgeon would probably know best.

If anyone has any info on retracted grafts, I would appreciate it. Atm, I am just cycling and using the VED, but have not seen any improvement. The surgeon used a TachoSil graft. I will be starting the Perito exercises soon too. I only feel the stretch on the left side when cycling.

Pain

I still have general pain, a lot of pain after ejaculation (even after the prostatitis issue settled) and pain/tenderness by the frenulum. Really not sure what is causing all this, almost 1 year post-surgery. All I can do at this point is have faith, wait till June 24, then see if it's time to accept everything or opt for a revision.

I have been told to just have sex and enjoy the implant, and so far I have had sex once. However, having sex while anticipating pain is a difficult thing to do. I'm sure you guys with peyronies pain can relate. After ejaculating, I just feel like laying down and will be sore in the tips, shaft, frenulum and perinium area.

Dont let my post put you off implants, I have been going through a tough time and its just hard staying positive. I do anticipate that eventually, the pain, and pain after ejaculation will subside, and I will be able to have an active sex life gain.

On the 22nd Jan, I will be having a video consult with Dr Hakky and will send him my MRI results to review.

I will say, when choosing your surgeon, choose wisely. After doing some research, I found that Dr Perito, who is very well known and high volume has been sued due to having to two men ending up having to amputate their penis! (Coincidentally, I believe my surgeon trained with Dr Perito). You can find the article here: https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2083173/Dr-Paul-Perito-blamed-amputation-patients-penises-botched-operations.html

My heart really goes out to those two people.

Thanks for all the support.
J

I always had questions about your TEP, for example I never understood why your surgeon had to place a graft .... That is grafting and Not TEP. Tunica expansion procedure or TEP is creating small cuts along the length or breadth of the shaft to allow to expand and natural tissue to heal without the need for a graft. The moment the surgeon creates a large enough defect such that a graft is required , he cannot call that TEP. Moreover, I don't understand how he was able to cause a case of glans necrosis unless he just did a very risky manouver or compromised the entire blood supply to the glans during the surgery... absolutely bonkers.

Also are you taking daily tadalfil ?

Jj,
I saw your photos and as always photos are difficult to interpret. Thanks for posting.
So first, I know the dog ears are troublesome, but over time they do soften and become less pronounced. I know, but what do you do now?
I am not quite sure. In the past when it was soft it was easy to tuck down and it essentially molded into whatever underwear you had on.
Sadly you can't do that anymore because it has cylinders in it that just don't want to bend easily and that's why you have dog ears.
So I am not sure.
Hopefully HAWK will respond to you. He is the main man on this site and can offer you some suggestions.
You have a lot going on with various issues.
I understand your concerns and hope for some resolutions soon.
One thought is you have had a lot of trauma to your penis and you need to let things calm down.
Best to you,
StepOne

I will start with the easiest.  Photo 3, which shows the "retracted graft," is so subtle that I see nothing but a perfect penis.

I see how your dog ear being out from the body is a concern.  I see how pain upon ejaculation is a concern.  I will respond in that order with my unprofessional point of view.

The cylinders will slowly evolve from the consistency of an empty water bottle to a piece of surgical rubber tubing.  That happens through the process of the cylinders absorbing body fat because of their hydrotropic properties.  That alone should address much of the dogear issue.  I technically still have dogears, but I have to search for them, and they are meaningless because they are so soft they feel almost like veins running through my penis. In addition, I think you can make improvements by taking extreme measures to deflate and training the cylinders to bend closer to the body.  Keep in mind that the cylinders are completely consistent throughout their entire length.  They have no predetermined hinge point.  The dogears happen largely at random.  If you weaken/soften the cylinders even very slightly at another place, the dogleg should occur there. I am convinced that you can repeatedly bend the cylinders closer to the base by both bending and squeezing them flat first in one direction and then direction then in the other.  First, the flat edges will be horizontal; next, you'll be verticle.  It will almost have to become a habitual thing you do any time you are lying in bed awake.

The other option is to do the very same thing but to the existing dog ear.  Squeeze the points of the dogears until they flatten in the opposite direction.  They will almost pop from one plane of flattening to the other plane of flattening.  This is not a squeeze and hold.  Once you properly place your fingers, squeeze and release at least once per second.  That will keep the dogear where it currently is but speed the process of it becoming softer and way more flexible.

Finally, pain with ejaculation.  Ejaculation is solely a process of the prostate and pelvic floor muscles.  There is nothing about an implant that should or even can cause pain on ejaculation, as far as I know.  Obviously, intercourse up to the point of ejaculation can cause penile pain if your penis is not 100% healed, but the act of ejaculation itself should not cause pain, and if it does, I would search for an unrelated cause.  I think that will be a prostate or a pelvic floor issue.

I will add to what Hawk said about dog ears because I was thinking the exact same thing. I guess I was fortunate enough for my natural dog ears to be right at my base, so it lays flat like a normal penis.

However, I want my flacid to be as natural as possible, so when I deflate I intentionally squeeze the dog ear section the make them bend the other way. My mind tells me over time this will create multiple crease points making your penis feel, move and hang more natural.

If it gives you any peace, I legit can't even tell about the graft not expanding part in your photo. I see a completely normal looking dick. Not trying to compare, but if you want to see a messed up dick, exhibit A was mine before surgery. I would have no concerns with my dick looking like yours.

The pain after ejaculation and dog ear thing completely agree, but I bet both will resolve with time. Have you ever looked at pelvic floor exercises/stretches/ kegels? Idk if that would help but if I had that pain I'd be looking into that to see what I could do.

Pelvic floor issues are well recognized to the point that there are now physical therapists (PT) who are trained in pelvic floor rehab.  I would recommend seeking a referral and finding such a PT.

Thanks guys. I will try out the deflate and squeeze the dog ear technique.

I agree, the pain after ejaculation all started when I developed prostatitis, which all started after my implant surgery. So, it most likely is related to the prostate.

As for the retracted graft, it is very hard to tell in the pic, but one side is thinner and softer, as it does not inflate as much. Although, with blood flow it isn't as noticeable. At the end of the day, this compromises the girth, but the penis is still functional which is the important thing.

Once the pain subsides, I can have a normal sex life again and not worry about these things. If dog ear softens and the angle drops, I can wear normal clothes and live my life again.

It's just been very difficult staying positive when you're constantly in pain. Almost 1 year now.

I will re-assess in June 2024.

Thanks for the advice and support.

J